Sei sulla pagina 1di 370

CONTENTS

Preface vii

Chapter One-Preliminaries 1-134


• Extent of Houses
• Signs inimical to planets
• Sambandhas
• Nodes-Rahu and Ketu
• Relationship between a Planet and Houses
• Relationship between Planets
• Arudha and Divisional Charts
• Determination of relatives
• Karakas, Essential Planets, Factors and Karaka Properties
• Signs
• Nature of Planets and Houses
• Elements of Planets
• Aspects
• Strength of Planets
• Strength of Houses
• Basic characteristics of houses
• Constellations
• Planets in signs
• Marakas
• Basic characteristics of Ascendants

Ghapter Two-The Major-Period 135-242


• Some independent methods of timing
• Major-period analysis
• Results relating to general significations of planets
• House dependent results of the period of a planet
• Results of planetary periods based on linkages
Chapter Three-The Sub and Inter-Periods 243-305
• Sub-period analysis
• Inter-period analysis
• Inferior-period analysis
• Concise general method for determination of
period results
• Results of sub-period of the major-period planet
• Relocation, Incarceration and Direction of Journey
• Effect of distance between major and sub-
period planets
• Effect of specific sub-periods
• Principles to fix timing
• Time of operation of a planet in its period

Chapter Four-The Annual Chart 306-321

Chapter Five-Transits 322-340


• Traditional rules for transit analysis
• Transit of ruler of the band of years
• Transit of the period planet
• Transit of the karaka
• Transit of the Sun
• Transit of the Moon
Chapter Six-Applied Astrology 341-356
Bibliography 357
Index 359
Preface
This is the first work in which an attempt has been made to
scientifically put to practice concepts relating to progression only hinted
at in Bhrigu Samhita. This is a unique attempt that has been
successfully employed to time events correctly.
Astrological analysis has two components. The first is the deduction
of likely trends in the life of an individual. This determines as to what is
in store for an individual in various areas of his life. The second, and
more important, is to determine the time when events in his life,
according to the trends that are visible in his chart, would happen.
We have dealt with the first part in substantial detail in our previous
work Predictive Astrology-An Insight published by M/s Motilal Banarsidass,
Delhi. It tells us as to how a chart should be read and the manner in
which general trends in various facets of life of an individual can be
determined. This book is a companion to the earlier one. The matter of
timing of an event is of a more complex nature and needs concrete
assistance. The present work makes an innovative and unique attempt
in this direction. This work is a manual for working out the time when an
event would happen. It does not call for much mathematics, it relies on
sound classical principles and analysis.
Our ancient literature on astrology has hints scattered here and
there for timing the events, but no systematic guidance is available. We
have relied on these hints and have analysed them into a coherent
applicable whole. We have at most of the places identified the classical
source of knowledge. This has been done rather copiously. It makes
further reference and study easier. This also shows that the methods of
timing are available in our ancient literature. We only have to identify
and use them appropriately. A bibliography of references has been
included. It is there only to tell the reader at one place the books that he
may like to refer to while going through the present work, but it is not
meant to act as a literary and academic embellishment. Only those
works have been referred to that have actually been used in this book.
Each method of timing has been applied to at least one hundred birth
VIII Preface

charts from my substantial collection. Only those methods of timing of


events have been adopted and included in this work that were found
successfully applicable to each and every chart taken up for analysis
through them.
The Arudha of houses, particularly of the ascendant (lagna) has
been used in a very innovative manner. The uncertainity over the result
that a planet is expected to give in its period is obviated to a very large
extent by the use of the Arudha. It makes the analysis of Vimshottari
periods, after some practice, a much simpler affair.
Karakas are of immense use in the analysis of a chart and timing of
events. Their use in astrological analysis has not been made effectively
so far. There are many uses of karakas. Eleven uses of karakas have
been identified in this work and explained with illustrations. We have
discussed the karakas in great detail and with many illustrations have
shown as to how they can be used for unfolding the characteristics of a
chart and for timing events effectively. No event happens unless the
karaka for it is involved. Therefore, an analysis of karakas in a chart is
necessary. Such an analysis tells us the likelihood of certain events that
could happen in a chart. A detailed examination can then be made of
the chart for these events. The usage of karakas in such comprehensive
manner is a unique feature of the work and should stand in good stead
for all the practising and theoretical astrologers. The use of karakas
drastically reduces the bewilderingly huge number of alternatives that an
astrologer is faced with in events that could happen in a period.
The treatment of karakas and Vimshottari period in such exhaustive
detail is perhaps not to be found in any other work. We can find out as
to whether an individual would experience matters relating to a particular
aspect of life in a period through the use of the karakas and we can also
determine the period planets to fix the exact time of an event through
their use.
We have given a revised and modern day version of the effect of
combination of planets in a chart.
The timing of events is based on Vimshottari period system. We
base our analysis on the sound principles of Vimshottari period system,
and fine tune the timing with the help of annual horoscope and transits.
We have also made use of the natural period system propounded by
Varahmihir in his Brihajjatakam and of band of years that each planets
governs as given in the Lai Kitab. These, especially the latter, are very
How to Time and Event IX

simple to use and give astoundingly apt results. If we wish to determine


the time of happening of any event fa the life of an individual, it is
essential to know the aspects of his life that will be affected by a planet
when its period operates. Parashar in his Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra
has covered this aspect of prediction in substantial detail. Details of
likely happenings in the period of a planet are stated in extenso by him.
He has also suggested remedies for planets that could cause trouble to
an individual. It is however not possible to commit such vast details to
memory. We should be in a position to work out these conclusions
through analysis.
We have described at length the various ways in which a planet
can give its results. The results relating to a house can appear in the
period of a planet only when that planet is related to the concerned
house. Therefore, relationships between planets and between a planet
and a house are of very great importance. We have analysed these
relationships in an innovative manner in minute detail. The relative
strength of relationships is also given. The next question is whether the
planet will affect any aspect of life favourably or otherwise. This has
been clarified in a very simple and lucid way. The navamsha sign in which
a planet is placed also plays an important role. This has been enunciated
clearly and illustrated through several examples. After we have decided
the possible quality of an event, we proceed further to determine the
exact nature and details of the event that is likely to take place in a
period.
The natural relationship between planets has also been treated
clearly and in detail. Based on the principles of Parashar the relationship
has been given in a modified form. The concept of Panchadha or resultant
relationship has been treated clearly. The relationship between planets
is of much importance since it helps us determine, among other things,
the longevity in a birth chart.
The procedure to determine the effect of a planet in a sign is given
in detail and it shall be of interest to students of astrology. The methods
given help the reader reach practical and useful conclusions on the
effect of a planet in a sign without committing bulky and sometimes not
relevant details to memory.
Once we have concluded that a planet in its inter-period in the sub
and major-periods of some planets is likely to give a particular result, the
exact time of happening of the event has to be determined with the use
of transits and annual charts. We have dealt with transits and
X Preface

annual charts in depth and from a practical point of view. Such principles
of prediction that do not work or work only selectively have been omitted.
It seems that the subject of annual charts is still quite vague and
poorly thought out. The Tajik system of analysis of annual chart is not
always reliable. The sahams and various period systems for timing events
in an annual chart many a time do not work. The annual chart treatment
in this work is based purely on the Parashari system. It ought to interest
the scholars and should be of great help to the practitioners of astrology.
We have repeatedly emphasised in this work that the system of
analysis of a chart is the same for a birth chart, annual chart, prashna
chart or a transit chart. It is reasonable too to think so. In practice it is
shown to be so in this book.
Each concept that has been stated in the book has been explained
with the help of horoscopes drawn from real life. Birth charts have been
given in profusion as illustrations to make the concepts clearer. The
charts are accurately drawn and state full birth data so that the reader
can check the accuracy of a chart himself. He can also work out other
details relating to the chart if he so wishes. The birth time in each
illustration chart has not been rectified to the seconds, so that the period
structure based on this data for events analysed may not be reliable
beyond the inter-periods. The charts have been used only to explain and
clarify knotty astrological issues. The identities of individuals have not
been revealed. The analyses of charts are not meant to cast a slur on
any individual. The birth data of celebrities used in the work have been
taken from easily accessible public domain. It has however been
checked for each case at several sources before being adopted to
ensure accuracy. The chart number first states the chapter number in
Roman in which the chart originally appears and then the serial number of
the chart in that chapter. Thus, the chart number III-3 would mean the
third chart in Chapter III. This makes locating a chart in the book easier.
Practical hints have been given at all such places where they are
considered necessary. It would help the reader to identify the most
important elements in an analysis.
The last Chapter of the book is on Applied Astrology. It deals with
analysis of charts. This is necessary because most of the books on
astrology generally give statements of principles and theory taken from
various classics. They also enumerate Yogas (combinations of planets
How to Time and Event xi

and houses). The Yogas exist by the millions in our classical literature.
There are also Yogas that serve as exceptions to the original ones. It is
easy to justify an event post facto through Yogas or exceptions to them,
but to use Yogas in original predictive work, and particularly for the
purposes of timing, due to their sheer number, is humanly impossible.
There is no attempt in most of the available literature at application of
these principles and combinations to real life situations. The knowledge
that has not been practised is not of much use. It cannot equip the
reader to handle day to day charts. Much of the knowledge so
disseminated is actually not applicable to charts across the board and is
therefore useless.
An exhaustive index has also been added for easy reference.
We hope this effort would be of interest and use to all those who find
the subject engrossing.

July 1, 2006 Dinesh S. Mathur


New Delhi
Chapter One

The Preliminaries

1. The Vimshottari period system available in Indian astrology


is a powerful tool for timing the events in the life of an
individual. It has to be correctly and scientifically applied to
get correct results. Under this period system we first
determine the planet the predominant influence of which
would be operating on an individual at any given moment of
time. This influence operates for a fixed period. This is called
the major-period and the planet is called the major-period
planet. The duration and order of the major-periods are
fixed. Some of the periods may extend up to two decades,
as in the case of Venus. The major-period is called the maha-
dasa in classical Indian astrological literature. Each major-
period has sub-periods of all the nine planets within it
running one after the other in a fixed order. The sub-period is
called the antar-dasa. Each sub-period too has inter-periods
of all the nine planets running one after the other in the
same order. The inter-period is called the pratyantar-dasa.
There are finer periods too called the sookshma and prana
dasas. These are generally sparingly used since with even
the slightest inaccuracy in the time of birth or with a small
change in the value of the ayanamsha (the value of
precession of equinoxes) the sookshma and prana dasas
can alter substantially.
2. It would be worthwhile to recapitulate briefly what the major,
sub and inter-periods stand for, and the manner in which we
calculate the periods. It is generally well known, but we are
aiming for accuracy so that we could use the Vimshottari
period system for predictions in the best manner possible.
Therefore, a simple reiteration of the system and procedure
would be in order.
2 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

3. The Vimshottari system of erection of time frame in a


horoscope is one of the many mentioned in Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra. Sage Parashar has explained a number of
period systems in Chapter 46 of his work Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra. He has talked of Ashtottari, Shodashottari,
Dwadashottari, Panchottari etc. period systems (dasas), in
response to a query put by Maitreya, but in verse 14 of the
Chapter he has stated that Vimshottari period system is the
most appropriate for Kaliyuga, the age in which we are now
living. In this system, beginning from Krittika constellation,
planets in a fixed order successively preside over the life of
an individual depending on the constellation that the Moon
occupies at the time of his birth. When the Moon is in Krittika
at the time of birth, the major-period of the Sun will be the
first to run in the life of the individual. If the Moon is in
Rohini, the first major-period will be of the Moon. If it is in
Mrigasira, it will be of Mars; in Ardra, of Rahu; in Punarvasu,
of Jupiter; in Pusya, of Saturn; in Aslesa, of Mercury; in
Magha, of Ketu; and, in Poorva Phalguni, of Venus. If the
major-period current at the time of birth is of the Moon, those
of Mars, Rahu, Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury, Ketu, Venus and the
Sun will follow. The order in which the major-periods follow
each other is fixed. This cycle is repeated beginning from
Uttar Phalguni'and Uttarasadha constellations too. For
example, if the Moon occupies Vishakha constellation, which
is the fifth constellation from Uttar Phalguni, the major-period
at the time of birth shall be that of Jupiter. Again, when the
Moon occupies Poorva Bhadrapada constellation, which is
the fifth constellation from Uttarsadha, the major-period at
the time of birth shall be that of Jupiter.
In verses 12-16 of Chapter 46 of Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra, the author states the method for calculation of
Vimshottari time frame. The constellation that the Moon
occupies at the time of birth will determine the planet of
which the Vimshottari major-period will operate. The sage
advises that the total duration of stay of the Moon in the
constellation should first be worked out. The full duration of
the stay of the Moon will be equal to the total Vimshottari
major-period of the planet. The time that the Moon has
already spent in the constellation till the time of birth shall
determine the proportionate part of the Vimshottari major
period of the planet called the bhukta or the expired portion
of the period.
How to Time an Event 3

The remaining part shall be the bhogya, or the balance of


the period of the owner of the constellation that the
individual will experience from the moment of his birth.
4. This is the traditional method of calculating the balance of
Vimshottari period of a planet at birth. The modern method
is different. In this, the exact position of the Moon at the time
of birth is worked out. The length of each constellation is 13°
20'. This is equated to the length of the major-period of the
planet. Proportionately, the balance of the major-period is
found out. The full major-period of the Sun runs for 6 years,
of the Moon for 10 years, of Mars for 7 years, of Rahu for 18
years, of Jupiter for 16 years, of Saturn for 19 years, of
Mercury for 17 years, of Ketu for 7 years and of Venus for
20 years. This method has proved its worth in practice.
5. The efficacy of the Vimshottari Dasa system in correct
prediction, inter-alia, depends on the use of right ayanamsha.
There are several ayanamshas in vogue. The ayanamsha is
the value of precession of equinox at any given moment of
time. The value of ayanamsha that goes by the name of
Lahiri's ayanamsha is commonly used. The one that is
closest to the value propounded by Lahiri is the
Krishnamurti's ayanamsha. It differs from Lahiri's
ayanamsha by approximately 6'. It need not be pointed out
that with the change in the value of ayanamsha the position
of the Moon will differ at any given moment of time. The
balance of major-period of a planet at that moment therefore
cannot remain the same. We have noticed that Lahiri's
ayanamsha gives very satisfactory results in practice. This
ayanamsha has been followed in this book.
6. The length of the year for use in the period framework is
another issue to be kept in mind. We have seen that the 360
day year has much merit, but since the 365.2564 day year is
preferred and commonly used in astrological literature, we
have followed that practice in this work. The method of
analysis of birth charts propounded in this book is valid for a
year having 365.2564 days.
7. Within each major-period we have periods of planets
running in the same order as of major-periods. These periods
are called sub-periods. The first sub-period in a major-period
is that of the planet
4 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

the major-period of which is running. Thus, if full major-


period of the Moon is to run, the first sub-period will be of the
Moon itself, followed by those of Mars, Rahu, Jupiter,
Saturn, Mercury, Ketu, Venus and the Sun. The inter-
periods operate within a sub-period in the same way as sub-
periods operate within a major-period.
In the context of a major-period we will call the major-period
as the superior period and the sub-period as inferior period;
and in the context of a sub-period we will term the inter-
period as the inferior period and the sub-period as the
superior period. The term period-planet will hereinafter be
used to refer to a planet with respect of which a statement is
equally true for its major, sub or inter-period.
8. No esoteric astrological knowledge or intuitive ability is
required for correct evaluation of the effects of major, sub
and inter-periods. The system of prediction that has been
propounded in this work is meant for those run of the mill
astrologers like us who have no claim to psychic insight or
intuitive ability. Systematic analysis is the only requirement
for a correct prediction. Following paragraphs are devoted
towards that end.
We will introduce some concepts and facts first before we
go on to the analysis of the periods. These concepts and
facts are necessary for correct interpretation of the periods.

On Extent of Houses
9. The ascendant is the sign that is rising at the time of birth.
This is the first house in a birth chart. The second house
would be the next sign and so on till we have reached the
twelfth house. Thus, if Leo were rising at the time of birth,
the first house shall be Leo, the second Virgo, the third Libra
etc. and the twelfth Cancer. Clearly, no distinction is made
between the signs and houses and for the purpose of
analysis the two are synonymous. The extent of each house
is the same as the extent of the sign. Thus, even if Leo were
rising at 28°, a planet anywhere in this sign shall be taken to
be in the first house. However, as we know, in Indian
astrology the rising point of the ascendant is considered to
be the
How to Time an Event 5

mid point of the house and is used to determine what is


called the sensitive point of the house. Any influence close to
this point shall affect the house the most. The effect of a
planet in a house shall be the most when it is on the mid-
point of a house. It decreases proportionately as the planet
moves away from the mid-point. It is zero at the junction of
two houses.
We first calculate the mid-point of the ascendant. We then
add 30° to the mid-point of the ascendant to get the mid-
point of the II house. Successive additions of 30° will give us
the mid-points of other houses. Parashar has permitted in
Chapter 4 verse 45 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra,
Chaukhamba edition to determine the mid point of each
house in this manner.

On Signs Inimical to Certain Planets


10. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 51 verses
29-32 Chaukhamba edition each planet has certain signs
inimical to it. Planets in their respective inimical signs do not
give good results in their periods. These are given in a
tabular form below. The digits in the table represent signs.
For example, Aries being the first sign is represented by the
digit 1, Taurus being the second by 2, etc. Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra Chapter 29 verse 10 Chaukhamba edition says
that a planet will give good results when it occupies its
exaltation, mooltrikona, own, intimate friend's or friend's
sign. It shall be neutral in a sign that is neutral to it. It shall give
unsatisfactory results when it occupies its debilitation, great
enemy's or enemy's sign. These kinds of relationships are
examined ahead. A planet in an inimical sign will not be able
to give good results. Thus, suppose Venus is in Sagittarius.
This being an inimical position for Venus, it will not be able to
give good results.
Signs inimical to each planet
Sun 2, 3, 7, 10, 11 Jupiter 2, 3, 6, 7
Moon 7, 8, 11 Venus 4, 5, 8, 9
Mars 3, 6, 7, 11, 12 Saturn 1, 4, 5, 8, 9
Mercury 4, 8, 11, 12
6 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Traditionally each planet is expected to be naturally friendly,


inimical or neutral to another planet. This is given in a
tabular form in paragraph 28 ahead. How should this be
reconciled with the above statement? If we refer to
paragraph 28 we notice that Mercury is friendly with the Sun,
but the Sun is considered to be in an inimical sign when it
occupies Gemini. We will then take Mercury to be inimical to
the Sun when the Sun is in Gemini and friendly to it when in
Virgo. We have therefore given an additional table in
paragraph 28. This is very important and should be carefully
taken into account.
The resultant relationship between planets, and planets and
signs, is of seminal value as the determination of longevity
rests on such relationships.

On Sambandhas
11. The term sambandha has widespread use in period analysis.
Two planets are said to be in sambandha in the five
following ways:
(i) They are placed in each other's sign. For example, the
Moon is placed in Aquarius and Saturn in Cancer. This
is called an exchange.
One important characteristics of exchange is that the
nature of result that would be expected in the periods of
these two planets will not be altered even when a third
planet of any nature joins any of the two.
(ii) The two planets are in the same sign. This is called an
association between them.
(iii) The owner of a sign projects an aspect to a planet in that
sign. For example, if Mercury is placed in Aries and Mars
projects an aspect to it, Mercury and Mars shall be in
sambandha.
(iv) A planet in a sign projects an aspect to the owner of the
sign. Let us take Saturn in Gemini and Mercury in
Pisces. Saturn projects an aspect to Mercury. Mercury
and Saturn are in sambandha in this manner.
How to Time an Event 7

(v) Each planet is in a constellation of the other.


Since Rahu owns Aquarius and Ketu Scorpio as stated
on the strength of Parashar below, the sambandha
analysis for these two Nodes will not be different.

On the Nodes (Rahu and Ketu)


12. (a) The Nodes of the Moon, viz., Rahu and Ketu, are not
physical bodies but the points of intersection of the
apparent lunar and solar orbital paths. Rahu is the
ascending Node, Ketu descending. According to Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 47 verses 34-39.5:
(1) Rahu is exalted in Taurus and Ketu in Scorpio.
(2) Rahu owns Aquarius and Ketu Scorpio. Parashar
says that some scholars are of the opinion that
Rahu owns Virgo and Ketu Pisces. We can interpret
this statement to mean that when Rahu is in Virgo
and Ketu in Pisces, the Nodes will be taken to be
well placed and should be disposed to give good
results.
(3) Gemini is the mooltrikona sign of Rahu, and
Sagittarius of Ketu.
(4) Thus, Rahu in Taurus, Gemini, Virgo and Aquarius
shall be considered well placed. Similarly, Ketu in
Scorpio, Sagittarius and Pisces should be
considered well placed. This also shows that Rahu is
well placed in the signs of Mercury, and Ketu is
happy in the signs of Jupiter. Since Rahu is like
Saturn and since Saturn and Mercury are friendly to
each other this is quite natural. Similarly, since Ketu
is like Mars and Mars and Jupiter are naturally friendly
to each other, the relationship of Ketu with Jupiter
is also understandable.
(b) Rahu in Scorpio and Pisces, and, Ketu in Taurus and
Virgo should not be considered well placed. According
to the Lai Kitab Rahu will give unfavourable results in the
houses owned by Jupiter; and, Ketu will give adverse
results in the houses owned by Mercury. Here the
behaviour of Ketu is similar to
8 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Mars, since Mars too gives adverse results in the signs


of Mercury; but it cannot be so said for Rahu since
Saturn and Rahu are similar but Saturn gives good
results in the signs of Jupiter.
(c) Jatakabharnam in Chapter on Cancellation of
Combinations for Adversity verse 4 states that Rahu in
the III, VI or XI house with the aspect of a naturally
beneficial planet removes all indications of adversity in
a birth chart. According to verse 8 of this Chapter, Rahu
placed in Aries, Taurus or Cancer in the ascendant in a
birth chart has similar effect. According to
Jatakabharnam Chapter on Cancellation of
Combinations for Adversity verse 9 Ketu in the VI or XI
house in Capricorn, Aquarius or Pisces shall be
beneficial.
(d) Rahu in the III, VI, XI, an angular or a triangular house
will give positive general signification results. The results
will be negative if it is placed in the VIII or XII house
without association with or aspect of a naturally
beneficial planet. The placement of Rahu in the VIII or
XII house from the ascendant is not always found to give
adverse results but it is a pointer to a possibility and
should always alert the astrologer to go deeper and
satisfy himself with respect to the results that Rahu may
give.
(e) Ketu in the III, VI, XI, an angular or a triangular house
will give positive general signification results. The results
will be negative if it is placed in the VIII or XII house
without association with or aspect of a naturally
beneficial planet. When Ketu is placed in the II, VIII or
the XII house, it may cause problems to the family of
the individual or may make the individual lose his liberty
in its major-period. As in the case of Rahu, the location
of Ketu in the II, VIII or XII house may not always give
adverse results, but a deeper analysis of such a Ketu is
called for.
(f) The Nodes in their beneficial signs (exaltation, ownership,
Virgo for Rahu and Pisces for Ketu, or mooltrikona) will
give positive general signification results in their major-
periods.
(g) In Chapter 34 verse 16 of Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra
the sage has described the predominant results that a
Node is expected to give. He says that a Node will give
results of the house that it occupies. The Node will also
give results of a
How to Time an Event 9

planet with which it is associated. The Laghu Parashari


in Chapter on Definitions verse 13 also makes the same
statement. It is observed that a Node gives results of (i)
the house that it occupies, (ii) the owner of the house
that it occupies and (iii) the planet that it is associated
with, or is in sambandha with.
(h) A dispositor is the owner of the sign that a planet or
Node occupies.
According to Uttar Kalamrita Chapter 6 verse 21, the
quantum of result in the period of a Node will depend on
the strength of the dispositor of the Node. It will also
depend on the strength of the planet with which the
Node is, if at all, in sambandha.
(i) According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 50
verse 64, the period of a planet that owns a sign from
which Rahu is placed in the tenth house will take the
individual on a pilgrimage.
(j) According to Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 39, Rahu
will take on the qualities and nature of the planet with
which it is in association. It gives results according to
the planet with which it is associated. Since Rahu by its
inherent nature is malefic, it will vitiate the associating
planet. The associated planet will take on the adverse
qualities of Rahu. When Rahu and Jupiter are in
association, if Jupiter is favourable in the chart it loses
its ability to be good, and Rahu becomes favourable. A
planet associated with Rahu will give adverse results at
the end of its period. This principle may be extended to
all planetary sambandhas with Rahu.
(k) According to Phalit Vikas of Ram Yatna Ojha, Rahu or
Ketu alone in a house damages it. Phal Deepika
qualifies it further. According to Chapter 20 verse 53, a
Node when located in a sign of a naturally beneficial
planet or in a favourable house will give good results in
its sub-period if it is not in sambandha with any planet.
Favourable houses for Rahu or Ketu have been stated
above. In such a situation, the sub-period of a
Yogakaraka planet in the major-period of a Node will be
good. A Yogakaraka planet has been defined ahead.
10 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

(I) A Node, well placed in a triangle free of malefic influence


of a naturally malefic planet, will invariably give excellent
results in its sub-period in the major period of a naturally
beneficial planet. The sub-period of a naturally beneficial
planet in the major-period of such a Node will also be
highly favourable.
(m) When a Node has sambandha with a planet, and both
the planet and the Node have relationship with a house,
the Node will give the expected result relating to that
house in its period, in preference over the planet.
(n) The nature of a Node will depend on the nature of the
house that it occupies. This is the predominant
consideration. A Node occupying the VIII or XII house is
in normal circumstances unable to give good results.
The nature will also depend on the nature of the
dispositor and the sambandha that the Node may have
with a planet.
(o) A Node in the II or VII house is generally considered
dangerous, but according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6
verse 15, a Node so placed, when associated with or
receiving aspect from the owner of the I, V or IX house,
shall give long life and wealth.
(p) Rahu is a maraka planet for an individual born in Scorpio
or Capricorn ascendant.
(q) The location of a Node in its sign of debilitation or in the
VIII or XII house will make it give negative general
signification results.
(r) At the time of analysing the period of a Node the analysis
of its dispositor should also be done.

On Relationship of a Planet With Houses


13. The relationship of a planet with a house is of great
importance. A planet shall give results relating to a house in
its period only if it is related to that house. Thus, if we are
analysing a chart to determine the time when a child would
be born to the individual we must first select the major-
period of a planet that is related to the V house from the
ascendant.
How to Time an Event 11

We will notice that based on this assumption, we can


develop a method through which it would be easy to know
the events that would take place in a particular major, sub or
inter-period. Further, if an event is going to take place in a
major, sub and inter-period, each of the three planets should
independently and jointly indicate the event. Suppose the
father of an individual passed away in the inter-period of
Mercury in the sub-period of Jupiter and in the major-period
of Saturn. Saturn should indicate the event in its major-
period when we analyse Saturn in the birth chart. Jupiter
should also indicate the event in its sub- period with respect
to the major-period of Saturn. Mercury too should indicate
the event in its inter-period with respect to the sub-period
planet Jupiter. Suppose we wish to know if the major-period
of a planet would cause death of the mother of an individual.
The planet in such a case should be related to the IV house
as otherwise it would not give result pertaining to mother of
the individual. The loss of a matter relates to the general
house of loss, i.e., the XII house from the ascendant.
Therefore, the planet should also be related to the XII house
from the ascendant. Death relates to the VIII house. The
planet will relate to this house too.
We have developed this method of analysis of planets and
periods in the following pages and the reader shall notice
their adequacy and reliability. The same methods are
applicable to birth charts, horary charts, transits and annual
charts. Only the practice of the method would prove its
efficacy.
Events materialise, among other things, according to the
houses that operate at any given moment of time. The
planets operate houses. A planet gets related to a house in
different ways as described ahead. When its major-period
starts all the houses that it is related to, get activated. A
house will yield its results only through a planet related to it
in the period of that planet.
A planet, including a Lunar Node, i.e., Rahu or Ketu, can be
related to a house in different ways. These are as follows:
12 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

(a) The planet occupies a house. This is the strongest


relationship of a planet with a house. It is also observed
that the relative strength of relationship changes with the
distance of the planet from the sensitive point of the
house.

A planet exactly over the sensitive point of a house is very


powerfully related to that house. One that is 3° away from
the sensitive point is not that strongly related. A planet that
is 12° away from the point would be even less strongly
related. It ought to be however clear that the occupant is the
most strongly related planet to a house. The distance from
the sensitive point only determines the relative strength of
relationship that various occupants have with the house. In
the above chart, Mercury is 3° degrees away from the
sensitive point of the house. It is strongly related to the
house. Jupiter too is in the house at 10°. It will be related to
the VII house more powerfully than Mercury since the
sensitive point of the house is also at 10°. During the period
of Mercury or Jupiter the individual may get results relating
to marriage, partnership, business or prominence in society.
The short point is that when a planet occupies a house, it will
give results relating to that house. The specificity, nature,
quantum and timing of the results shall depend on certain
factors that shall be analysed in the following pages. We
should be able to determine what specific result relating to a
house a planet would give. On the basis of analysis, in this
case, we should be able to say with respect to Mercury
whether it would bring about the marriage of the individual or
dissolution of partnership. Similarly we should be able to
determine the specific result Jupiter would be giving owing to
occupation of the house.
How to Time an Event 13

(b) The planet owns a house. A planet will give results of


the houses that have the signs that it owns. The result
of the house that has the mooltrikona sign of a planet
owned by it will be predominantly observed in the
period of the planet.
(c) A planet shall be related to a house if it projects an
aspect to its sensitive point within 5°. In the case of the
Moon the distance could be till 8°. For the Sun this
could be upto 10°. This is a specific relationship. The
aspects are calculated according to the traditional
methods. We know that each planet projects an aspect
to the VII house from the house it occupies. In addition,
some planets project special aspects. Mars projects
aspects to the IV and VIII houses from the house that it
occupies. Jupiter projects aspects to the V and IX
houses from the house that it occupies. Saturn projects
aspects to the III and X houses from the house it
occupies. There is much difference of opinion over
aspects that the Nodes project. We have therefore not
taken into account aspects projected by the Nodes.
(d) A planet shall be related to a house if it projects an
aspect within the stipulated distance as stated above to
a planet occupying the house. This is also a specific
relationship.
These are two basic and two specific relationships between
planets and houses. Finer relationships emerge from the basic
ones. We consider these finer relationships based on the sign,
navamsha and constellation positions of each planet.
The navamsha is the ninth division of a sign. Its extent is
3°20'. The method to determine the navamsha in which a planet
or celestial point is placed is simple. First determine the number
of navamsha in which a planet is placed in a sign. For example,
the Sun at 15°53'54" in Cancer shall be in the fifth navamsha. It
has completed first four navamshas in the sign and it is in the fifth
navamsha. When a planet is in a movable sign count as many
signs from the sign in which the planet is placed as the number of
navamsha in which the planet is placed. The sign so determined
shall be the navamsha sign. Let us take the illustration given
above. When we count from Cancer, Scorpio is the fifth sign. The
navamsha sign in which the Sun shall be is Scorpio. When a
planet is in a fixed sign, count from the ninth sign in which the
planet is placed.
14 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Taking the above illustration, if the Sun were at 15°53'54" in Leo,


we will count the fifth sign from Aries which is the ninth sign from
Leo. The Sun will be in Leo navamsha. When the planet is in
common sign, count from the fifth sign from the sign in which the
planet is placed. For example, if the Sun were at 15°53'54" in
Virgo, we will count from Capricorn. The Sun would be in Taurus
navamsha.
Sometimes a planet occupies the same sign in navamsha
chart as in the birth chart. It is then called Vargottama. If the
Moon were in Capricorn in the birth and navamsha charts, we will
call the Moon to be Vargottama.
(i) The owner of the sign in which a planet is placed relates the
planet to the house that the owner occupies. We call the
planet that owns the sign in which the planet is placed the
dispositor of the planet. This forms a link between the two
houses. Let for instance Ketu be in Taurus. Let Taurus be
the first house of the chart. Venus will be the dispositor of
Ketu. If Venus occupies the IV house in the birth chart, Ketu
will be related to the IV house. Let us take a live illustration.
Let us consider Mars in Chart 1-1. It occupies Libra in the
birth chart. The owner of Libra is Venus. It is placed in the
ascendant. Thus, Mars is related to the I house.
(ii) A planet shall occupy a sign in the navamsha chart. The
owner of this sign shall be in a house in the birth chart. The
planet shall be related to this house in the birth chart. We
know that a charan or pada is the smallest unit among the
sign, constellation and charan of the constellation. A sign
has an extent of 30°. A constellation extends to 13° 20'. A
charan is of only 3° 20'. A charan is in effect synonymous
with the navamsha. Therefore the dispositor of the planet in
the navamsha chart shall be the owner of the charan that
the planet occupies. Suppose in the above illustration, Ketu
occupies the sign Aquarius in the navamsha chart. Saturn is
the dispositor of Ketu in the navamsha chart. Suppose Saturn
occupies the VI house in the birth chart. Ketu shall therefore
be related to the VI house as well. Taking Chart 1-1, Mars
occupies Aries in the navamsha chart. Mars owns Aries. Mars
is in the XII house. Therefore the relationship of Mars with the
XII house is only reiterated.
(iii) A planet shall be related to a house in the birth chart that has
the same sign as the one the planet occupies in the
navamsha chart.
How to Time an Event 75

We take the illustration given above. Ketu is in Aquarius in


the navamsha chart. Since Taurus is taken to be the
ascendant in the illustration, Aquarius will fall in the X house
in the birth chart. Ketu will therefore be related to the X
house in the birth chart. In Chart I-l Mars occupies Aries.
This sign falls in the VI house in the birth chart. Therefore
Mars is related to the VI house from the ascendant.
This gives specific relationship with a house. Let us
presume that we are trying to find out planets that are
related to the VII house from Venus in the birth chart in the
above illustration. The sign in that house is Aquarius. If Ketu
is in Aquarius in the navamsha chart it shall be specifically
related to the VII house from Venus.
(iv) We next take the constellation that a planet occupies. The
owner of the constellation shall be placed in some house in
the birth chart. The planet shall be related to this house.
Suppose Ketu is placed in Krittika constellation. The Sun
owns this constellation. If the Sun is placed in the V house of
the birth chart, Ketu will be related to the V house. In Chart I-
l Mars occupies Vishakha constellation of Jupiter. Jupiter is in
the XII house from the ascendant. This further underscores
the close relationship of Mars with the XII house.
Suppose Mars is in Libra in a constellation of Jupiter. Further
suppose Jupiter is in Virgo. Does it mean that Jupiter would
be considered related to Libra? The answer is no. Mars
would be related to Jupiter but Jupiter would not be in
relationship with the house having sign Libra.
(v) A planet shall be related to a house if it is related to its owner.
The relationship between planets is described ahead.
We have clarified ahead the strength of various relationships
between a house and a planet. The effects of relationship
depend on the strength of the relationship. We will study this
matter in greater detail later but we have to keep in mind
that the consideration of strength is of vital importance.
Overlooking this aspect could lead to erroneous
conclusions.
We will now work out relationships in the following chart to
clarify the concepts.
16 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Chart 1-1

Navamsa

Lagna
Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in
brackets.
How to Time an Event 17

Male, October 16, 1946, 1042 hours, 27° N10', 78°E05', Time
Zone 0530 hours East of Greenwich.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 5s 29° 07'41" Mars Venus 7s 06° 7'50" Saturn
Moon 2s 11° 32'07" Rahu Saturn 3s 14° 8'14" Saturn
Mars 6s 21° 38'43" Jupiter Rahu 1s 19° 2'01" Moon
Merc 6s 19° 00'47" Rahu Ketu 6sl9° 2'01" Mercury
Jupiter 6s 11° 1611" Rahu Ascdt 7s 25° 31'47"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet


is placed.
We have prepared another chart that has the planets in the
navamsha chart superimposed over planets in the birth chart
according to the signs that the planets occupy in navamsha. The
planets in the navamsha chart are shown within parentheses.
This clarifies the relationships through navamsha chart. Its utility
shall be seen from the following analyses.
Let us find the planets that are related to the VIII house. We
shall not consider relationships between the owner of the house
and other planets at this stage. We will state the relationships of
planets with the house in the same order as have been
described above:
(a) The Moon, as it occupies the house.
(b) Mercury, as it owns the house.
(c) Nil, as there is no exact aspect to the mid-point of the house.
(d) Jupiter has a very close aspect on the Moon. The latter is in
the VIII house from the ascendant. Therefore, Jupiter is
related to the house.
(i) Saturn, as its dispositor occupies the house.
(ii) Nil, as no planet occupies Cancer in the navamsha chart.
(iii) Rahu, as it occupies Gemini in the navamsha chart.
(iv) Rahu, as it occupies a constellation of the Moon.
(v) To be discussed later.
18 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

We will consider another chart to clarify the use of the


method of determination of relationship of planets with houses
and between planets. This is the most important element in the
analysis of a chart and in fixing the correct time for an event. It is
worthwhile tarrying for a moment on this method, as it is true for
the birth, annual, horary {prashna) and even transit charts. The
method of analysing any of these charts is the same and very
simple. If we are clear about the method we should not find it
difficult to deal with any of these charts.
Chart 1-2
Lagna

Navamsha
How to Time an Event 19

Male, November 9, 1951, 1737 hours, 49°N40', 108°W25',


Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

Time zone: 0700 hours west of Greenwich.


Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 6s 23° 37' Jupiter Venus 5s 7° 03' Sun
13.97"
Moon 11s 10° 31' Saturn Saturn 5s 17° 12' Moon
Mars 4s 28° 32' Sun Rahu 10s 14° 20' Rahu
Merc 7s 9° 30' Saturn Ketu 4s 14° 20' Venus
Jupiter 11s 11° 45' Saturn Ascdt 1s 15° 50'

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the


planet is placed.
A child was born to the individual on June 26, 1989 in the
major-period of Venus. Venus occupies the V house of birth
chart.
Venus is thus prima facie qualified to give birth to a child.
Whether it is fully competent to do so shall be studied in a later
chapter of this work.
20 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

On Relative Strength of Relationships Between


a Planet and a House
14. We know that a planet that occupies a house has the
strongest relationship with a house. The relationship through
ownership is the next important in strength. After it comes
the relationship through aspect. Thus, based on the above
principles the relative strength of relationships in descending
order is as follows:

Strong:
(i) The planet occupies the same sign in the navamsha chart that
is placed in the house under consideration in the birth chart.
For example, suppose the house under consideration has
Cancer sign. If the planet is placed in Cancer navamsha, it
will have a relationship with the house in the birth chart.
(ii) The planet occupies the house in the birth chart. When two
planets occupy the same house, their distances from the
sensitive point of the house should be considered to
determine the relative strength of relationship between the
two occupants.
(iii) The owner of the navamsha sign that the planet occupies is
placed in the house under consideration in the birth chart.
(iv) The owner of the constellation that the planet occupies is
placed in the house under consideration in the birth chart.
(v) The owner of the sign that the planet occupies is placed in
the house under consideration in the birth chart.
(vi) A planet with which the planet is in sambandha occupies the
house under consideration in the birth chart. For example,
suppose Saturn is in Krittika. This is a constellation of the
Sun. Suppose the Sun is in Anuradha. This is a constellation
of Saturn. The two planets shall be in sambandha. Each
would be related to the house the other occupies.
How to Time an Event 21

Not so strong:
(vii) The planet owns the house in the birth chart.
(viii) A planet with which the planet is in sambandha owns the
house in the birth chart.
(ix) The planet projects an aspect within the stipulated orb to a
planet occupying the house.
(x) The planet projects an aspect within the stipulated orb to the
sensitive point of the house.
A planet could be related to a house in more ways than one.
It could, for example, own the house; at the same time, it could
have its dispositor placed in the house and it may occupy the
sign in that house in the navamsha chart. The most powerful
relationship is through occupation. When a planet occupies a
house, it is considered to be the most powerfully related to that
house. Other kinds of occupations are also of considerable
importance. The owner of the navamsha sign that a planet
occupies could be placed in a house; or, the owner of the
constellation that a planet is placed in could occupy a house.
Each relationship to a house is like a strand. A weak relationship
is a weak strand. When there are several weak strands, they can
yet form a strong rope binding the planet to the house. A planet
related to a house through a single weak strand might not be
able to produce result relating to the house. It can only cause a
matter relating to the house being discussed and coming to the
fore for a while and then subsiding without taking any concrete
form. We notice that a planet sometimes through weak
relationship indicates an event. Such an event is unlikely to
materialise. It could only be talked or thought of or it may start
taking shape but fail to later develop fully. When a planet is
related strongly to a house, only then it will show noticeable
effect on matters relating to that house, otherwise the effect
would be ephemeral and passing. The more strong relationships
a planet has with a house the more clear cut manner an event
relating to the house would happen. Suppose Mercury in a chart
is indicative of enmity and it is placed in the same sign in the
navamsha chart as the VII house from the ascendant has in the
birth chart. It could cause acrimonious relations in marriage.
Suppose Mercury projects an aspect to the sensitive point of the
VII house, the effect could be a tendency on the part of the wife
to differ
22 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

from the husband from time to time, but the overall relationship
would remain stable.
Some birth charts have almost all planets related to each
other. In such charts, the premise from the outset is that each
planet is related to almost each of the 12 houses. In such cases
we should look for strong relationships of planets with houses.
Only such relationships would indicate the feasibility of a planet to
materialise the result.
When we analyse a chart for an event we sometimes find
that the same event is indicated by several planets. The question
arises as to which planet would give the result in its period. Here,
the relative strength of relationships that these planets have with
the house would help us choose the right planet. The planet that
has the strongest relationship would give the result. In case there
are two planets that have relationship of the same strength, the
planet that is stronger of the two would give the result. The
method of determining strength of a planet is discussed later in
this work.

On Relationship Between Planets


15. Two planets can be related to each other in the following
ways:
(i) They are in sambandha with each other in the birth chart.
When two planets are in sambandha (in a birth chart or
navamsha chart) and both are related to a house, the
stronger of the two planets shall give results relating to that
house. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 28 verses 37-
38 Chaukhamba edition says that when several planets form
a yoga (combination for happening of an event) in a chart,
the most powerful of these planets is called the karta (the
executant) and it gives the result. A similar statement is
made in Chapter 27 verses 37-38 in Santhanam's
translation of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. This helps us
select a planet out of the many that appear likely to bring
about an event.
(ii) They are in sambandha in the navamsha chart.
How to Time an Event 23

(iii) A planet placed in the sign of a planet in the birth chart shall
be considered related to that planet. Thus, when the Moon
is in Sagittarius it may also give results that Jupiter indicates
in the birth chart.
(iv) A planet occupying the sign of a planet in the navamsha
chart shall be considered related to that planet. Thus, when
the Moon is in Leo navamsha it may also give results that the
Sun indicates in the birth chart.
(v) A planet occupying the constellation of a planet shall be
considered related to that planet. Thus, when the Moon is in
a constellation of Venus it may also give results that Venus
indicates in the birth chart.
(vi) When two or more planets are placed in the same
constellation of a planet, they would be related to each
other. Let the Sun and Mars be in Rohini constellation of the
Moon. The Sun and Mars shall be considered related to each
other, though they may be in different signs.
(vii) Two planets would be related if the dispositor of one were in
sambandha with the dispositor of the other in the birth or
navamsha chart. Let us suppose that Jupiter and Saturn are
together in a sign. Let us also suppose that Rahu is placed
in Pisces and the Moon is in Capricorn. We will take the
Moon to be related to Rahu, and the latter to the Moon.
(viii) If a planet were placed in a sign in the navamsha chart it
would be considered associated with any planet that
occupies the sign in the birth chart. Suppose Mars is in Libra
in the navamsha chart. If Mercury were in Libra in the birth
chart, Mars and Mercury would be considered in
association.
(ix) A planet placed in a sign in the birth chart shall be
considered associated with any planet that occupies the sign
in the navamsha chart.
We will try to determine the planets that are related to Jupiter
in Chart 1-1 above:
24 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

(i) Jupiter is associated with Mars and Mercury in the birth


chart.
(ii) It is in sambandha with the Moon and Saturn in the
navamsha chart.
(iii) It is placed in a sign of Venus.
(iv) It is placed in a sign of Saturn in the navamsha chart.
(v) It is in a constellation of Rahu.
(vi) Mars is in a constellation of Jupiter. Therefore Jupiter is
related to Mars.
(vii) Mercury is also in the same constellation of Rahu.
Therefore it is related to Jupiter.
(viii) The dispositor of Jupiter in the birth chart is in
sambandha with Mars. Ketu occupies a sign of Mars.
Therefore Ketu is related to Jupiter. The dispositor of
Jupiter in the navamsha chart is in sambandha with
Jupiter, Mars and the Moon.
(ix) There is no planet in Capricorn in the birth chart.
(x) There is no planet in Libra in the navamsha chart.

On Relative Strength Of Relationships Between


Two Planets
16. The importance of relative strength of relationships between
a planet and a house has been given above. The
comparison of strength of various kinds of relationships
between planets is also equally important. The relative
strength of relationships between planets is as below in
descending order. This means that the relationship number
(i) is the strongest and the last one is the least important of
the lot:

Strong:
(i) Planets are in sambandha in the navamsha chart.
(ii) A planet is in the same sign in the navamsha chart that the
other planet occupies in a birth chart.
How to Time an Event 25

(iii) A planet is in the same sign in a birth chart that the other
planet occupies in the navamsha chart.
(iv) The planets are in sambandha through constellations. This
means that two planets in the same constellation of a planet
shall be in sambandha and this relationship shall be of a
powerful order.
(v) The planets are in sambandha in a birth chart.

Not so strong:
(vi) The dispositors of planets are in sambandha.
(vii) A planet is in a sign of another planet in a navamsha chart.
(viii) A planet is in a constellation of another planet.
(ix) A planet is in a sign of another planet in a birth chart.

On Arudha And Divisional Charts


17. (A) Parashar has dealt with the concept of Arudha or Pad of
a house in Chapter 29 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra.
Arudha means elevated. The Pad or Arudha of a house
represents the matters of a house in a more prominent
manner. Therefore whatever is represented by a house is
also represented more prominently by the Arudha of the
house. The Arudha of ascendant (lagna) will also work as a
prominent ascendant. A planet gives the results of a house
with which it is related. Therefore, if it is expected to give
results of a particular house it must be related to the same
number of house from the Arudha lagna. For example, if a
planet shows journey abroad during its period it must be
related to the IX house from not only the ascendant but also
to the IX house from the Arudha lagna.
The Arudha of a house is determined by first finding the
location of the owner of the house in the birth chart. We then
determine as to how many houses it is away from the
house. We then count that many number of houses from the
location of the owner, and the house that is so arrived at is
taken as the Pad or Arudha of the
26 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

house. Pad of any house can be determined in this manner


subject to the exceptions given below.
Let us determine the Arudha of the ascendant in Chart 1-1.
We will call it the Arudha lagna. The ascendant has the sign
Scorpio in this chart. Mars owns this sign. It is placed in the
XII house from the ascendant. The XII house from Mars in
the birth chart is the XI house from the ascendant. It has
Virgo. This shall be the Arudha lagna, or Arudha of the
ascendant, for the chart. Let us again determine the Arudha
lagna in Chart 1-2. Taurus is the sign in the first house in
this chart. Venus owns this sign. Venus is in the V house
from the ascendant. The V house from the location of Venus
is the IX house from the ascendant. The sign in the IX house
is Capricorn. This is the Arudha lagna. Let us determine the
Pad of the VI house in Chart II-4. The VI house from the
ascendant has Libra. Venus is in the second house from
Libra. Therefore the second house from Venus shall be the
Pad of the VI house. This is in Sagittarius.
There are two exceptions as per verses 4 and 5 of Chapter
29 of Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra to the procedure for
determination of Arudha of a house. The Pad or Arudha of a
house cannot be in the same house or in the VII house from
it. If the Arudha of the house comes out to be the same
house, we will take the X house from the house as the
Arudha of the house. If the Arudha comes out to be the VII
house from the house, we will take the IV house from the
house as the Arudha. Let us illustrate this by an example
each. In Chart II-4 the ascendant has Taurus. Venus owns
this sign. It occupies the VII house from the ascendant. The
Arudha lagna should therefore be the ascendant itself. We
will take the X house as per the exception as the Arudha
lagna in this case. In Chart III-3 Gemini is in the first house.
Mercury owns this sign. It occupies Pisces in the X house
from the ascendant. The X house from the X would be the
VII house from the ascendant. We will therefore take the IV
house from the ascendant as the Arudha lagna. Thus, when
the owner of a house is placed in the X from the house, the
Arudha or Pad of the house shall be in the IV house from the
house. When the owner of a house is in the IV house from
the house, the fourth from it would be the VII house. Since,
when the Arudha goes to the VII house, we take the IV
How to Time an Event 27

house from the house as its Arudha, it is clear that when the
owner of a house occupies the IV house from the house,
that house shall be the Arudha of the house. Therefore,
whenever the owner of a house occupies the IV or X house
from the house, we will take its Arudha as the IV house from
the house.
The Arudha lagna also, by definition, functions prominently
like the ascendant. We also know that no planet gives
results pertaining to a house unless it is related to it.
Therefore, if a planet is expected to give results relating to a
house from the ascendant, it should also be related to the
same number of house from the Arudha lagna. Let us
illustrate this by an example. In Chart 1-2 a child was born to
the individual in the major-period of Venus. The Arudha
lagna is Capricorn and the V house from it is Taurus. Venus
owns this sign. The individual of Chart II-3 was married in
the major-period of Rahu. The Arudha lagna is Scorpio in
the XI house from the ascendant. The VII house from Scorpio
is Taurus. Rahu is with Venus in Cancer in the navamsha
chart. The Moon is in Taurus. It is with Rahu in the navamsha
chart. The dispositor of Rahu in the birth chart is the Sun. It
occupies Taurus in the navamsha chart.
The use of Arudha lagna is very helpful in determining the
right sub-period planet for a particular event. We shall study
this matter further when we study the sub-periods.
It would be observed that we see the relationship of a planet
with a particular house from three points, i.e., from the
ascendant, from Arudha lagna and from the karaka. We can
call this the triangulation method. This method generally
determines the right planet correctly. We have described
this method with adequate number of illustrations in this
work.
(B) The divisional chart is a unique concept in Indian astrology. It
is developed on division of a sign in equal parts and assigning
rulership to signs for each such part. For example, Sagittarius
would rule in Saptamsa for a longitudinal span from 4°17'08"
to 8°34'17" in Taurus. Planets and the ascendant are thus
put in the respective ruling signs and charts erected. There
are a large number of such charts that have been described in
the classics. Chapter 7 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra is
devoted to these charts. Parashar refers to 16 such charts.
Verses 1 to 8 talk of Sign; of Hora (1/2 of a sign)
28 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

divisional chart for determining matters relating to wealth


(The method of making a Hora chart is a debated one. The
chart in the current form does not appear to be of much
use); of Drekkan (1/ 3 of a sign) chart for matters relating to
courage, enterprise and siblings; of Chaturthamsa (1/4 of a
sign) chart for fortune and property; of Saptamsa (1/7 of a
sign) chart for children and grandchildren; of Navamsha (1/9
of a sign) chart for marital matters and fortune; of
Dasamamsa (1/10 of a sign) chart for authority, livelihood and
status; of Dwadsamsa chart (1/12 of a sign) for parents, loss,
separation and incarceration; of Shodasamsa chart (1/16 of a
sign) for conveyance, journeys and related matters; of
Vimsamsa chart (1/20 of a sign) for religious activity, worship
and spiritual progress; of Chaturvimsamsa chart (1/24 of a
sign) for academic achievements; of Trimsamsa chart (1/30
of a sign) for evils, etc. There are Tajik divisional charts too
that work equally well. These are Shashtamsa (1/6 of a sign)
chart for disease, injury and accident; Ashtamsa (1/8 of a
sign) chart for major accident, humiliation and death; and
Ekadasamsa (1/11 of a sign) chart for gain and cure.
The ascendant of the relevant divisional chart refers in
essence to the matter that it represents. For example, a
Saptamsa chart represents matters relating to children. The
ascendant in the chart would be the essence of the issue
insofar as matters relating to children of an individual are
concerned. The relevant house is also of much importance
in these charts. In the Saptamsa chart, the ascendant and V
house shall be the most relevant ones. In the navamsha
chart, the ascendant and VII house will be of much
importance. In the Dasamamsa chart the ascendant and X
house shall be of foremost importance, etc. A planet related
to both the houses generally emerges as the right one for
having a related event happen in its period. When, for
instance, two planets appear eqully qualified to cause
marriage of an individual in a chart, the one that is related to
the ascendant and the VII house in the navamsha chart
shall be taken as the right one. In case the choice is limited
and no planet is related to both the houses, the planet that
has the strongest relationship with either of the houses shall
be the right one. Generally, the ascendant of a divisional
chart is given precedence over the concerned house of the
chart.
How to Time an Event 29

On Relatives of an Individual
18. We will now present a very important concept to analyse the
destiny of relatives of an individual.
Reference is invited to verse 7 of Chapter 23 of Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra. It says that just as results are
deduced from the ascendant for the individual, similarly
deductions may be made for younger brothers and other
relatives from the III and other houses respectively. This is
supported by Phal Deepika Chapter 15 verses 20 and 25.
Thus, the III house would be the ascendant for the younger
sibling, IV for the mother, V for the first child, VI for the
enemy, VII for the spouse, IX for the father, and the XI for
elder siblings. We can work out other relationships too. For
example, the younger brother of the spouse shall be
determined from the IX house as it is the III house from the
VII, the mother of the spouse from the X house as it is the IV
house from the VII, the spouse of the first child from the XI
house as it is the VII house from the V, etc.
We shall shortly see that the relevant house from the karaka
represents the specific matter. Mars is the karaka for younger
siblings. The III house from Mars shall therefore represent
younger siblings. The V house from Jupiter shall represent
the first child, etc.
Therefore we should take the relevant house from a karaka
as the ascendant for that relative. The III house from Mars
shall be the ascendant for the first younger sibling. The V
house from Jupiter shall stand for the ascendant for the first
child etc.
The Arudha as we know represents a matter more forcefully.
The younger sibling shall be powerfully represented by the
Arudha of the III house from the karaka Mars; the mother by
the Arudha of the IV house from the karaka Moon; the first
child from the Arudha of the V house from the karaka
Jupiter; etc. It is therefore preferable to take the Arudha as
the ascendant for the concerned relative. Therefore the
Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter shall be the ascendant
for the first husband, the Arudha of the V house from Jupiter
shall be the ascendant for the first child, etc.
30 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

The V house from Jupiter shows the first child. The III house
from this house shows the next child, and the III from it the
next, and so on. Similarly, the VII house from Venus shows
the first wife; the III house from this house shows the second
wife, the III from the second wife shows the next wife, and so
on. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter is the ascendant
for the first child. The Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter
(the III house from the V house from Jupiter) is the
ascendant for the second child. The Arudha of the IX house
from Jupiter (the III house, from the III house, from the V
house from Jupiter) is the ascendant for the third child, and
so on. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is the
ascendant for the first wife. The Arudha of the IX house from
Venus is the ascendant for the second wife. The Arudha of
the XI house from Venus is the ascendant for the third wife
and so on. The Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter is the
ascendant for the first husband. The Arudha of the IX house
from Jupiter is the ascendant for the second husband. The
Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter is the ascendant for the
third husband, etc.
Here we would like to clarify that when we determine the
ascendant in this manner the claim is not that the concerned
relative will be born with this ascendant. For example, if
Scorpio is determined as the ascendant for the second child,
it is not claimed that the birth chart of the second child shall
have Scorpio rising. It only means that if in the birth chart of
the individual we take Scorpio as the ascendant, we can
determine many aspects in the life of his second child.
Now we make this slightly more complicated. How do we
find the house representing the younger brother of the first
wife? The principle is simple. We first determine the house
that represents the wife from the concerned karaka. This
would be the VII house from Venus. The III house from this
house can easily be determined. We take the Arudha of this
house. This shall be the ascendant for the immediate
younger brother of the first wife.
Let us take a concrete illustration. Let us consider Chart 1-2
and determine the house that represents the younger
brother of the wife. The VII house from Venus in the natal
chart is Pisces. The III house from it is Taurus. The Arudha
of Taurus is in Capricorn. This is the ascendant for the
immediate younger brother of the first wife.
How to Time an Event 31

The question now before us is to determine the planet that


would represent the concerned relative. Should we take the
owner of the concerned Arudha as the planet? This would
not be correct. The determination of a relative has several
elements. For example, let us take the first wife of an
individual. Let us suppose Venus is placed in Gemini in the
birth chart. The VII house from Venus shall be in Sagittarius.
The Arudha of Sagittarius shall represent the first wife. Let us
suppose it is in Capricorn. A planet that is related to
Capricorn and Venus shall give results relating to the first
wife of the individual. Let us now consider the immediate
younger brother of the first wife of this individual. The
Arudha of the third house from Sagittarius, i.e., Aquarius
shall represent the relative. A planet related to this Arudha
house and Mars shall give results pertaining to the
immediate younger brother of the individual. Let us now take
the inquiry one step farther. Suppose we wish to study the
affairs of the first child of the immediate younger brother of
the first wife of the individual. The Arudha of the V house from
Aquarius shall represent the first child. A planet related to
the Arudha of the V house from Aquarius and Jupiter shall
give results relating to the first child of the first younger
brother of the first wife of the individual.

On Essential Planets, Karakas and Karaka


Properties
19. (A) Each planet is inherently inclined to give certain results.
For example, Jupiter is by nature related to matters
pertaining to children, wealth, etc. Venus is so related in a
male chart to the wife of the individual, etc. These are the
karaka properties of the planets. Parashar in Chapters 3 and
32 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra describes such karaka
properties. A karaka is supportive of the affairs that it
represents. A weak or afflicted karaka will sometimes show
deficiency or distortion in some matters that it represents as
a karaka. Thus, if Venus in a male chart is placed in Virgo and
it is under influence of adverse planets, the married life of the
individual may not be happy. On the other hand if the VII
house from the
32 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

ascendant is weak and has adverse influence but the karaka


for marriage is strong, the marriage of the individual may yet
remain on an even keel. Thus, the condition of a karaka in a
chart indicates the status of certain matters that the karaka
represents.
This is the first use of the karaka properties of planets.
(B) (a) A reference to Chapter 70 and Chapter 32 verses 22 to
24 of Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra is highly instructive.
Here Parashar says that the IX house from the Sun will also
represent the father; the IV from the Moon, the mother; the
III from Mars, the brother; the VI from Mercury, the maternal
uncle; the V from Jupiter, the children; the VII from Venus,
the wife (in a male chart) and the VIII from Saturn, death.
Hora Sara Chapter 17 supports this statement. Prithuyasas
has stated in this chapter that the IX house from the Sun and
V house from Jupiter relate to the father and child
respectively.
A house taken from the ascendant represents certain
matters. For example, the IV house from the ascendant
represents education, vehicle, mind, mother, etc. For each
matter listed there is a specific planet that inherently signifies
that matter. Mercury represents education, Venus
represents vehicles, and the Moon represents the mind and
mother. Each of these planets is a karaka for that matter.
Thus, Mercury is a karaka for education; Venus is a karaka
for vehicles; and so on.
We will now refer to Chapter 70 of Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra. This is a Chapter on Ashtakavargas. Parashar says
in verses 21 to 23 of this Chapter that village, house and
mother should be considered from the IV house from the
Moon. Family and friends should be considered from the IV
house from Mercury according to verses 28 and 29.
Knowledge, religious inclination and progeny should be
considered from the V house from Jupiter according to
verses 30 to 33. Thus, Parashar says that the same number
of house from the karaka also represents some of the
matters that the house from the ascendant represents.
Therefore, the IV house taken from the natal position of
Mercury too shall represent education. The IV house from
natal Mercury would represent family. The IV house from
natal Venus would represent vehicles. The IV
How to Time an Event 33

house from natal Moon would represent the mind and


mother, etc.
We know that the Arudha of a house represents matters
represented by that house in a more prominent manner.
Thus, the Arudha of the ascendant would also function as
the ascendant. We call this the Arudha lagna. A house
counted from the Arudha lagna would also function in the
same manner as the house taken from the ascendant.
We thus have three elements representing the same matter,
viz., the house taken from the ascendant, the house taken
from the karaka and the house taken from the Arudha lagna.
We know that a planet would give results of a house only if it
is related to the house. Since these three houses represent
the same matter, a planet that would give results relating to
the matter should be related to all the three houses. A planet
related to one or two of these three houses would indicate a
possibility that it could give results relating to that house, but
when it is related to all the three houses, it becomes capable
to give the result. Such a planet would be ready to give the
required result provided the karaka authorises it to
materialise that result in the life of that individual.
The karaka is the key to a specific matter. It controls matters
of which it is the karaka. It is the source for all such events.
The house is an inert receptacle; the karaka is the active
principle. Therefore, a planet that is related to the three
houses has the potential to materialise an event relating to a
specific matter, but it must be energised by the karaka to
give the result finally. Unless the karaka does so, a particular
happening of which it is a karaka cannot happen. Therefore
a planet that is related to the three relevant houses would be
a fit receptacle for the event but it would await impregnation
by the karaka to give the result. When the planet is related
to the concerned karaka it would give the required result in
its major-period. Such a planet shall be called a Factor for
that particular event.
We know that some planets are also naturally malefic. Each
planet is a karaka for certain aspects of life. We will notice
that Mars is taken to be a naturally malefic planet since it
represents such matters
34 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

mostly that are not palatable. Mars as we know is a karaka for


pain, injuries, disputes, litigation, theft, anger, baser instincts,
crime, etc. Saturn is a karaka for worry, disease, danger,
death, unhappiness, discomfort, bad deeds, separation,
deprivation, loss, fall, etc. Rahu is a karaka for sinful acts,
vices, danger from reptiles, opposition from lowly placed
persons, riots, imprisonment, drug addiction, etc. Ketu is only
the lower part of the demon, Rahu being the upper and
sentient part. Ketu is insensate and is therefore not an active
natural malefic per se. Rahu is an active malefic; Ketu is
without a brain. It is therefore passive. It is only a portion of
the demon. Ketu is composed of demoniac material but it is
not a conscious demoniac entity since it does not have a
brain. It is incapable of causing unpleasant acts under its
own volition. We know that the VI, VIII and XII houses from
the ascendant are considered adverse and are called the
Adverse Trio. So, among planets too like houses, we have
three major malefics that are by nature adverse. These are
Mars, Saturn and Rahu. We can thus talk of an Adverse Trio
amongst the planets as well.
The planetary Adverse Trio gives adverse results in their
periods, depending upon certain other conditions, and when
they are related to other planets, they also activate them for
acts that are unpalatable.
A karaka shows many matters. Venus, as an example, is a
karaka for wife, sex, vehicle, beauty, etc. The question
arises whether each karaka would be willing to produce all
the matters that it represents in its major-period in each
chart. In experience, it is found that it is not true. The fixed
karakas are selective in showing their result in their major-
period. For example, Venus may not represent all the
significations in each chart. In one male chart it may
represent beauty and vehicle but not wife. In another male
chart it may represent sex and wife but not vehicle. The
rationale behind this statement shall be clear shortly.
A karaka that is related to the Arudha of a house that
represents one of the significations of that karaka shall be
inclined to give results relating to that aspect of its
karakatwa. Let us suppose that Venus is related to the
Arudha of the IV house from its natal position in a birth chart.
Venus shall be inclined to give results
How to Time an Event 35

relating to vehicles. When Saturn is related to the Arudha of


the XII house from its natal position it becomes an extremely
potent instrument of loss and denial in a chart. Jupiter
related to the Arudha of the XI house from its natal position
shall be extremely beneficial. It shall fulfill all wishes of the
individual. Imagine the effect of such Jupiter if it is also
related to the Arudha of the II house from its natal position. It
shall give immense wealth to that individual. This
combination is present in Bill Gate's, Harrison Ford's (one of
the richest Hollywood actors) and Napoleon Bonaparte's
charts. A Factor for a signification of the karaka shall give
results relating to that aspect of life in its major-period.
Suppose, Mercury is a Factor for wealth in a chart, and
Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the II house from its natal
position. Mercury in its major-period shall give results
relating to wealth. This principle is in particular useful in
determination of transit results. When a karaka in transit is
related to the Arudha of a house of its karakatwa it shall be
inclined to give results pertaining to that aspect. Suppose
Gemini is the Arudha for first wife in a birth chart. When
Venus is related to Gemini in transit, it would tend to cause
results relating to wife to happen.
In certain cases, as in Chart III-3, the position of a karaka is
sometimes doubted. In Chart III-3 it is sometimes doubted
as to whether Jupiter should actually be taken in Libra.
Some would like to place it in Virgo. It is very simple to take
up transit of Jupiter on the dates on which children were born
to the individual and examine if the Libra or Virgo position is
correct. This method gives very unambiguous answer to
such doubts. A detailed analysis is available in paragraph 5 of
Chapter Five.
As seen, a planet is required to be related to three houses to
give a particular result. These three houses are the relevant
house from the ascendant, the same number of house from
the Arudha lagna and again the same number of house from
the karaka. Therefore it is essential for a karaka to be so
related as well to give results in its major-period relating to a
particular signification. A karaka that is not so related shall
not be able to give the result in its major-period. We know
that Venus represents vehicles. Venus will give results
relating to vehicles in its major-period in a chart only
36 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

when it is related to the IV houses from the ascendant,


Arudha lagna and itself. Venus is a planet that signifies
romance too. It shall give results relating to romance in its
major-period in a chart if it is related to the V houses from
the ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself. Venus again
signifies marriage in a male chart. It will give results relating
to marriage in its major-period only when it is related to the
VII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself. A
karaka that is so related to all the three houses shall be
called the Karaka-Factor. Therefore, only when a karaka
becomes a Karaka-Factor for an aspect of life can it give
results relating to that aspect in its major-period. A karaka
could be a Karaka-Factor for one signification of its and it
may not be so for another. Thus, Jupiter could be a Karaka-
Factor for wealth if it is related to all the II houses from its
natal position, ascendant and Arudha lagna; and, it may not
be so for children, in case it is not related to all the V houses
from its natal position, ascendant and Arudha lagna.
A planet of the Adverse Trio, i.e., Mars, Saturn and Rahu,
shall be capable of causing damage with respect to a
particular unpleasant aspect of life in its major-period when it
becomes the Karaka-Factor for it. We know that malefic
planets in the prishthhodaya signs give highly adverse
results. When Mars is the Karaka-Factor for injury or enmity
and it is placed in Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Sagittarius or
Capricorn (these are the prishthhodaya signs), it shall cause
much trouble. When most of the elements (the concerned
houses, their owners and the karaka) have or are in these
signs, the planet shall give very adverse results. This is true
for all adverse Karaka-Factors or Factors. Here we must point
out that Aries, Scorpio and Capricorn are violent signs.
When most of the elements for enmity, accident, violence or
injury etc. have or are in violent signs, the expression of
violence in the effect shall be very prominent.
All other signs, except Pisces, are the shirshodaya signs.
When most of the elements (the concerned houses, their
owners and the karaka) for a favourable aspect of life have or
are in shirshodaya signs, the Karaka-Factor or the planet shall
show very good results. Suppose Jupiter is the Karaka-
Factor for fortune. If Jupiter is in a shirshodaya sign, it shall
give excellent results in its major-period.
How to Time an Event 37

It is not possible that in each chart the major-period of each


Karaka-Factor should operate for events to happen. Such
events can happen in the major-periods of the relevant
Factors too. If a planet is a fit receptacle, and is related to
the relevant karaka, it would be able to give the desired
result. Thus, we have two conditions for a planet to give a
specific result in its major-period, viz., (i) it should be a fit
receptacle for a particular matter, and (ii) it should be related
to the relevant karaka. We can thus specify the conditions
necessary for a planet to materialise a specific matter in its
major-period in the following manner:
(i) The karaka for an aspect of life, to give the specific result
in its major-period, must be related to the three relevant
houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and its natal
position. Such a karaka shall be the Karaka-Factor for
that particular aspect of life. If we are looking for birth of
a child, Jupiter should be related to the V houses from
the ascendant, Arudha lagna and its natal position. It
would then be a Karaka-Factor for children and would
give such results in its major-period.
(ii) If a planet is not a karaka for an event, it should be
related to the relevant houses from the ascendant,
Arudha lagna and the concerned karaka. It would then
be a fit receptacle for that particular event. If we are
examining whether the major-period of a planet is likely
to cause birth of a child, it is necessary for the major-
period planet to be related to the V houses from the
ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter. Only such a
planet would have the potential to cause birth of
children in its major-period. This planet would be a fit
receptacle for this event.
(iii) A fit receptacle should be related to the concerned
karaka. Once this relationship is established between
the two we can be sure that an event relating to the
concerned karaka would take place in the major-period
of the planet. In our illustration above, the planet that is
a fit receptacle must be related to Jupiter that is the
karaka for matters relating to children, to cause an
event relating to the birth of a child in its major-period to
take place.
38 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

(iv) The concerned planet is related to the ascendant and


the concerned house in the relevant divisional chart.
Relationship is through sign, constellation or navamsha
as before. Taking the illustration given above, a planet
that is likely to cause birth of a child should be related to
the ascendant and the V house in the Saptamsa chart.
However, the divisional chart for each event in the life of
an individual is not available. Hence this is only a
partially applicable condition. In fact we can say that in
some matters it is a convenience instead of being a
condition.
We will call a planet that satisfies the above conditions plus
one more condition that shall be introduced ahead, a Factor.
As is obvious only the Karaka-Factor or a Factor shall
materialise an affair in its major-period. It is also obvious that
a Karaka-Factor shall not determine the nature and quality
of an event. If Mars is a Factor for matters relating to children
it may not just cause birth of children. It could cause their
birth or their loss, separation from them or any other event
relating to them. The nature and quality of an event shall be
determined by some more considerations that we will
discuss in due course.
It sometimes becomes difficult to distinguish between two
Factors as to which of the two would be able to give the
result. We can then use four tools, (a) The first is the Factor
for gain or loss. If we are deciding the time of birth of a child
to an individual we must keep in mind that a Factor that
represents matters relating to children in a birth chart must
be related to or be also the Factor for gain. The Factor for
gain shall be a planet that is related to Jupiter and the XI
houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter. Unless
a Factor for children is so related to a Factor for gain, birth of
a child cannot happen in the major-period of that Factor. We
can say the same thing for a Factor for marriage. An
individual cannot acquire a spouse otherwise. There are
certain other matters that impinge on the physical self of an
individual. A Factor for injury shall cause one to the individual
if it is also related to or itself becomes a Factor for physical
self too. A Factor for enmity shall show the result only when
it is also related to or itself becomes a Factor for the mental
self, (b) The Arudha of the relevant house from the
How to Time an Event 39

karaka is also a powerful element to help us determine the


right Factor. Suppose we are talking of the profession of an
individual. The karaka for profession is Saturn. The X house
from the karaka shall be the house that would represent
profession. We take the Arudha of this house. A planet that
is related to Saturn and this Arudha house shall definitely
deal with the profession of the individual. This tool equally
applies to all the period planets, whether major, sub or inter-
period planet, (c) The third tool is the divisional chart. A
Factor related to the ascendant and the relevant house in
the concerned divisional chart should be preferable over the
one that is not so related. Suppose we are looking for
marriage of an individual. Suppose it appears that two
planets are equally qualified to bring about marriage of the
individual. The divisional chart for marriage is the navamsha
chart. We should therefore see as to which of the two
Factors is related to the ascendant and the VII house in the
navamsha chart. The one that is related to the ascendant
and the VII house in the divisional chart shall cause the
marriage of the individual to take place. Since we have
divisional charts for a selected number of events in the life of
an individual, the use of this tool is limited in nature, (d) A
Factor for an event should be related to the Essential Planet
for that event. This concept has been elaborately discussed in
Chapters Two and Three, but we will introduce it here at a
basic level. It is seen that there is a key planet for each
event in a birth chart, and unless a Factor for that event is
related to the key planet, it cannot produce the event. We
determine the Arudhas of the relevant houses from the
karaka and the ascendant we then determine the planets
that are related to both these houses. We take the strongest
of these planets. It would be the essential planet for the
event for the major period. We take the location of that
superior period planet instead of the ascendant for
determining the essential planet for an inferior period. This
key planet is the Essential Planet. It is generally not the
same as the karaka for the event. Thus the Factor for an
event has to be related to the karaka for the event and to the
Essential Planet for it.
When the karaka for a particular signification is not the
Karaka-Factor, it would not be able to give that result in its
own major-period as it is not a Factor. Yet it would be able to
energise another
40 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

planet to assume the role of a Factor for that event. In case,


Jupiter is not related to the three II houses from the
ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself, it shall not be the
Karaka-Factor for wealth and it shall not be able to give
wealth in its major-period, but any other planet related to
these three houses when related to Jupiter shall be able to
give the result. We will include the Karaka-Factor in a
statement that is valid for a Factor.
The influence on a Karaka-Factor shows a characteristic that
would be life-long. An influence on a Factor shall produce a
characteristic that may last only during the major-period of
the Factor. If the Karaka-Factor of marriage were under
severe influence of Karaka-Factor for deprivation, the
individual would not marry in life. Generally when a Factor for
deprivation influences the Karaka-Factor, the event does not
happen during the major-period of the Factor but it does not
cause a life long deprivation. If a Factor for marriage were
under similar influence, the individual may not marry in the
major-period of that Factor.
To identify those matters of a house that a planet would
produce in its major-period we have to take recourse to
karakas. We first examine the planets with which this planet
is related. We examine if the planet concerned is a fit
receptacle for a matter represented by a karaka with which it
is in relationship. Once the planet is a fit receptacle and is
related to the concerned karaka and Essential Planet, a
matter relating to the fit receptacle and karaka shall appear in
the major-period of the planet. For example, let us presume
that Mars is related to Venus and Mercury. If Mars is a fit
receptacle for romance (V houses from ascendant, Arudha
lagna and karaka Venus) and it is related to Venus and
Essential Planet, during the major-period of Mars romance
would be in focus. If Mars is a fit receptacle for education
and it is related to Mercury and Essential Planet, during the
major-period of Mars, the individual would study or
discontinue it, as the case may be.
We will also see that the strengths of the concerned house
and karaka are very relevant in the analysis. We will study
this aspect of analysis separately.
Let us take up Chart 1-1 and examine it for the right major-
period for birth of a child. Jupiter is the karaka for it. The V
house from Jupiter is Aquarius. Jupiter and Saturn are in
sambandha in the
How to Time an Event 41

navamsha chart. The V house from the ascendant is in


Pisces. Jupiter owns it. The Arudha lagna is in Virgo, so the V
house from Arudha lagna is in Capricorn. Saturn is related to
the three V houses. It is a fit receptacle for matters relating to
children. Let us presume that it is related to the Essential
Planet too. It is a Factor for matters relating to children as it is
related to the karaka Jupiter. The Saptamsa chart has Libra
as the ascendant and Aquarius in the V house. Saturn is
related to Venus as the latter is in Anuradha constellation of
Saturn in the birth chart. Saturn owns the V house in the
divisional chart.
Suppose we are studying marriage. The VII house from the
natal position of Venus in a male chart shall show wife. The
Arudha of this house shall be the main house that would
show the first wife. While on the subject of spouse, it may
be possible that the individual has more than one spouse.
How do we determine the characteristics of different
spouses? In such a case, we will have to decide the house
that would determine the second wife. In ancient literature
she is taken as the junior sister to the first wife. The III house
from the house for the first wife shall be the one for the
second wife. Therefore the III house from the VII house from
natal Venus shall represent the second wife. The Arudha of
this house taken as the ascendant shall tell us about the life
of the second wife. Similarly, the V house from Jupiter shall
indicate children. The Arudha of this house shall be the
predominant house for the first child. When this house has
strong influence of female elements the child would be a
daughter. The Arudha of the III house from the V house from
Jupiter shall indicate the second child, etc.
We can extend this argument further. Suppose we wish to
determine the profession of an individual. The X house from
Saturn shall indicate profession. The Arudha of this house
shall show profession strongly. The influence of planets and
sign on this Arudha house shall determine the profession.
Let us take one more illustration. Suppose a planet is
related to the XII houses from ascendant, Rahu and Arudha
lagna. It shall be a fit receptacle for incarceration. When it is
related to Rahu and Essential Planet it becomes a Factor for
it. Suppose the planet is also a Factor for the physical self
(related to the Sun, and to the
42 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

ascendant, Arudha lagna and the place of the Sun) or is the


Karaka-Factor for it. It will force an individual to live under
restraint in its major-period. If the Factor for incarceration is
related to the Factor for residence (related to the Moon, and
the IV houses from the Moon, ascendant and Arudha lagna),
the individual will go to and remain in jail in the major-period
of the planet.
It is easy to determine a Karaka-Factor for a particular
event. We have given a table relating houses to karakas for
important matters/ events. For example, if we refer to the
table we notice that Saturn is the karaka for disease. The VI
house causes disease. Thus, the VI houses from the
ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn should be the elements
for disease. When Saturn is related to the three houses from
ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself, it becomes the Karaka-
Factor for disease. When a planet is related to these three
houses it becomes a fit receptacle for disease. When it is
also related to Saturn it becomes a Factor for disease.
We can determine the Arudha of the VI house from Saturn.
This would be a house that predominantly shows disease.
We can also determine the Arudha of a house that
represents an organ of the body. When these two houses
are related to each other; Saturn is related to the Arudha for
the organ; and, the karaka for the organ is related to the
Arudha for disease, the organ is likely to suffer from
disease.
When there are several Factors for disease, the likelihood of
poor health throughout life or of having several diseases
increases.
Remedial measures for a Factor capable of causing an
unpleasant effect like injury, dispute, disease, damage,
separation etc. should be thought of for ameliorating the
condition. When a Factor for disease causes trouble in an
organ, remedial measures for that Factor shall help the
individual overcome the disease. When a Factor for dispute is
causing tension in marriage, remedial measures for such a
Factor shall restore marital harmony.
Thus, the specific results that a planet may give in its period
can be determined by the use of karakas. This also helps in
determining the time of an event. This is the second and a
major use of the karaka properties of planets.
How to Time an Event 43

(b) We have seen that with the use of karakas we can get a fairly
satisfactory impression of the likely nature and complexion
of an event. Still there are Factors that would show more
than one kind of event. Let us take a simple one. Suppose a
planet is related to Mars and the VI houses from Mars, the
ascendant and Arudha lagna. Such a planet can cause
enmity or injury. It would be a Factor for injury or enmity.
Which of the two would take place in the major-period of the
Factor? We know that injury would affect the physical self,
whereas enmity, mental. The physical self is indicated by a
planet that is related to the Sun, ascendant and Arudha
lagna. This would be a Factor for the physical self. A Factor
for mental self shall be related to the Moon, and the IV
houses from the Moon, ascendant and Arudha lagna. If a
Factor for enmity or injury is related to the Factor for physical
self, the individual should suffer injury, since injury is related
to the body. If the Factor for enmity or injury is related to the
Factor for the mental self, he will face enmity, since it is the
mind that nurtures enmity.
(C) We will discuss the birth chart of Elizabeth Taylor. She as we
know, is a well-known British born Hollywood actress. She
has had several marriages and divorces. This chart has
certain interesting characteristics in the areas of marriage.
We will this discuss it in the next few paragraphs to highlight
the use of karakas in the analysis of a chart.
The first divorce took place on February 1, 1951. The inter-
period of Mars in the sub-period of Ketu in the major-period of
Saturn was going on at that time.
Chart 1-3
Lagna
44 Chapter 1: Preliminaries
Elizabeth Taylor, February 27, 1932, 0215 hours, London, UK,

Navamsha

0W10, 51N30, GMT.


Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 10s14°22'32" Rahu Venus 11s24°14'40" Mercury
Moon 6s22°41'05" Jupiter Saturn 9s7°23'59" Sun
Mars 10s8°39'28" Rahu Rahu 11s3°22'42" Saturn
Merc 10s14°32'55" Rahu Ketu 5s3°22'42" Sun
Jupiter 3s22°16'08" Mercury Ascdt 7s17°27'41"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the


planet is placed.
Divorce means a permanent separation from the spouse and
break up of the family. Saturn denotes separation. The XII house
from it is Sagittairus. Saturn and Jupiter are related. Saturn is
karaka for the XII house. The XII house from the ascendant is in
Libra. The Moon occupies it. Saturn occupies Pisces in the
navamsha chart. Venus is in this sign in the birth chart. Thus,
Saturn is related to Libra. The Arudha lagna is in Aquarius.
Saturn occupies Capricorn in the birth chart. It is thus related to
the XII house from the Arudha lagna. The XII house from Saturn
is in Sagittarius. Jupiter occupies Capricorn in the navamsha
chart where Saturn is placed in the birth chart. Saturn is thus
related to the XII house from its natal position. Thus, Saturn is
the Karaka-Factor for separation.
How to Time an Event 45

Since Jupiter is related to the three VII houses, it is the


Karaka-Factor for marriage. It is related to the Karaka-Factor for
separation. The II house from the ascendant is Sagittarius. The
II house from Arudha lagna is Pisces. We have noticed the close
relationship that Saturn has with these two houses of family.
Thus, Saturn in the chart shows divorce. The event happened in
the major-period of Saturn. It should also be noticed that Mercury
is in manifold relationship with Saturn and Jupiter in the chart. It
shows several marriages and divorces.
The V houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Venus
represent romance. A planet that is a fit receptacle for romance
and is related to the karaka would give rise to romance. This
would be a Factor for romance. When a Factor for marriage is
related to a Factor for romance, the individual will marry through
a love affair, or the marriage will be extremely cordial and happy.
We take up Elizabeth Taylor's chart again. Venus is exalted in the
V house from the ascendant. The V house from Arudha lagna is in
Gemini. Venus is in association with Mercury in the navamsha
chart. It is also in Revati constellation of Mercury. The V house
from Venus is Cancer. Jupiter occupies it. It is in sambandha
with Venus in the birth chart. Thus, Venus is a Karaka-Factor for
romance in the chart. We have seen that the Karaka-Factor for
marriage is in sambandha with the Karaka-Factor for romance.
Marriage would take place as a consequence of romance. Since
Venus is under strong influence of Mercury, this would happen
more than once.
We know that Mercury gives its results early or several
times over and Saturn late. If the Karaka-Factor for marriage is
related to Mercury, the individual will get married early in life or
more than once; he will get married late on the other hand if it
were related to Saturn. If a Factor for marriage is related to
Mercury, marriage should take place early in its major-period, or
matters relating to marriage would manifest early in the major-
period. It could also happen that the individual may marry more
than once in the major-period of the Factor.
We know that Jupiter tends to expand a Factor if it influences
it. Suppose Jupiter is related to the Karaka-Factor for body. The
individual will be of large girth. Saturn on the other hand causes
constriction and restriction. When the Factor is related to it, the
individual will be thin. When similar relationship exists with a Factor
for physical self, the individual would turn corpulent or thin as the
case may be, in the major-period of
46 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

the concerned Factor. Some thin persons suddenly turn fat in


life. This is due to the major-period of a Factor for physical self
that is under influence of Jupiter. Many a time women put on
much weight after birth of a child. It is because of such an
influence of Jupiter. The reverse is also true. Many a time an
overweight person decides to shed weight. This is under influence
of Saturn on a Factor for physical self the major-period of which
was current. A Karaka-Factor in a chart shall show tendencies
that shall remain with the individual for life. We have seen this in
the birth chart of Elizabeth Taylor. Her Karaka-Factors for romance
and marriage are closely related. Romance and marriage were
features that remained throughout her life. The Karaka-Factor for
separation and romance are again very closely related. She had
several romantic involvements ending in marriage and they were
subsequently terminated in divorce. This chart has unfortunate
relationships between Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. No marriage of
hers was permanent. She moved in and out of wedlock several
times. Since all the three planets are Karaka-Factors this flurry of
romance, marriage and separation lasted her lifetime. Had the
three planets were only Factors it would have happened only
during their major-periods. Thus, we can distinguish between a
permanent characteristic of life and a temporary.
Mars causes the musculature to develop well. When Jupiter
is also involved in this scheme of things, the muscles will
develop well and enlarge substantially. In such a case, the
individual will be heavily muscular. Venus in relation to Mars will
lend beauty and elegance to such a muscular body. The following
is the birth chart of Arnold Schwarzenegger.
Chart 1-4
Lagna
How to Time an Event 47

Male, July 30, 1947, 0410 hours, Graz, Austria, Central


Navamsha

Europe, 47°N04', 15°E27', Time zone: 0100 hour East of


Greenwich.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 3s13°06'26" Saturn Venus 3s3°23'51" Saturn
Moon 8s10°59'33" Ketu Saturn 3s18°34'4" Mercury
Mars 1s27°06'51" Mars Rahu 1s7°31'14" Sun
Merc 2s25°02'40" Jupiter Ketu 7s7°31'14" Saturn
Jupiter 6s24°58'29" Jupiter Ascdt 3s7°40'39"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the


planet is placed.
We know that he has an exceptionally well-developed
muscular body. Both Jupiter and Mars have the same dispositor
Venus in the birth chart. Venus stands for beauty and elegance.
Mars is in Taurus. Jupiter occupies this sign in the navamsha
chart. Mars occupies Virgo in the navamsha chart. Mercury is
with Jupiter in the navamsha chart. Thus, Mars and Jupiter are
closely related to each other and have a tendency to create
beauty and elegance. Let us determine the Karaka-Factor for the
body. The karaka for the body is the Sun. It is related to the
Arudha lagna through Rahu. The Sun occupies the ascendant.
Thus, the Sun is Karaka-Factor for the physical self. It is over
Jupiter in the navamsha chart. It is with Venus in the birth chart.
Mars is related to the Sun through Venus. These influences are
making for a beautiful and muscular body. Since in this chart the
Karaka-Factor for physical body is involved, this is going to be
the permanent feature in his life.
48 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

We will now introduce a table and give karakas for some


aspects of human life. We will also give for each the
corresponding house. Some matters/organs of the human body
cross over from one house to the other, for example the upper
part of the liver falls in the IV house whereas the central and
lower part falls in the V house. In such cases both the houses
have been mentioned. The degrees in a sign shall determine the
particular organ. Suppose we take the sign Taurus. It starts from
the eyebrows and ends at the junction of the neck with torso. It
will first indicate eyebrows. It will then successively show eyes,
the bridge of the nose, and upper ears; the nose, upper cheeks
and ear orifices; the lower cheeks and mouth; chin; upper throat
and tonsils; adam's apple; and, the beginning of the pharynx and
oesophagus. We can roughly say that each band of a navamsha
of 3°20' covers each of the various organs that have been listed
above. Since each house is a sign in effect, each band of
navamsha too would similarly indicate parts of organs. This
means that the II house for example too would represent what
Taurus does, and in it each navamsha would successively relate to
parts of the body. The influence of a disease causing planet on
the same band of the sign and house shall cause trouble in that
part. Suppose the first navamsha of Taurus and the first
navamsha of a sign in the II house are related to disease causing
planets. Trouble would arise in the vicinity of the eyebrows:
Matter Karaka House
Body Sun 1
Head Sun 1
Right eye (in males)/Left eye (in females) Sun 2/12
Heart Sun 4
Stomach Sun 5
Fire Sun 6
Father Sun 9
Rank/status/fame Sun 10
Place of worship Sun 12
Infancy Moon 1
Place of birth Moon 1
Contd.... on next page
How to Time an Event 49

Contd.... from last page


Matter Karaka House
Face/Mouth Moon 2
Lungs Moon 3/4
Breasts Moon 4
Mind Moon 4
Mother Moon 4
Place of residence/Home Moon 4
Emotion/Emoting Moon 5
Ovaries/uterus/bladder Moon 7
Pregnancy Moon 7
Residence at distant place Moon 7
Sea cruise Moon 8
Left eye (in males)/Right eye (in females) Moon 12/2
Sleep Moon 12
Blood relations Mars 2
Courage Mars 3
Younger siblings Mars 3
Immovable property Mars 4
Enemies/disputes/Litigation Mars 6
Accident Mars 6
Competition Mars 6
Injury Mars 6
Male genitals Mars 7
Major accident/Major injury Mars 8
Blood Mars 9
Early childhood Mercury 2
Smell/Nose Mercury 2
Speech Mercury 2
Communication/Letter Mercury 3
Contd.... on next page
50 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Contd.... from last page

Matter Karaka House


Short journey Mercury 3
To write Mercury 3
Education Mercury 4
Family/Clan Mercury 4
Friends Mercury 4
Relatives Mercury 4
Intelligence Mercury 5
Intestines, small Mercury 6
Maternal uncle Mercury 6
Business Mercury 7
Trade Mercury 7
Wealth/Bank balance Jupiter 2
Hearing, sense of Jupiter 3/11
Happiness Jupiter 4
Liver Jupiter 4/5
Love for the divine Jupiter 5
Gall Bladder Jupiter 5
Pancreas Jupiter 6
Husband Jupiter 7
Prominence in society Jupiter 7
Good fortune Jupiter 9
Pilgrimage/long inland journey Jupiter 9
Religious inclination Jupiter 9
Elder siblings Jupiter 11
Income/gain Jupiter 11
Jewellery Venus 2
Poetry Venus 2
Music/dance Venus 3
Contd.... on next page
How to Time an Event 51

Contd- from last page


Matter Karaka House
Lower Neck Venus 3
Upper Neck/Throat Venus 2
Vehicle Venus 4
Romance Venus 5
Kidneys Venus 6
Partnership Venus 7
Sexuality Venus 7
Sex act Venus 7
Wife Venus 7
Female genitals Venus 8
Sexual pleasure Venus 12
Hair Saturn 1
Teeth Saturn 2
Agriculture Saturn 4
Common man/masses Saturn 4
Discomfort Saturn 4
Debts Saturn 6
Disease/obstacles Saturn 6
Intestines, large Saturn 6/7
Servant/subordinate Saturn 6
Bodily exertion Saturn 6
Worries Saturn 6
Danger Saturn 8
Longevity Saturn 8
Rectum Saturn 8
Sorrow Saturn 8
Joints Saturn 10
Profession/Deed/Livelihood Saturn 10
Contd.... on next page
52 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Contd.... from last page


Matter Karaka House
Feet Saturn 12
Riots Rahu 4
Diplomacy/Diplomat Rahu 5
Paternal Grandfather Rahu 5
Fraud Rahu 6
Stranger Rahu 6
Maternal Grandmother Rahu 7
Malignant/Undiagnosable or untreatable Rahu 8
di
Vice/filth/sin Rahu 8
Journey abroad Rahu 9
Imprisonment Rahu 12
Paternal Grandmother Ketu 12
Maternal Grandfather Ketu 12
Spiritual pursuit/Nirvana Ketu 12
Superconsciousness/Extra Sensory Ketu 12
Perception/ Occult powers
Karakas can be used for general analysis of a birth chart.
They can also be used for timing various events that seem
possible from the general analysis of a chart.
Saturn represents disease. The VI house from the
ascendant represents this aspect of life. The Sun represents the
heart. The IV house from the ascendant too represents the
heart. Thus, we can determine if the Sun is the Karaka-Factor for
the heart, and Saturn for disease. If these two as Karka-Factors
were related to each other, the individual would suffer from a
disease in the heart. In such a case, the individual would bear
the burden of this disease thoughout his life. There is little
chance of his getting any permanent cure. A Factor for disease
casting its influence on a Factor for the heart would cause such
a disease in the major-period of either.
How to Time an Event 53

The karakatwa (signification) of a Factor for disease shows


the nature of the disease. For example, if it is the Sun, the
disease will cause inflammation and fever. When the Moon is the
cause, it will involve liquid, water retention, mucous formation, and
acute ailments and there could be oedema. Mars will cause
inflammation, blood or muscular disorder, loss of blood and surgery.
Mercury shows its effect at several locations, causes respiratory
or skin trouble and different symptoms. Jupiter will cause
swelling and oedema. It could also cause liver dysfunction and
dyspepsia. Venus gives benign growths and involvement of
urinary and reproductive systems. Saturn causes hardening,
chronicity and loss of weight. Rahu causes filthy discharges and
sudden onset of disease. If in a chart Rahu is related to the VIII
houses from its position, ascendant and Arudha lagna, it shall be
the Karaka-Factor for hidden, filthy, undiagnosed, malignant or
untreatable conditions. It would also be the Karaka-Factor for sin
and vice. A planet related to these three houses and Rahu shall
be a Factor for sin, vice, and hidden, filthy, undiagnosed, malignant
or untreatable conditions. When a Factor for disease is also
related to such a Factor for malignancy etc. condition, the disease
caused by either of the Factors in its major-period would be
difficult to diagnose and it may turn out to be malignant. Such a
relationship also shows that the disease is an outcome of the
sins that the individual had committed in the past. In the charts of
AIDS/HIV patients the Factor for blood has contact with the
Factor for incurable disease. When a Factor for disease is related
to the Factor for malignancy and one for an organ, the likelihood of
that organ developing a cancerous growth would be very strong.
Ketu causes indifference to and neglect of the ailment.
We will now analyse the aspect of disease in the following
chart. This individual had serious trouble with his heart in the
major-period of the Sun. The trouble worsened to the extent that
after several successive heart attacks he had to go in for heart
surgery in a very critical condition. His life was being despaired of.
He could barely survive the illness but he has now made a
complete recovery. The event happened in the 48th year of his
life.
54 Chapter 1: Preliminaries
Male, November 1, 1941, 1410 hours, 20° N43', 77°E00',

Chart 1-5
Lagna

Navamsha

Time Zone 0530 hours East of Greenwich.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 6sl5°29'42" Rahu Venus 8s 01°23'7" Ketu
Moon 11s15°35'25 Saturn Saturn 1s 3°19'29" Sun
Mars "11s18°34'11 Mercury Rahu 4s 28°58'33" Sun
Merc "6s 4°39'42" Mars Ketu 10s28°58'33" Jupiter
Jupiter 1s 27°35'35" Mars Ascdt 10s07°52'38"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the


planet is placed.
We notice that the Sun is in a navamsha sign of Saturn and
the latter is in a constellation of the Sun. Thus, the Sun is related
to Saturn.
How to Time an Event 55

Saturn is a karaka for disease and the Sun for the heart. This is a
pointer to examine the matter in greater detail regarding the
health of the heart of the individual.
The Sun owns the IV house from the Arudha lagna. The IV
house from the ascendant has Saturn, thus relating the Sun to it.
The IV house from the Sun is in Capricorn. We have seen that
the Sun is related to Saturn. The Sun is the Karaka-Factor for
matters relating to the organ heart. Saturn is related to the VI
house from its natal position and Arudha lagna through the Sun.
It is related to the VI house from the ascendant as the Moon
occupies a constellation of Saturn. Saturn is thus the Karaka-
Factor for disease. The relationship between the Sun and Saturn
indicates a disease in the heart in the major-period of the Sun.
Mars is the Karaka-Factor for surgery. It is related to the Sun
through Mercury. It shows surgery in the treatment of the
disease.
The Factor for the mind should be related to the Factor for
spirituality in the chart of a spiritually inclined or evolved person.
In the case of persons who are highly advanced spiritually or who
have experienced super-consciousness or have spiritual powers
the Moon is the Karaka-Factor for the mind, and it is found
related to Ketu and the XII houses from Ketu, ascendant and
Arudha lagna in the charts. When a Factor for mind is so related,
the individual would have much interest in spiritual matters and
shall have excellent spiritual experiences in the major-period of
the Factor.
Let us examine Chart II-5. This is the chart of a highly
spiritually evolved saint. The Moon is in the ascendant. It is in
sambandha with Mars in the navamsha chart. It is thus related to
the IV house from itself and the ascendant. It owns the IV house
from the Arudha lagna. The Moon is thus the Karaka-Factor for
the mind. Let us now see if the Moon is also a Factor for
spirituality. The Moon is with Mercury in the navamsha chart.
Mercury is the owner of the XII house from Ketu. Thus, the Moon
is related to the XII house from Ketu. The Moon owns the XII
house from the ascendant. The Arudha lagna is in Aries. The
Moon and Mars are in sambandha in the navamsha chart. Mars
occupies the sign Pisces. Thus, the Moon is related to the XII
house from the Arudha lagna. The Moon is thus a fit receptacle
for spiritual matters. The mind is ready to receive the call of the
spirit. The Moon is in Magha constellation of Ketu. The Moon is a
Factor for spiritual matters.
56 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Let us examine Chart 1-1 for marriage of the individual. The


karaka is Venus. This is a male chart. We know that he got
married in the major-period of Jupiter. Rahu is in sambandha with
Venus. Jupiter is in a constellation of Rahu. (i) It is thus related to
the VII house from the ascendant, (ii) and the VII house from the
karaka. (iii) It is related to Venus through Rahu. (iv) The VII
house from the Arudha lagna is in Pisces. Thus, Jupiter is a
Factor for marriage.
A son was born to the individual during the major-period of
Saturn. Jupiter is the karaka for the event, (i) The V house from
Jupiter is Aquarius, (ii) Saturn and Jupiter are in sambandha in
the navamsha chart, (iii) The V house from the ascendant is
Pisces, (iv) The V house from Arudha lagna is Capricorn. Saturn
is a fit receptacle for matters relating to children. Jupiter is the
karaka for it. The two are related. Saturn is thus a Factor.
This is the third use of the karaka properties of planets.
(D) We will again consider a planet that is a Factor for a
particular aspect of life. Suppose a planet is a Factor for
marriage and husband of an individual. If this planet is
related to Saturn but not to Venus, and marriage takes place
in the major-period of this Factor the husband will not be
handsome. The Factor for profession when related to the
Sun shall give government job in its major-period. The
Factor for journey abroad related to Venus will take the
individual to a developed country destination. When the
Factor is related to Mercury, there shall be several
destinations.
We can thus determine the nature of the outcome through
the use of karakas. This is the fourth use of the karaka
properties of planets.
(E) There are some special considerations. If the relationship
between a planet and a house is through occupation, this
rule should be employed carefully. When a planet occupies
a house of which it is a karaka, many a time it is not
considered good for the affairs of that house. Phal Deepika
in Chapter 15 verse 26 has quoted view of astrologers of the
time. According to this view the Sun in the IX house, the
Moon in the IV, Mars in the III, Jupiter in the V, Venus in the
VII and Saturn in the VIII are not considered good for
matters represented by these houses for which they are
karakas.
How to Time an Event 57

These planets in the stated locations may cause adverse


results relating to the karaka matters. According to
commonly held view however, Saturn in the VIII is good for
longevity.
(F) When two natural karakas are related, it provides potential to
the chart to display that aspect of life in an appropriate
major-period. It affords a clue to the astrologer to go deeper
into that aspect to conclusively establish whether that
potential would materialise or it would remain dormant in life.
As an illustration, suppose the Sun is related to Saturn. The
Sun shows government. Saturn shows profession. The
relationship between the two could indicate a possibility of a
profession related to government. If this is to happen in the
life of an individual, Saturn should be a Karaka-Factor for
profession. In such a case the profession of the individual
would be related to the government throughout his life.
When Saturn is not a Karaka-Factor for profession but some
other planet is, the profession could still relate to the
government in the major-period of the planet.
The Sun shows high status and Saturn separation, loss, and
humiliation. This gives an indication of a possible setback in the
profession of the individual in humiliating circumstances when the
two planets are related in the birth chart. When the Sun is a
Karaka-Factor for high status and Saturn for loss, the individual
would be unable to reach a high status in life despite his best
effort and ambition. A Factor for high status related to a Factor for
humiliation would cause humiliating loss of high status in the
major-period of either planet. When the Sun and Saturn are
related to each other the astrologer must examine if there is a
possibility in the chart of humiliation and fall from high position.
The Sun in relation with Saturn could indicate poor health of the
father. Here again, when the Sun is the Karaka-Factor for father
and Saturn for poor health (disease), the father shall be ill from
time to time throughout the life of the individual. In case a planet
is a Factor for father and also for disease, or it is related to a
Factor for disease, the father would then be ill during the major-
period of the planet. We should be clear in our minds that the
event would not manifest itself throughout and continuously in all
such major-periods. The period of manifestation would depend on
appropriate sub-periods. We will study this in a later chapter.
58 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

A relationship between the Sun and Saturn in a chart could


also point to trouble in the heart. When Venus and Saturn are
related in a male chart, the possibility of a divorce or loss of wife
should be carefully analysed. Such a relationship can also point
to poor health of the wife. Such a relationship could point to loss
of or worry on account of vehicle. When the two planets are in
relationship, the individual could suffer from disease in his eyes,
heart or stomach. The profession of the individual could relate to
fire. As we have seen, we can, not only establish such a
possibility conclusively through the use of karakas but we can
also time the happening of such an event.
Let us take a concrete illustration. Suppose the Moon is with
Saturn. It shows a possibility of the mother having bad health.
The Arudha of the IV house from the natal position of the Moon
shall show the mother. The Arudha of VI house from natal position
of Saturn shall show disease. When these two houses are related
powerfully, this would be the second confirmatory evidence of the
health of the mother being far from satisfactory. We know that a
Factor would give the result in its period. A planet that is related
to these two houses would be inclined to disturb the health of the
mother, provided it is also a Factor for this purpose.
Again, the Moon represents infancy. If Saturn and the Moon
were related, there would be a strong possibility in the chart of
the individual facing bad health in his infancy. The I house from
the Moon will also show infancy. The Arudha of this house shall
be the predominant house for matters relating to infancy. When
this house is related to the Arudha of the VI house from Saturn,
the individual is in all probability going to suffer from poor health
in his infancy. We should look for a planet that is related to these
two houses whose period runs in the infancy of the individual.
When it is a Factor for disease, it would point to poor health in its
period. When it is also a Factor for infancy, it shall show poor
health in infancy.
The analysis of Karaka-Factor is useful in another manner. We
know that Mars represents younger siblings. When Mars is the
Karaka-Factor for matters relating to younger siblings and it is
under strong female influence, it would tend to give younger
sisters. When a Factor is under such influence, it will yield results
of a particular nature in its major-period. For example, if a Factor
for profession is under strong influence
How to Time an Event 59

of Mars, the profession during that major-period shall have


characteristics of Mars, i.e., the individual would be professionally
associated with jobs that Mars indicates. We can definitely
determine the exact profession by the use of this technique.
We will study Chart 1-6 in this light for further clarification of
the concept. This chart is of Roy Horn's. He used to perform
regularly with a tiger in a show called Siegfried & Roy in USA. A
trained white tiger attacked him on his birthday on October 3,
2003 during the show in Las Vegas. The big cat caught him by
his neck and caused such major injuries to him that he barely
escaped with his life after remaining in hospital for several
months. The event happened in the inter-period of Mars in the
sub-period of the Moon in the major-period of Rahu.
Rahu is in Cancer where Mars is debilitated. The Moon is in
Aries where Mars is powerful. Mars itself is in an inimical sign
and with an inimical planet as per paragraphs 28 and 33 ahead.
The three period planets are also therefore showing a tendency to
grave violence in their combined period.
Let us first see the nature of his profession. Saturn is the
karaka for profession, (i) The X house from Saturn shows
profession. It is in Pisces. Rahu is in Punarvasu constellation of
Jupiter. Thus, Rahu is related to the X house from Saturn, (ii) The
X house from the ascendant is in Aries. The Moon is placed in
this sign. Rahu and the Moon are together in the navamsha
chart. Rahu is thus related to the X house from the ascendant,
(iii) The X house from Arudha lagna is Cancer. Rahu occupies the
sign. Rahu is thus a fit receptacle for professional matters.
Saturn is in a constellation of Rahu. The latter is thus related to
Saturn. Hence, Rahu is a Factor for profession.
We know of four ways to check if a Factor is the right one to
show a particular result. In this case, we are at this stage
interested to know if Rahu is the right Factor to show matters
pertaining to profession. We will not consider the relationship
with the Essential Planet here. The other three ways are (a)
Rahu should be related to the Arudha of the X house from
Saturn, (b) Rahu should be related to the ascendant and X
house of the relevant divisional chart, (c) The relationship of
Rahu with a Factor for gain or loss is not relevant here. We are
not considering the fourth condition here.
60 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

The Arudha of the X house from Saturn is in Capricorn.


Saturn is in a constellation of Rahu. Therefore Rahu is related to
the Arudha of the X house from Saturn. Thus, this test confirms
that Rahu shall give results relating to the profession of the
individual in its major-period. Let us examine the dasamamsa
(1/10th of a sign) chart for relationship of Rahu with its ascendant
and the X house. The ascendant of the divisional chart has
Gemini. Saturn is placed in this sign in the birth chart occupying a
constellation of Rahu. Rahu is placed in the X house of the chart.
Thus Rahu shows profession according to this test too.
Rahu is very strongly related to the Moon, which is in a
bestial sign. The X house from Rahu is also a bestial sign. During
the major-period of Rahu the profession of the individual was
also related to a beast.
The VIII house shows danger. The VIII house from the
ascendant is Aquarius. Saturn is a karaka for danger. The VIII
house from Saturn is Capricorn. We have seen that Rahu is
related to Saturn. The VIII house from Arudha lagna is Taurus.
Venus is in a constellation of Rahu. Thus, Rahu is a Factor for
danger. We will apply the tests to Rahu here again to be
confident that Rahu shall also show danger, (a) The Arudha of
the VIII house from Saturn, showing danger, is in Scorpio. Mars
and the Moon are in sambandha. Rahu is with the Moon in the
navamsha chart. Thus Rahu is related to the Arudha of danger,
(b) Let us now study the ashtamsha (l/8th of a sign) chart. The
ascendant is in Gemini and the VIII house in Capricorn. We have
seen that Rahu is related to both the houses. This shows that the
individual will pursue a profession in the major-period of Rahu
that would be dangerous in nature.
The VIII house from Mars is Taurus and Rahu is seen related
to it. Therefore Rahu is also a fit receptacle for causing a major
accident. The Moon and Mars are in sambandha in the birth
chart. Rahu is vargottama in Cancer and is associated with the
Moon in the navamsha chart. Thus, Rahu has a prominent
relationship with Mars. Rahu is thus a Factor for major accident.
The Arudha of the VIII house from Mars is in Pisces. Rahu is
related to Jupiter. We have already examined the relationship
that Rahu has with the ashtamsha (1/8th of a sign) chart. Rahu is
therefore inclined to cause a major injury to the individual.
How to Time an Event 61

Clearly, Rahu is inclined to give the individual a dangerous


profession in its major-period and cause a major accident in the
performance of his profession.
Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Leo, Virgo, Sagittarius, Capricorn and
Pisces are animal or bestial signs. The VIII houses from the
ascendant, Arudha lagna, Saturn and Mars are Aquarius,
Capricorn, and Taurus. The last two are bestial signs. Saturn is in
an animal sign. Venus is in sambandha with Jupiter in the
navamsha chart. Jupiter is in Leo, another bestial sign. The
dispositor of Rahu is also in a bestial sign. Rahu is Vargottama in
a prishthhodaya sign. It is thus all the more inclined to give
adverse results. The Moon is in very close relationship with
Rahu. It is also in prishthhodaya signs in the birth and navamsha
charts.
We can analyse the other two period planets in the same manner.
Notice the constellation that Rahu is in. It is Punarvasu. It is
in the Vadha constellation according to paragraph 32. It is
therefore inclined to cause serious disaster, but it represents
Aditi, the Mother of Gods. The constellation stands for return and
restoration. The Moon is in Janma constellation of Ashwini. It is
the constellation of Ashwini Kumars, the celestial physicians. It
has adverse influence of Rahu. Bad influence on Janma
constellation is likely to severely affect the well being of an
individual. The individual, despite serious injury, recovered. The
characteristics of the constellations are given ahead in
paragraph 32.
Chart 1-6
Lagna
62 Chapter 1: Preliminaries
Roy Horn, October 3, 1944, 2357 hours, Nordenham,
Germany, 53°N29", 8°E58, 0100 hour East of GMT.
Navamsha

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 5s17°30'50" Moon Venus 6s13°55'8" Rahu
Moon 0s12° 397" Ketu Saturn 2s17°21'46" Rahu
Mars 6s0°29'19" Mars Rahu 3s1°15'1" Jupiter
Merc 5s4°52'21" Sun Ketu 9s1°15'1" Sun
Jupiter 4s21°49'3" Venus Ascdt 3s9°13'6"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the


planet is placed.
This is the fifth and again a very important use of karakas.
(G) There is another use of the karakas in the determination of
those planets that could give the possible result. We have
seen in the above chart that a planet that is related to Mars
has caused the injury. The event, happened in the major-
period of Rahu. We have seen Rahu is under major
influence of the Moon. Moon and Mars are in sambandha.
This is actually a very workable but simple principle. Only
that planet would give a particular result in its period, which is
the concerned karaka for it or is related to the karaka. We
should expect a person to achieve a high status only in the
period of the Sun or of a planet that is related to it. We
should expect a person to start emoting only in the period of
the Moon or of a planet that is related to it. We should
expect a person to get entangled in litigation only in the
period of Mars or of a planet that
How to Time an Event 63

is related to it. We should expect a person to start studying


only in the period of Mercury or of a planet that is related to
it. We should expect a person to start earning only in the
period of Jupiter or of a planet that is related to it. We should
expect a male to get married only in the period of Venus or
of a planet that is related to Venus. We can expect the
marriage of a female to take place in the period of Jupiter or
of a planet that is related to Jupiter. We should expect a
child to be born only in a period of Jupiter or of a planet that
is related to Jupiter. We should expect a journey abroad only
in the period of Rahu or of a planet that is related to it. We
should expect a person to die in a period of Saturn or of a
planet that is related to it. This list can be unending. Here we
must clarify that we are not talking of just the major-period.
This statement applies to all periods, whether major, sub, inter
or even finer periods.
We can develop this concept still further. Let us take a
question. When would the wife of an individual die? This
question has two paths-(i) loss and death (ii) of wife. The karaka
for the first part is Saturn. The karaka for the second part is
Venus. Both the karakas must operate simultaneously to give
the, result. Therefore a planet that is related to Saturn and Venus
shall give the result in its period. Further, Venus and Saturn
should be related to each other in the birth chart of the husband.
What happens when there is no relationship between these
planets? Does the wife not die? She actually survives the
husband in such a case. Let us take up another question. When
would the individual go abroad to study? The first part is about
going abroad. The karaka for it is Rahu. The second part is about
study. The karaka for it is Mercury. A planet that is related to both
these planets would take the individual abroad for study in its
period. Further, Rahu and Mercury should also be related to each
other in the birth chart. Let us consider a third question. Would
someone win an election at a given time? This has three parts.
One relates to winning or success. The karaka for it is Jupiter.
The second relates to election. This has two components. An
election is a competition (Mars) involving masses (Saturn). Thus,
the period of a Planet that is related to these three karakas shall
ensure success at an election. Further, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn
should be related to each other in the birth chart. A planet
related to Saturn and Mars, when these two planets are related
to each other in the birth chart, may cause a violent death. A
planet related to Rahu and Saturn, when
64 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

these two planets are related to each other in the birth chart,
may cause a person to die abroad. These are some illustrations
to show how a look at a chart can tell us through karakas the
probable events that could take shape in a period.
A planet related to all the concerned karakas will show the
probability of that event happening in the life of the individual.
The condition, as before is that the concerned karakas should
also be related to each other. The event would happen only
when the planet is either a Factor for all the components of the
event or is related to Factors for all the components. A planet
related to both Saturn and Rahu will only show the probability of
death abroad in its period. But this event would happen only
when the planet is a Factor for going abroad and death or it is
related to the Factor for death and with Factor for going abroad.
We can break up a query into its karaka components and
looking to the current periods we can have a quick guess
whether the event is possible at all at that time or not. A detailed
analysis can then be done.
This is the sixth use of karakas in the interpretation of a
chart.
(H) Each planet has, as a karaka planet, rule over some houses
of the chart. Most houses have more than one such
causative planetary ruler. This is due to the variety of items
that the house stands for. Let us take the XII house. It
stands for losses and end. Saturn is the planet that
represents both these matters. So, it shall be a karaka for
this house. This house also stands for moksha or release from
the cycle of birth and death. The planet that stands for it is
Ketu. This planet therefore should also be a karaka for the
house. Similarly, the VI house represents maternal uncle
and enemies. The karaka for this relative of the individual
will be Mercury. It is listed as the karaka for the house. Mars
is the planet that rules enemies. It is again stated as a
karaka for the house. The I house stands for infancy and the
Moon represents it. Therefore the Moon is a karaka for this
house. The Sun represents the body. It is therefore again a
karaka for the I house, etc.
The traditional karakas for houses are tabled below but
obviously this is a very limited statement. It can be expanded
manifold as the list of karaka significations for each house and
planet is virtually unlimited:
How to Time an Event 65

I Sun, Moon VII Jupiter, Venus


II Moon, Mercury, Jupiter VIII Saturn
III Mars IX Sun, Moon, Jupiter
IV Moon X Sun, Mercury, Jupiter
V Jupiter XI Sun, Moon, Jupiter
VI Mars, Mercury, Saturn XII Saturn, Ketu

Parashar has given a general principle in Chapter 7 verses


39 to 43 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. In the event we cannot
relate a matter to a house and a corresponding karaka we can
take recourse to this provision. He has given the all-encompassing
karakas for each house as stated in the table below. Please note
that both the Sun and Moon have to be considered for IX and XI
houses:
Planet Houses to be considered from the planet
Sun IX, X, XI
Moon I, II, IV, IX, XI
Mars III
Mercury VI
Jupiter V
Venus VII
Saturn VIII, XII

(I) The karakas are supportive of matters represented by them in


a chart. When the V house and its owner are weak and
afflicted, but the karaka Jupiter is strong and well placed, the
individual may still have children. This is the seventh use of
karakas.
(J) Karakas are used in a dynamic sense in Bhrigu Samhita. In
the Samhita the karakas are somewhat different from the
ones in the Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. Here the Sun
represents authority and children; the Moon, women and
mother; Mars, brothers and valour; Mercury, education;
Jupiter, self; Venus, wealth and spouse; Saturn, profession
and livelihood, longevity and misery; Rahu, journey abroad,
material gains and trouble; and, Ketu, spiritual status.
Traditional aspects are taken. There are fixed rates at which
different planets progress. A retrograde planet at birth
regresses in that
66 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

chart at the same rate at which it progresses in a chart


where it is not retrograde. The Lunar Nodes are always
retrograde. Therefore they regress at a given rate in every
chart. The Sun and Moon do not ever regress since they are
never retrograde. A contact through progression between the
concerned karaka and Jupiter will materialise the event.
When the karaka for marriage (both for male and female
charts) through progression contacts the self, i.e., Jupiter
marriage takes place. The method of progressing planets is
interesting and very different from other known methods.
Sambandhas remain valid and operate during progressions.
Since this is outside the purview of the present work we will
not dilate on it any further. We will however use a modified
version of this technique to help us time events in a better
way.
This is the eighth use of karakas.
(K) Karaka properties: Each planet is a karaka for certain affairs in
human life and these significations are fixed. These will
remain the same for all horoscopes. It is noticed that during
its period each planet also gives results pertaining to its
significations. Detailed description of such significations is
given in our previous book on predictive astrology, but a
succinct account is given below for use in period analyses.
Sun: The Sun in the ascendant makes the individual
confident, firm, dignified and scornful of pettiness. He would be
just and generous. The Sun in a fiery sign in the ascendant makes
the individual reticent, ambitious, dominating and quick to anger.
In an earthy sign he will be proud, intolerant and opinionated. In
an airy sign the Sun will impart excellent qualities to the
personality. The individual will be noble, just and interested in
science and knowledge. In a watery sign the individual turns to
the opposite sex. He may indulge to the extreme.
The Sun governs number 1. The purpose of stating the
number that each planet stands for is important. Of the owners
of the V and IX houses, the planet that is better placed in a birth
chart shall determine the fortunate number for the individual.
Therefore, if between the Sun and Mars, the Sun were well
placed and stronger in a birth chart having Sagittarius ascendant,
number one will be fortunate for the individual.
How to Time an Event 6T

The Sun is a karaka for government, high-status, self-


realisation, vitality, authority, superior, fame, competence,
success, heart, right eye (in males)/left eye (in females), father
and health. The physical sheath that houses the soul, i.e., the
human body, is represented by the Sun. The Moon represents
the mental sheath that houses the soul, i.e., the mind. A doctor,
a forest officer, a captain, a magistrate or a goldsmith is
represented by the Sun. Dealers in wool, wood, copper, wheat,
ruby, forest produce, foreign exchange, medicinal herbs,
medicines and chemicals are also represented by the Sun. The
Sun stands for a permanent job in life. It also indicates a business
that has been financed by the father of the individual. The
influence of the Sun imparts knowledge of geography. It has a
tendency to exalt.
The combined influence of the Sun with Moon makes the
mother of the individual dignified. This combined influence
could be through any manner of relationship between the
two planets. It also makes the individual have a lofty mind. He is
sometimes a beneficiary of the government in terms of getting a
house from it. It could also indicate the fact that the individual
would achieve a good status in society at the place of his birth.
The Sun with Mars makes one have an energetic disposition
and constitution. The individual could be a surgeon, police officer
or an army officer. The father of the individual could be
courageous but of quick temper. The individual or his father may
acquire immovable property. The individual could incur injuries.
When Saturn also joins this combination, the injuries could prove
fatal. This could be a case of death in an accident; The
combination of the Sun and Mars shows that he may undergo
surgery on his eye, heart or stomach. He may also have pain in
these parts of the body. He may have some trouble in his eye.
The individual could be injury prone. The combined influence of
the Sun with Mars and Venus makes one a gynaecologist or
ophthalmologist. The wife or younger sisters of the individual
could be good looking and dignified.
The Sun with Mercury causes the individual to become an
impressive speaker. He also does well at studies. He may be
interested ln geography and study it as a subject. He goes out on
short journeys on government work. His family and his maternal
uncles in particular are related to the government and are
dignified persons. This combination is for paternal uncles. The
combined influence of the Sun and Mercury
68 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

may make one deal in medicines or chemicals.


The combined influence of the Sun with Jupiter is good for
the status of the children of the individual and his elder siblings.
It is also good for financial favours from the government. This
combination indicates a high status for the individual since the
association of the individual with government would be highly
favourable for him. It is good for the financial status of the father
of the individual. The father could be fortunate. This combination
tends to increase the size of the individual or his father. The Sun
with Jupiter points to the fact that the husband of the individual
would belong to a family of high status. The combined influence
of the Sun with Mars and Jupiter makes one an Ayurvedic (an
Indian system of medicine largely based on herbs) physician.
The Sun with Venus points to the fact that the wife of the
individual would belong to a family of high status. The individual
could attain fame through poetry, music or dance. The individual
could attain eminence in the field of entertainment. This is also a
combination for transport service run by the government.
The combination of the Sun with Saturn makes one a
dentist. It causes trouble to father. It is also an indicator of trouble
for the individual from the government. It could in extreme
situation cause disease in the heart or stomach. It is seen to
make the individual work in the government. It also appears to
have caused humiliating situations for government servants. It
points to dwindling of government controls.
The combination of the Sun with Rahu causes journeys
abroad at official expense. The individual could be a diplomat.
This combination could also cause incarceration. The individual
may try a fraud on the government. The paternal grandfather of
the individual could be highly placed.
The combination of the Sun with Ketu is good for spiritual
pursuits for the individual or his father. The maternal grandfather
of the individual could be highly placed.

Analysis using the combination of planets:


The combination of planets shows certain tendencies in a
chart. For example, when the Sun and Mars are combined it
shows a possibility
How to Time an Event 69

of injury to the person of the individual. The injury could be in the


head. The Sun shows physical body or head. Mars shows injury. It
could also mean injury to his father and not to him. It could show
a high position for a younger sibling. It could indicate property
related to the government. This combination could also show heart
or stomach surgery. The Sun in relationship with Mars could also
point to temple property. The Sun with Mars could also damage
property through fire. These could be several possibilities that the
chart shows. How do we distinguish and confirm the exact nature
of the event? There are certain steps to this analysis that we
would like to clearly describe, (a) First determine Arudha for each
commonly known signification of each of the combining planets.
This means that the Sun commonly represents physical body,
eye, heart, stomach, fire, father and authority. We should
determine Arudha for each. How do we do this? Let us suppose,
the Sun is in Aries. The IX house from the Sun shall represent
father. This would be in Sagittarius. The Arudha of Sagittarius
shall be the Arudha for father. We similarly determine Arudhas
for the commonly known significations for Mars, (b) We then see
which of the Arudhas of the two planets are related. Suppose the
Arudha of the physical body and that of serious accident are
related. In such a case the combination of the Sun and Mars in
the chart would point to a serious accident in the life of the
individual. If in addition the Arudha of stomach and that of injury
are also related, the same combination shall also point to injury
or surgery that the individual would undergo in his stomach
sometime in life. If the Arudha of the father and that of accident
are related, the father of the individual would meet with an
accident in the life of the individual, (c) When we find the two
Arudhas related to each other, we must see if the karaka for one
Arudha is related to the other Arudha and vice-versa. When there
is such a relationship present in the chart we can say that the
concerned event would happen in the life of the individual. Thus,
if the Arudha for father were related to the Arudha for injury,
Mars is related to Arudha for father and the Sun is related to
Arudha for injury, the combination would say that the father of
the individual would suffer from injury, (d) The next question
would be about timing the event. For example a question could
be put as to when would the serious accident or injury to the
individual or accident to his father happen? It shall take place in
the (i) band of years of a planet (please refer to paragraph 4(A)
of Chapter Two) that is related to the Sun and
70 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Mars and to the two Arudhas; and, (ii) in the combined periods of
planets that are related to the two planets and the two Arudhas.
The Sun stands for spiritual practices and temples. The Sun
and Venus related to the VI or VIII house indicate that the
individual will be an ophthalmologist or optician. The Sun and
Saturn related to the I or VIII house indicate that the individual
will be a dentist. The Sun and Mercury related to the V or IX
house indicate that the individual will be a specialist in the
diseases related to the ear. The Sun works on the physical
plane.
Moon: The Moon in the ascendant makes the individual
travel, particularly when it occupies a common or moveable sign.
The individual will be fond of feminine company and women will
respect him. He will do well in his contact with the multitude. He
would be philanthropic and be happy in society. He will be of
quiet nature. He could be of a changeable nature. He would be
well intentioned, peace loving and kind. It makes the person giddy
and changeable in Aries, and persevering and industrious in
Taurus. The Moon in Gemini or Virgo will make the individual
travel and knowledgeable. He will be fond of science and
astrology. He could be a good linguist. The Moon in Cancer or
Pisces makes one kind and good-natured. He would be respected.
The individual is not likely to get along well with women. He will
be chivalrous though. He will take offence at trifles. The location
of the Moon in Scorpio or Capricorn is not good as it makes the
individual fond of low company and drink. This inclines the
person to be of lewd behaviour and filthy in talk. The Moon in
Libra or Aquarius imparts interest in science and astrology. The
Moon in Sagittarius makes one active and eloquent. He will be
intelligent and clever. He can be controlled only by persuasion.
The Moon stands for number 2.
The Moon represents mother and females in general,
conception, pregnancy, embryo, the process of birth of a child,
infant, change, wealth, liquids including blood, lung, breast,
chest, ovaries, uterus, bladder, residence in a distant place and
the left eye (in males)/right eye (in females). The mental sheath
that houses the soul, i.e., the mind, is represented by the Moon.
The Moon represents family life, cooking, a pilgrim, a sailor, a
traveller or a nurse. The Moon represents dealers in flowers,
vegetables, fruits, milk, water, liquids, sweets,
How to Time an Event 71

residential houses, perfumes, crystal, ornaments, silver, pearls,


marine produce, salt, eatables, a horse and royal insignia too.
The Moon also governs horticulture, dams, bridges, navy,
shipping, fishery, commerce, brewery, laundry, navigation and
social functions. When afflicted by Saturn, it causes fever, cold
and coughs. An afflicted Moon also causes changes in jobs and
residences. The Moon stands for devotion to Mother Durga, occult
studies, hypnosis, clairvoyance, telepathy, shipping, tourism,
outlets for food and love. It has a tendency to nurture.
The combination of the Moon with Mars makes one hot
headed or stubborn. The individual would be bold and frank. He
would have an incisive and agile mind. He could suffer injuries in
his childhood. It could cause injury to the mother of the individual
or unhappy relationship with her. The individual lives in his own
house. He would be prone to suffer injuries in the eye, face or
chest. A female with this combination is likely to have uterine or
mammary gland surgery. It represents younger sisters. The
individual could also have troubled family life. It makes the mind
too involved with matters relating to property. When Mars is
adverse the individual will be rash and will suffer from disgrace
due to his illicit liaisons with the opposite sex. It is a combination
for matters relating to navy.
The combination of the Moon and Mercury will improve the
imagination of the individual. It would also make him interested in
reading and writing. When Mercury is adverse the individual will
tend to lie. When the Moon or Mercury in this combination is
debilitated/in an inimical sign or if the Moon is within 72° of the
Sun, and the association is under influence of a naturally malefic
planet, the individual is likely to be extremely greedy and
unscrupulous. Therefore, this combination in Scorpio or Pisces
should be carefully examined. This combination would represent
maternal aunt. The combination also refers to trade in drinks,
liquids and other items represented by the Moon.
The combination of the Moon with Jupiter tends to make the
mother of the individual corpulent. It makes the residence of the
individual large. It enlarges the mental horizon, makes the
individual very broad minded and generous. He would be an
optimist. The individual would tend to be philosophical and an
intellectual. The mind of the individual would be drawn to the
divine.
72 Chapter 1: Preliminaries.

The combination of the Moon and Venus will make the


individual artistic. The wife of the individual would be beautiful. It
imparts beauty to the breasts of a female individual. The
individual would be interested in electronics, jewellery or latest
vehicles. When Venus is adverse the individual will be a
Casanova. The association of the Moon with Venus is productive
of very good results provided their dispositor is also in an angle
or a triangle.
A similar relationship between the Moon and Saturn tends to
check the tendency of the Moon to constantly change. The
individual would have a mind that is not at rest. The individual will
tend to have occasions of depression and anxiety. His mother
will not keep good health. She may have an unhappy life. The
individual would suffer from bad health in his infancy and would
be in danger of dying in the first year of his life. He could be prone
to disease in his chest or lungs. The individual would contract
running cold. He would be hard working and painstaking. He
may have interest in agriculture. He would have empathy with
the common man. His profession would relate to water,
irrigation, liquids, pearls etc.
The Moon with Rahu will make the individual secretive. The
individual could be of deceiving nature. He may go on cruises. He
may be interested in diplomacy and international relations. He may
be manipulative in nature. He may live at a far away foreign
location. His mother may travel abroad. His mind may turn to
vices and sin. He is amenable to hypnotic trances or interested
in such matters. In certain extraordinary conditions the individual
could be possessed by discarnate and other celestial beings.
The Moon with Ketu will make him solitary and preferring his
own company. He may have his mind engaged with spiritual
matters. This shows a possibility of nirvana.
The combined influence of the Moon, Mars and Mercury will
make one a marine engineer. The combined influence of the
Moon, Sun and Mercury will make one a nurse. The sign Virgo is
considered the celestial abode for the sick and of healing. If the
Sun and Moon are associated in this sign, the result will again be
the same, i.e., the individual takes up nursing.
The Moon works on the psychic and mental planes.
How to Time an Event 73

Mars: Mars in the ascendant in a fiery sign will make the


individual angry and bold. In an earthy sign he becomes,
malicious, covetous, selfish and fond of women. Sometimes he
takes to drinks too. He becomes fond of travelling when Mars
occupies an airy sign. He wants change all the time. In a watery
sign he is much given to drink and women. This is particularly true
for Cancer and Pisces. Mars in Scorpio in the ascendant is
excellent for becoming a doctor.
Mars in a movable sign represents electricity; in a fixed sign
it represents fire; and, in a common sign, lightening. Of
weapons, it represents a weapon emitting a projectile when in a
movable sign; a weapon like a land mine when in a fixed sign;
and, a sword, a dagger, a knife, etc. when in a common sign.
Mars stands for number 9.
Mars represents immovable and landed property, blood
relations, younger siblings, enemies, disputes, weapons,
wounds, anger, energy, strength, ability to organise, regulatory
duties, baser instincts, fire, sharp intellect, and troubles from the
State and armed personnel. Mars also represents a debater, an
enemy, a criminal, a litigant, an athlete, an engineer, a mechanic,
an electrician, a cook, a thief, a butcher, a surgeon, a barber or a
lawyer. Mars represents dealers in poison, blood, weapons, acids,
machinery and fire also. It represents a factory, steel, crime,
kitchen and building. Mars stands for deer and wild beasts too. It
has a tendency to damage.
When Mars and Mercury are combined it will make the
individual of very sharp intellect. He may not be able to apply
himself to his studies though. There could be some dispute with
his maternal uncle. He may have several younger siblings. The
individual would be prone to alienate people through his
expression. He may have a harsh way of talking. He may be
interested in engineering. Mercury with Mars makes one a
mechanical or civil engineer. This combination tends to multiply
units of property in possession of the individual. The individual
could have the unpleasant lot of having a larger than normal
number of enemies. The relationship between the two planets
can also indicate pain or wound in the intestines.
The combination of Mars with Jupiter is good for wealth. The
individual would be able to earn well through property and
enterprise.
74 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

He would however not have good relations with his elder siblings.
In a female chart, this is not a good sign for marital happiness.
He may not always be on the right side of law. This is the surest
sign of pain in the gall bladder.
Mars in combination with Venus will make for a courteous
and fine personality. The individual will lead a luxurious and
pleasurable life. He could be an interior decorator. He will be
fond of outings, sports and entertainment. He will have an active
sex life. The combination could however give rise to
disagreement in romance or disputes over women. An individual
with this combination will have to be careful, as he would be
liable to have vehicular accidents. An injury in the region of
kidneys is possible.
Mars in combination with Saturn would make the individual
energetic, hard working and patient. His doggedness will be well
known. It could also on the other hand a reckless, irresponsible,
violent and criminal personality. He would be prone to land up in
dangerous situations. The individual could lose his immovable
property or he may have to part with it. He may have to stay away
from his younger siblings. The siblings may also not keep good
health. His illnesses would necessitate surgical intervention.
The combination of Mars with Rahu cannot be said to be
good. The individual would suffer from or be involved in frauds
and thefts. He could also get involved in violent rioting. This is an
indicator of an aggressive agitator. He may acquire some property
abroad. Disputes could cause his incarceration. Diplomacy
cannot be his forte. This combination points to attack on the
individual by a complete stranger. The sambandha of Mars with
the Nodes tends to make the grandparents liable to suffer from
injuries or violence.
The combination of Mars with Ketu is an indicator of a
dogged spiritualist. He could pursue his divine goal with single-
minded devotion.
The combined influence of Mars, Mercury and Venus will
incline one to take to the business of transport.
Mars works on the physical plane.
Mercury: Mercury in a fiery sign in the ascendant is
excellent for mathematics, dramatics and fluent speech. The
individual would have a
How to Time an Event 75

fine imagination but in Sagittarius he may not have an impressive


speech. In an earthy sign particularly Taurus and Capricorn the
individual becomes gluttonous and malicious. He would be subtle
and crafty too. In Virgo he would be a scholar and a good wit. He
would be sharp and have a scientific temperament. The location
of Mercury in an airy sign would impress on the individual
qualities similar to Mercury in Virgo. Mercury in a watery sign is
best in Scorpio since in Cancer or Pisces Mercury makes the
person inordinately proud of his abilities and of a shallow mind.
Mercury in Scorpio is excellent for a chemist or doctor. He would
however be crafty and has to be dealt with utmost care.
Mercury stands for number 5.
Mercury indicates intellectual pursuits, intellect, peace of
mind, maternal uncles, cousins, friends, family, short journeys,
speech, writing, publishing, communicating, accounts,
mathematical astrology, publicity, commerce, business and trade.
Mercury stands for a trader, an advertiser, an astrologer, a broker,
a writer, a trainer, a publisher, a linguist, a school teacher, an
editor, a reporter, a printer, an accountant, an agent or a
messenger. Mercury gives an inclination to study occult subjects
and the ability to compute. This planet also represents a person
who deals in grass, transport, post, emeralds, birds and alloys of
metals. It stands for mathematicians, orators and club managers.
Mercury stands for an open sky. It has a tendency to multiply or
expedite.
When Mercury is combined with Jupiter, the individual will be
clear headed. He will have the ability to form correct judgements.
He will do clean business and do well at it. He will be religious and
scholarly. This makes one an intellectual. He can excel as a
writer on management or financial issues. He will have several
sources of income. He could earn through his intellect or writings.
He would speak well. He may have a large family. His maternal
uncles may have much wealth. An individual with Mercury and
Jupiter in combination is apt to have a large number of children.
A female with this combination could marry more than once. The
individual would be interested in creating and reading religious
literature. The individual could be intellectually a precocious
child.
A combination of Venus with Mercury makes the individual a
handsome child. He will be happy and cheerful. He would be an
entertaining and interesting speaker. He is a party animal. He
will be
76 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

proficient in several arts. He may also be a good vocal singer.


Such an individual is fond of short road journeys. He will also
have a good handwriting. He may have friends of the opposite
sex.
When there is a combination of Mercury and Saturn, the
individual will be precise, methodical and will have a sharp
memory. He would be a hesitant speaker. He will have a small
family. He may find much difficulty in starting a business. He may
suffer from skin trouble and trouble in his vocal system. Such
persons are known to keep poor health in their childhood.
Sometimes their childhood is not very happy. They are noticed to
have thin arms and small shoulders. He will be decisive and
careful. He should not have many friends. It is also noticed that
such persons break off with friends of very long standing. They
keep changing friends too.
The combined influence of Mercury, Mars and Venus may
make one an automobile engineer The combined influence of
Mercury and Venus will make one an electrical, public health or
chemical engineer. The combined influence of Mercury, Mars
and Saturn will make one a mining engineer. The combined
influence of the Sun, Mercury and Mars will make one a computer
or electronics engineer or a builder. Predominant influence of
Mercury on the mid-point of the tenth house shall make one a
professional astrologer.
It works on the mental plane.
Jupiter: Jupiter in a fiery sign in the ascendant is good for a
successful businessman. It makes the person sincere, generous
and good-natured. In an earthy sign the individual tends to be
shallow minded, selfish and bigoted. Jupiter in an airy sign tends
to make the individual just, helpful, generous and good-natured.
Jupiter in a watery sign makes the individual careless in money
matters but he would still be fortunate. He would be fond of
sports and entertainment.
Jupiter stands for number 3.
Jupiter represents children, husband, elder siblings, comfort
and happiness, prominence in society, wealth, finance, bank, law,
economics, management, production, fulfilment of desires, fatty
substances, learning, mental balance and corpulence. It
represents a teacher, a minister, a professor, an attorney, a
philosopher, a priest, a banker or a judge. A person who deals in
religious texts, law, gold, topaz, learned gatherings,
How to Time an Event 77

finance or trusts too is represented by this planet. It represents


large buildings with the special condition that the enclosed open
space (courtyard) in the building should not be in the middle of it.
Such spaces in case of Jupiter are always on one side of the
building. It has a tendency to create.
When Jupiter and Venus are combined the individual will be
wealthy, happy, will lead a pleasant life and will have a good
spouse. In a female chart it makes for a handsome spouse. This
is also an indication that the marriage of the female individual
could arise out of a love affair. In a male chart the wife would be-
religious, balanced, scholarly and well behaved. She will have a
tendency to put on weight. The male individual could gain
financially through his marriage. He will be fond of spacious or
expensive vehicles. They could earn well through entertainment,
cinema and television. These people are very sincere in their
attachments. They prefer to invest money on their comforts.
They may have more daughters than sons. The male individuals
succeeded well when they work in association with their wives or
other women. These persons are great Bhaktas (lovers of the
divine).
Jupiter and Saturn in combination will make the individual
philosophical, knowledgeable about law, unattached and
dispassionate. He will have a strong sense of fair play and justice.
These persons have fewer children but the longevity of the
children shall always be an issue to notice. The children could
either be very long-lived or otherwise. The children could also be
ailing. His children may not be very attached to him and there
may be separation from them in later life. The individual may
begin with meagre or limited income and may take time to
become wealthy. This combination points to an elderly husband
in a female chart. It could also mean a husband who is either not
well behaved or who does not keep too well. This individual
would opt for a law, management or financial career.
Unfortunately, he would have to accept many disappointments in
life.
The combination of Rahu with Jupiter makes journeys abroad
highly beneficial for the individual. His wealth and fortune are to
be found abroad. At home he and his elder siblings could be
scamsters and financial swindlers. His children, and in a female
chart her husband, could follow closely in his or her footstep in
this regard. He would have the ability to be a respected diplomat.
The individual may have no faith in religion and
78 Chapter 1:
Preliminaries

may be inclined to achieve in the world through unscrupulous


means.
The combined influence of Jupiter, Mercury and Mars will
make one a lawyer. The combined influence of Jupiter and
Mercury will make one an accountant or an author on abstruse,
serious or philosophical subjects. The combined influence of
Jupiter and Mercury will make one an agent.
It works on the mental and spiritual planes.
Venus: Venus in the ascendant makes the individual a good
musician and have a merry disposition. He would be much liked
by the opposite sex. He would have winning ways. Venus under
the influence of Mars tends to make a person an artist. Venus is
not good in Aries (though it is much praised in Ashwini
constellation), Virgo, Scorpio and Capricorn. It is the worst in
Scorpio, where it tends to make the individual lewd, and inclined
to use of prostitutes and drinks.
Venus represents number 6.
Venus stands for partnership, luxury, wealth in jewellery and
ornaments, comforts, conveyances, wife, females, marital and
sexual lives, toiletry, photographs, paints, fruits, flowers,
chemicals, fine arts, music, poetry, beauty, aesthetic sense and
urinary system. It also represents a jeweller, an actor, a
musician, an artist, an aesthete, a dancer, a teacher, a painter, a
prostitute, a theatre or cinema house owner or a photographer.
Venus represents a person who deals in entertainment, water
sports, vehicles, items of luxury, perfumes, flowers or diamonds.
It stands for good taste, refinement and co-operation. It
represents earth (clay), a cow or a bull. It has a tendency to
enjoy.
The combination of Venus with Saturn pulls the individual in
opposing directions. Venus is luxurious, Saturn spartan; Venus is
sensuous, Saturn dispassionate; Venus is feminine, Saturn is
frigid; Venus enjoys, Saturn abstains; Venus is youthful, Saturn
aging; Venus is vibrant, Saturn ailing. A male individual could have
some of these characteristics is his wife. An individual with the two
planets in sambandha could have much trouble through woman
or vehicle. This combination could indicate an ailing wife or
separation from or loss of wife for a male individual. These persons
are not well suited to transport business.
The combination of Rahu with Venus is not good. It makes
sex a predominant consideration in the mind of the individual. He
is not averse
How to Time an Event 79

to improvisation and experimentation in sex. The individual is


also open to many perversities prevalent today. In fact he may be
able to think up many more sexual innovations. His sexual
escapades could also lead him to jail. It sometimes indicates a
wife from abroad.
The combination of Ketu with Venus is also a study in
contrasts. It pulls the individual from his spiritual path and engulfs
him into worldliness. Many a yogabhrashta (deviant from the path
of spirituality) has this combination.
The combined influence of Mercury, Venus and Mars will
make one an architect. The combined influence of Venus, Mars
and the Moon will make one a chef.
It works on mental and physical planes.
Saturn: Saturn in the ascendant makes the individual shy,
reserved, mistrustful, revengeful and timid. These qualities get
reduced in an airy sign but the individual then becomes
quarrelsome. In an airy sign the individual is sincere, religious,
meditative, studious and thoughtful. Among the earthy signs,
Capricorn is the best, which makes the individual hard working
and thrifty. In an earthy sign he is generally dull and suspicious.
He however becomes inquisitive in Virgo. He does not talk of his
financial affairs. In Libra he becomes proud and selfish. In a
watery sign it only lends adverse characteristics. In Cancer or
Pisces the individual is religious but depraved. In Scorpio he does
not remain trustworthy.
Saturn represents number 8.
Saturn stands for discomfort, ill health, disease, disability,
unhappiness, bad deeds, obstacles, fall, longevity, hard work,
and punishment. It has a tendency to separate or end. If it is
good for the horoscope, it can make the individual prosper
through the masses, hard work or use of labour. A well-placed
Saturn in the VIII house fulfils the wishes of the individual. It
represents an ascetic, a farmer, a mason, a miner, a gardener, a
servant or a menial. A person who deals in lead, footwear, bricks,
steel, blue sapphire, stones, birds, fish, oil or skins is also
represented by this planet. It stands for jail, teeth, death and
disease, debts, lonely or dirty place, crime, gutter, slum or air. It
represents geology, taxation, land and mining.
The combination of Saturn and Rahu is troublesome. It is liable to
80 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

cause serious diseases that sometimes are difficult to diagnose


and even more difficult to treat. It points to employment abroad.
It also shows a personality who can mislead the masses.
The combination of Saturn with Ketu refers to an ascetic who
has chosen the path of tapas (which according to The Basic
Writings of S. Radhakrishnan page 164 is severe self-discipline
undertaken for spiritual ends. It is exercised with reference to the
natural desires of the body and the distractions of the outer
world).
It works on physical or spiritual plane.
Rahu: It is like Saturn. Rahu represents danger from
reptiles, evil spirits, witches, paternal grandfather, nerves,
opposition from lowly placed persons, sudden happenings, riots,
imprisonment, journey abroad, foreigners, and poison. It also
represents a diplomat, a social or political trouble monger, a
snake charmer, a drug addict, or an aviator. It stands for
diseases that cannot be diagnosed or treated or such diseases
that are result of sinful ways, alcohol, elephant and gomed. It has
a tendency to cause chaos.
It stands for number 4.
A combination of Rahu with Ketu in the form of association is
not possible, but a relationship between the two is definitely
possible. Such a combination could show up a fake spiritualist.
A relationship between Rahu in one chart and a planet in
another shall show a future contact in the respective field
between the two individuals. For example, Rahu of an individual in
relationship wJth Saturn in another can cause a working
relationship between the two in future of this life or in a future
incarnation. Ketu in such relationship shows such contact in
previous lives.
It works on psychic, mental or spiritual plane.
Ketu: It is like Mars. Ketu represents earning of wealth
through dishonest means, dimming of intellect, dogs, success
abroad, emancipation from the cycle of life and death, and poetic
talent. It represents a witch, a pig, an occultist or a seer. It has a
tendency to cause interest in the supernatural.
It stands for number 7.
How to Time an Event 81

It works on spiritual plane.


A relationship between Ketu in one chart and a planet in the
other is an indicator of past life associations between the two
individuals.
(L) When a planet is related to another planet, it persuades the
planet to act according to its significations too. These
significations have been given above. Thus, if Mars is related
to Jupiter, Mars may also give results according to the
significations of Jupiter. Depending on the fitness of Mars as
a receptacle, the significations of Jupiter would materialise.
Thus, if Mars were related to Jupiter and the II houses from
the ascendant, Jupiter and Arudha lagna, Mars would cause
matters relating to wealth to appear in its major-period. If
Mars were related to Jupiter and the V houses from
ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter, it shall cause matters
relating to the children of the individual to appear in its major-
period. In a female chart, if Mars were related to Jupiter and
the VII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and
Jupiter, matters relating to marriage of the individual would
materialise. This is true, with some modifications, with
respect to the sub and inter-period planets too.
Unless a planet is related to a karaka or it is the karaka for a
particular aspect of life, it cannot give results relating to that
aspect in its periods. Therefore, it is obvious that no event
relating to a matter can take place in a major, sub and inter-
period unless all the three planets are related to a relevant
particular karaka. Thus, birth of a child in a major, sub and inter-
period will not take place unless all the three planets are related
to Jupiter. This principle is a great help in selection of the right
major, sub and inter-period planets. We will dwell on this matter
in far more detail when we discuss the major, sub and inter-
periods.
This is the ninth use of karakas.
(M) We would like to draw attention of the reader to paragraph
(B) above. We had mentioned there that the transit of a
karaka can be used to rectify a birth chart. We had referred
to Chart III-3. In this chart the position of Jupiter is
considered doubtful. The V house from Jupiter (when taken
in Libra) is Aquarius. The Arudha of Aquarius is in Libra. The
transit of Jupiter at the time of birth of the first child of this
individual certifies that the position of Jupiter
82 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

in Libra is correct. A detailed analysis is available in


paragraph 5 of Chapter Five.
This is the tenth use of karakas.
(N) A karaka imparts its qualities to any element that it influences.
For example, when the Sun influences a house or planet it
causes the element to become dignified and brilliant; when
Venus is involved in this manner it makes the element
beautiful, etc.
This is the eleventh use of karakas.

On Signs
20. We have discussed signs in much detail in our previous
work. We shall not go into those details but list here just
those characteristics of signs that are routinely used in
everyday prediction.
The movable signs are active, ambitious, agitated and
outgoing. They are also changeable, assertive and enterprising.
These are Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn. A Factor for the
mind is a planet that is related to the Moon, and the three IV
houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and the Moon. When
the Factor is in a movable sign, or most of the elements (i.e. the
three IV houses, their owners and the Moon) are in movable
signs, the individual will have the kind of mental make-up that a
movable sign represents. The Factor or elements relating to
profession when related to movable signs will display their
characteristics. When a Factor or elements relating to disease get
related to Aries, the disease will show fever, inflammation and
acuity. This is because Aries is a movable and fiery sign. This is
true for any quality of signs. The Factor for the mind or the
elements as described when related to fixed or common signs
shall show their respective characteristics in a marked manner.
The fixed signs are Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius. They
are long lasting, patient, stubborn, sedentary and stable. They are
painstaking, conservative, self reliant and accumulating. They are
also introverted. The common signs are Gemini, Virgo,
Sagittarius and Pisces. These are serene and harmonious. They
are also indecisive, philosophical and intellectual. They are not as
emotional and sentimental as the watery sign, but they show
these characteristics in a perceptible
How to Time an Event 83

way. Since Pisces is both common and watery, it shows these


characteristics in a marked manner. Their personalities show
certain versatility. These individuals are not painstaking and
thorough unless Saturn has a strong influence on the Factor or
elements.
Gemini represents a young couple. Sagittarius has two
creatures in one body, and Pisces shows two fish. These three
signs show multiplicity.
The signs Leo, Virgo, Libra and Scorpio are long ones. When
they influence a house or planet, the latter produces a long
effect. The Karaka-Factor for the body in a long sign, or long
signs in the first house and Arudha lagna, their owners in long
signs and the Sun in a long sign will make the individual of very
tall stature. Gemini, Cancer, Sagittarius and Capricorn are
medium signs. Aries, Taurus, Aquarius and Pisces are short. A
mix of long and short influence too shall produce a medium or
less than medium stature.
Aries, Gemini, Leo and Virgo are sterile or barren signs.
When most of the elements that represent a matter, i.e., the
three houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and karaka,
their owners, and the karaka are in sterile signs, the result shall
be sterile. Suppose the V houses from the ascendant, Arudha
lagna and Jupiter, their owners and Jupiter are in barren signs,
the individual will be childless.
The Fiery signs, viz., Aries, Leo and Sagittarius have
aggressive nature and they represent the East. When the
Karaka-Factor for profession is in one of these signs, or when
most of the elements that go to form a Factor for profession are
in such signs, the individual shall show aggression in his
profession or his profession may involve aggression and
combativeness, and it may take him to the East. Similarly the
Karaka-Factor for enemies or elements as described above in
these signs will cause much aggression in inimical relationships.
A Factor or elements related to disease in fiery signs cause
fevers, inflammations and acuity of symptoms.
The Earth signs are related to trade. These signs are
Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn. The Factors or their elements that
are related to these signs shall give results accordingly. A Factor
or elements related to disease in earthy signs cause chronic or
rheumatic complaints. These signs show South and"
aggregation. The Factor for wealth or elements
84 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

relating to wealth in earthy signs shall build up a big corpus of


wealth. The Factor or elements relating to human body in these
signs shall give a big body.
The Airy signs, viz., Gemini, Libra and Aquarius, are vocal
signs. When Mercury as the Karaka-Factor for voice, or when
most of the elements for voice, are in vocal signs, the quality and
effect of voice of the individual shall be superb. The Airy signs
are related to West and serving. A Factor or its elements in these
signs shall cause a profession related to serving. Any aspect of
life so related shall show service.
The Watery signs show North, spirituality and
religiouseness. They are psychic. They are receptive, introverted,
emotional, artistic, timid and accommodating. These are Cancer,
Scorpio and Pisces. We can deduce on the basis of these signs
in the same manner as above. A Factor for fortune, or most of
the elements relating to it (the three IX houses from the
ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter, their owners and karaka
Jupiter) in these signs shall make the fortune of the individual
relate to the North.
Aries, Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius (first half) and Capricorn are
bestial signs. Common signs also show animals. Thus the first
half of Sagittarius is the strongest representative of animals. When
a Factor shows violence or injury, the involvement of these signs
would cause it to do so through a beast. When the Factor or
elements for profession are related to animal signs, the
profession of the individual could be related to animals; to mineral
signs (movable signs), to minerals and mines; and, to flora, if
they are related to vegetable signs (fixed signs).
The Factor for voice or elements related to mute signs (the
three watery signs) might cause speech impediments.

On Static Analysis of a Birth Chart


21. Many a time we are concerned over such matters that do not
need timing. In such a case we should first examine if the
matter is represented by its corresponding Karaka-Factor. If
it is so, any influence that the Karaka-Factor gets will mould
the characteristics of the matter in life. When the chart does
not have Karaka-Factor
How to Time an Event 85

for an aspect of life, it would keep changing from period to


period. For example, we may like to know if an individual will
be wealthy in life. If Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor and it has no
influence of Factor for deprivation and, is on the other hand,
a Karaka-Factor for gain, the individual will be wealthy
throughout his life. If it is not so, the matter of wealth would
be to the fore in the major-periods of those planets that are
Factors for wealth and gain and this facet of life would show
different results in different periods.
Let us analyse Yogananda Paramhamsa's chart in this
manner regarding his marriage to clarify this procedure. This is
Chart II-5. Let us examine the aspect of marriage. Venus is the
karaka for this matter. It is related to the three VII houses. It is
thus the Karaka-Factor for marital matters. Similarly, Saturn is the
Karaka-Factor for deprivation and denial. Venus is related to
Saturn as it occupies a navamsha of Saturn. Saturn also casts a
close aspect on Venus.
Thus, there is denial of marriage in this birth chart.

On Danger and Disease


22. When a Factor for disease is related to:
(a) the Sun, individual will suffer from fever;
(b) the Moon, he will have a disease involving water;
(c) Mars, he faces a disease or injury that would involve weapons;
(d) Mercury, disease due to bilious disorders;
(e) Jupiter, he will be without any illness;
(f) Venus, his wife will face ill health;
(g) Saturn, he will face trouble from thieves or low caste
people;
(h) Rahu, trouble from reptiles;
(i) Ketu, trouble from animals.

On Nature of Planets and Houses


23. (a) The planets are considered naturally beneficial or malefic as
86 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

described by Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra in Chapter 3


verse 11 and Chapter 34 verse 8. The Sun, waning
Moon, Mars, Mercury associated with a naturally malefic
planet, Saturn, Rahu and Ketu are naturally malefic
planets. However, waning Moon becomes beneficial if it
receives aspect of or is associated with a naturally
beneficial planet. Jatakabharnam in the Chapter on
Cancellation of Adversity Due to the Moon verse 6 says
that when the Moon occupies the sign of a naturally
malefic planet and its dispositor projects an aspect to it
or joins it, the Moon becomes beneficial. Planets other
than these are beneficial planets. These are naturally
malefic and beneficial planets and remain the same for
all the charts.
(b) Chapter 34 verse 2 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra
states that the a naturally beneficial planet becomes
incapable of giving good results when it owns an angle.
A naturally malefic planet becomes incapable of giving
adverse results when it owns an angle. A planet
becomes yogakaraka (excellent) and therefore
favourable if it owns an angle and a triangle.
It is also noted that a planet strongly related to an angle and
a triangle becomes capable of giving good results. As an
illustration let us take Chart II-5. The Moon is placed in the
ascendant in the birth chart and it occupies Aries in the
navamsha chart. Aries in the birth chart is the IX house.
Therefore the Moon relates an angle to a triangle and becomes
capable of giving favourable results.
A planet, irrespective of its natural inclination, shall be
favourable if it owns a triangle. The ascendant is a triangle too.
The owner of the V or IX house is capable of giving wealth.
The owner of the IV or X house is capable of giving comforts and
happiness.
Two planets will be yogakaraka and cause rajyoga conferring
fame and authority if one is the owner of an angle and the other
of a triangle and they are in sambandha with each other. A
single planet can also function as a Yogakaraka planet if it owns
an angle and a triangle and occupies an angle or a triangle. A
Node becomes capable of conferring rajyoga results if it occupies
an angle and is in sambandha with the owner of a triangle, or
vice-versa.
Haw to Time an 87
Event

(c) The above definition of Yogakaraka planets (planets that


are auspicious and cause excellent results) needs more
support before a planet can be deemed to be a
beneficial planet. In fact, a Factor for a good effect shall
give good results and such results will be specific.
Suppose in a chart a planet is related to Jupiter and the
II houses from natal Jupiter, the ascendant and Arudha
lagna. It shall tend to give results relating to wealth. If it is
also a Factor for deprivation, it will divest the individual
of his wealth. In another chart, if a Factor for wealth is
also a Factor for gains (the planet is related to Jupiter
and the three XI houses from Jupiter, ascendant and
Arudha lagna), it shall tend to ensure results relating to
financial gains to the individual. Such a Factor shall
ensure inflow of wealth. When in a chart Mars is the
Karaka-Factor for property it shall give results relating to
property. Whether good will happen with respect to
property or adverse shall depend on the influence that it
receives from other Factors. These are only illustrations
to show that a specific result can be had from a specific
Factor. It is possible that a Yogakaraka planet is a Factor
for loss and deprivation. We cannot expect gains
through such a Factor even if it is a Yogakaraka planet.
But a planet that is a Yogakaraka planet in the traditional
sense and is a favourable Factor shall give better results
in quantity and quality than a similar normal Factor. When
a Yogakaraka planet is an adverse Factor we can expect
not so adverse results from it.
(d) Parashar calls the VI, VIII and the XII houses from the
ascendant the Adverse Trio of houses. The VI house
causes disease, accident, obstacles, disputes, enmity,
worry, weariness, exertion, and calamity according to
Uttar Kalamrita. Jataka Parijat calls this house Ripu
(Enemy), Roga (Disease), Kshta (Wound) and Bhaya
(Danger). The VIII house causes defeat, grief,
humiliation, disappointment, calamity, fatal accident,
misery, punishment, vice, death, misfortune, great
mental tension, etc. according to Uttar Kalamrita. Jataka
Parijat calls this house Randhra (Vulnerability), Mrityu
(Death) and Vinasa (Destruction). The XII house causes
mental agony, incarceration, harm, loss and expenditure
according to Uttar Kalamrita. Jataka Parijat calls this
house Vyaya (Expenditure).
88 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

These three houses are therefore related to adverse


aspects of human life.
A planet predominantly exhibits the effect of the house that
has its mooltrikona sign in. In this context, reference is invited to
Chapter 15 verse 11 of Phal Deepika. Mantreswar, the author of
Phal Deepika, says that when a planet owns two houses, it
predominantly gives the effect of the house where the
mooltrikona sign owned by it is placed in. A planet that has its
mooltrikona sign in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from
the ascendant will predominantly carry the influence of this
house. Kalidas, the author of Uttar Kalamrita, in Chapter 4 verse
14 says that a house that is occupied by the owner of one of the
houses of the Adverse Trio will be destroyed. Phal Deepika says in
Chapter 20 verse 55 that the owner of the VIII house will be very
troublesome. Satyacharya supports this conclusion.
Jatakadeshmarga ChandrikaChapter 10 verse 34 states that the
VI, VIII and XII houses are adverse and of these the VIII is the
worst. The same has been stated in Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra Chapter 7 verse 35 Chaukhamba edition.
A planet becoming a Factor through ownership of mooltrikona
sign shall have a greater potency to show results.
The ownership of a house of the Adverse Trio does not
make a planet adverse even when the house has a mooltrikona
sign of the planet. The planet must be related to the four
elements concerning a particular adversity to be capable of
giving rise to that specific untoward happening. Suppose the XII
house from the ascendant has a mooltrikona sign of a planet. This
certainly does not mean that the planet will cause mischief to any
planet or house with which it is in a close relationship. Ownership
of the XII house is just one of the four elements. The planet
should be related to the karaka for that particular adversity and
to the XII houses from the karaka and Arudha lagna too, before it
would be deemed to be one capable of causing loss, separation,
incarceration etc. Mere ownership of the XII house from the
ascendant cannot invest the planet with such ability. But if the
planet is inclined in a particular adverse way, we would know the
specific nature of the trouble that planet would cause.
A planet will become a Factor for dispute and injury if it is
related to Mars and the VI houses from Mars, the ascendant and
Arudha lagna.
How to Time an Event 89

The potency of the planet to cause injury would increase if Mars has its
mooltrikona sign in one of the VI houses. A Factor for disease would be
one that is related to Saturn and the VI houses from the ascendant,
Arudha lagna and natal Saturn. A Factor for serious accident or grievous
hurt would be the one that is related to Mars and the VIII houses from
Mars, the ascendant and Arudha lagna. A planet will be a Factor for
longevity if it is related to Saturn, and the VIII houses from natal Saturn,
the ascendant and Arudha lagna.
It is thus noticed that no house alone is good or bad, and no
planet by itself is that way.
(e) The Nodes and naturally malefic planets in the VI house
generally give good results, but a further analysis of the nature
of the planet is always called for. It could turn out to be a
Factor for disease, enmity or injury.
(f) Now the question remains of location of a planet in an Adverse
Trio house. We know that the occupation of a house too
relates a planet to it. The location of a planet in an Adverse
Trio house should be analysed in the same manner as the
analysis for ownership given above.

On Elements of Planets
24. We know that Aries, Leo and Sagittarius are fiery signs; Taurus,
Virgo and Capricorn are earth signs; Gemini, Libra and Aquarius are
airy signs and Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces are watery signs.
The planets too have their elements as given by Parashar in Chapter
76 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. According to verses 2 and 3 of the
Chapter, the Sun and Mars rule fire. According to verse 6, when these
planets are powerful in the chart the individual will be of fiery
temperament and he will be learned and sharp. According to verse 11
such an individual will be wealthy and successful. It is noticed that when
a Factor for accident is related to the Sun or Mars, it would cause the
event through fire or electricity.
Mercury rules earth. When Mercury is powerful in the chart,
according to verse 7 the earth element will be powerful and an individual
90 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

will be interested in luxuries, entertainment and comforts.


According to verse 12 such an individual will be wealthy and
religious. Earthquakes would fall within the ambit of this planet.
Jupiter rules ether. According to verse 8 when Jupiter is
powerful, the individual will be diplomatic, learned and brilliant
since the ether element will be powerful. According to verse 13,
such an individual will converse cleverly. Jupiter represents sky.
If we study birth charts of astronauts we notice that the Karaka-
Factor or Factors for their profession when they went on space
missions were related to Jupiter.
The Moon and Venus rule water. According to verse 9 when
these planets are powerful in the chart, the individual will be
highly placed, likeable and soft-spoken. According to verse 14
such an individual will keep good health.
Saturn rules air. When Saturn is powerful in the chart, the air
element will be strong, and the individual will be irritable,
wandering and hard on his enemies. According to verse 15, the
individual will be of poor intelligence. These qualities will
influence the education and profession of the individual. It should
be observed that a Factor for major or fatal air accident is
generally related to Saturn. If this Factor were related to the
Moon or Venus, the accident would relate to water. When
Mercury is related to the Factor, the event would happen on
earth or due to it.
The fire and water, and fire and earth elements are inimical to
each other. Since the Sun and Mars rule fire and the Moon and
Venus rule water, the elements of these two sets of planets are
inimical to each other. Similarly, the elements of the Sun and
Mars to that of Mercury are inimical. The Sun is considered good
in a sign of Jupiter, as it is capable of giving power. Sagittarius is
a fiery sign. The other sign of Jupiter, Pisces, is a watery sign.
Therefore generally the Sun when powerful should give better
results in Sagittarius than in Pisces.

On Aspects
25. Each planet projects an aspect to the VII sign from it. Mars,
Jupiter and Saturn have special aspects too. Mars projects
aspects to the
How to Time an Event 91

IV and VIII signs also from its position. Jupiter projects


aspects to the V and IX signs also. Saturn projects aspects
to the III and X signs as well. These are full aspects. We have
not considered partial aspects at all. It is not clear as to
whether and how the Nodes project their aspects. There is
much controversy over it. Generally aspects for the Nodes
are taken like those of Jupiter, but we have not considered
Nodal aspects in this work.
Aspects are of relevance when they help form a sambandha.
They are also relevant when they help form a relationship with a
planet or house. The distance for such purpose for a planet is
not more than 5°. It can be upto 10° for the Sun, and 8° for the
Moon. In certain cases the aspects are of use to determine the
nature of a planet for consideration of question of longevity or its
results in its periods.

On Influence on Planets and Houses


26. No planet harms its own house. Therefore, even a weak
planet
when it projects an aspect to its own house shall further the
affairs
of the house.
A debilitated planet is inclined to give adverse results relating
to its karakatwa (significations) and the houses that it owns.

On Influence of Planets on Other Houses and


Planets
27. (i) An adverse Factor when in relationship with another Factor
will cause unpleasant developments relating to the
matter represented by that Factor to take place. Thus, if
Mercury is a Factor for causing injury and disputes and
it is in sambandha with a Factor for married life or it also
becomes such a Factor, it will cause friction in married
life. If a Factor for denial influences a Factor for children
or it also becomes one, it will make the individual
childless. We need not reiterate that the effect of a
Factor lasts during its major-period, the effect of a
Karaka-Factor lasts for life.
92 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

(ii) Rules mentioned for the influence of an adverse Factor


in the above paragraphs will be mutatis mutandis true for
a favourable Factor too.
(iii) We have seen that a Factor will cause matters relating
to an aspect of life to manifest in its major-period. The
question remains as to what kind of manifestation it will
be. Suppose Mercury is a Factor for profession. What
will happen with respect to the profession of the
individual during the major-period of Mercury? Will he
get a new profession, will he lose his job, or will he face
humiliation at his job? The possibilities are unending.
Merely because the major-period of a Factor for
profession is running we cannot deduce that the
individual will have a great time regarding it. How do we
come to the correct conclusion in this case?
If a Factor for profession has strong influence of a Factor for
loss and separation, the conclusion is clear. The individual will lose
his profession or will have severe setbacks in the major-period of
the Factor for profession. If it is related to a Factor for disputes,
the profession will become disputed in the major-period of the
Factor for profession. If it is related to a Factor for high status, the
individual will get a high position through his profession in the
major-period of the Factor for profession. If the Factor for high
status is under strong influence of Factor for loss, the period of
the Factor for high status shall cause loss of status. Thus, the
kind of influence a Factor receives shall mould the result of the
Factor in its major-period. We can say it the other way too. The
kind of influence a Factor is exerting on another Factor shall
manifest itself in the major-period of the Factor that is casting the
influence. Suppose the Factor for loss is casting its influence on
the Factor for status. The individual will lose his status in the
major-period of the Factor for loss. A planet causing loss and the
other planet receiving loss causing influence shall both show loss
in their major-periods.

On Strength of Planets
28. (A) We are now going to consider a method to assess the
strength of a planet. For this, we will need to first
consider the
How to Time an Event 93

relationship between planets. The relationships are of


two types. The first is the natural, and the second, the
temporal as given by Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra,
Chapter 3 verses 55-56. The natural relationship
between planets is given in the table below, however
please refer to paragraph 10 of this Chapter carefully
too:

Planet Friendly Inimical Indifferent


Sun Moon, Mars, Venus, Saturn Mercury
Moon Sun, Mercury - Mars, Jupiter,
Venus, Saturn
Mars Sun, Moon, Jupiter Mercury Venus, Saturn
Merc Sun, Venus Moon Mars, Jupiter,
Saturn
Jupiter Sun, Moon, Mars Mercury, Venus Saturn
Venus Mercury, Saturn Sun, Moon Mars, Jupiter
Saturn Mercury, Venus Sun, Moon, Jupiter
Rahu Mercury, Sun, Mars Moon
Venus Saturn Jupiter
Ketu Sun, Moon, Mars Mercury, Venus Jupiter, Saturn

We have seen in paragraph 10 that some signs are inimical


to certain planets. Therefore when a planet is in an inimical sign
the owner of the sign shall be inimical to the planet. Otherwise
the natural relationship between planets shall remain as stated
above. When two planets are associated with or are in
sambandha their relationship will be governed by the table of
natural relationships and therefore by the resultant relationship.
However, when a planet occupies a sign it cannot always be said
that the nature of relationship between the planet and sign that it
occupies would be governed by the natural relationship that
exists between the planet and the owner. We can notice from the
table given in paragraph 10 that many a time the sign does not
follow the relationship that the planet has with its owner.
Therefore on the considerations of paragraph 10 above we can
prepare another table of exceptions mainly to help us assess
strength of a house in the following manner:
94 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Planet Inimical to
Sun Venus or Saturn in Leo
Moon Mercury, Venus or Saturn in Cancer
Mars Moon, Mercury or Venus in Scorpio
Mercury Sun or Jupiter in Gemini
Jupiter Mars or Mercury in Pisces; Venus or Saturn in
Sagittarius
Venus Moon or Mars in Libra
Saturn Moon, Mars or Mercury in Aquarius

The location of a planet in a sign sometimes radically


changes the natural relationship between two planets. Jupiter is
generally friendly to Mars but when the latter is in Pisces Jupiter
becomes hostile to it. In such a situation any relationship
between the two would be construed to be between two inimical
planets.
The Sun is a natural enemy of Venus and Saturn. The
location of any of these two planets in a sign of the Sun will
therefore not change the relationship in any manner. The Sun
remains hostile to Venus and Saturn.
The Moon is not inimical to any planet in the order of natural
relationships, but when Mercury, Venus or Saturn occupies
Cancer, the Moon becomes its enemy. When the Moon joins any
of these planets in Cancer, the association would make the Moon
highly inimical to it in resultant relationship. A sambandha
between the Moon and any of these planets in Cancer would also
form a relationship between enemies.
As regards Mars, the location of Mercury does not change
the natural relationship between these two planets, but the Moon
becomes an enemy of Mars when it is debilitated in Scorpio, and
Venus does not remain indifferent to Mars when Venus is in
Scorpio. Mars becomes inimical to it.
Mercury is friendly to the Sun and indifferent to Jupiter, but
when either planet is in Gemini the relationship becomes hostile.
Jupiter is friendly to Mars, but Mars in Pisces does not
remain its friend. Mercury and Venus are enemies of Jupiter. Their
location therefore in the chart is immaterial. Jupiter is indifferent
to Saturn but it turns its enemy when Saturn occupies
Sagittarius.
95

Venus is inimical to the Moon therefore the sign that the


latter occupies makes no change in relationship. Venus is
indifferent to Mars but when Mars occupies Libra, Venus
becomes its enemy.
Mercury does not remain a friend of Saturn when it is in
Aquarius. The location of the Moon or Mars makes no impact on
the relationship between them and Saturn.
We must keep these finer alterations in relationships in mind
when we proceed to determine resultant relationship between
two planets. We therefore give the final natural relationship table
below:

Planet Friendly Inimical Indifferent


Digits represent signs. Thus 4 is Cancer, 8 is Scorpio, etc.
Sun Moon, Mars Venus, Saturn Mercury
Jupiter
Moon Sun, Mercury Mercury, Venus Mars, Jupiter,
(When not in 4) or Venus
Saturn (When not in 4)
(when in 4) Saturn
Mars Sun, Moon Moon Venus
(When not in 8) (When in 8) (When not in 8)
Jupiter Mercury, Venus Saturn
(When in 8)
Mercury Sun Sun (When in 3) Mars, Jupiter
(When not in 3) Moon, Jupiter (When not in 3)
Venus (When in 3) Saturn
Jupiter Sun, Moon, Mars Mars Saturn
(When not in 12) (When in 12) (When not in 9)
Mercury, Venus,
Saturn (When
in 9)
Venus Mercury, Saturn Sun, Moon, Mars Mars
(When in 7) (When not in 7)
Jupiter
Contd.... on next page
96 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Contd.... from last page

Planet Friendly Inimical Indifferent


Saturn Mercury Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter
(When not in 11) Mercury (When
Venus in 11)
Rahu Venus, Saturn Sun, Mars, Moon, Mercury
Ketu Sun, Moon, Mars Mercury, Venus Jupiter, Saturn

A planet that is in the II, III or IV house from another planet, or in


the X, XI or XII house from that planet will be its temporal friend
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 3 verse 56. It will be
inimical to it otherwise. The temporal relationship depends on the distance
between two planets and it will therefore change from chart to chart
but the natural relationship between planets is fixed. There is no concept
of indifference in temporal relationship. Planets will either be friendly
with each other in temporal terms or inimical.
On the above basis we determine the Panchadha or resultant
fivefold relationship between planets in the following manner:
1. It may happen that a planet may be naturally friendly with
another planet but it may be inimical to it in temporal
relationship, or vice-versa. The two relationships will cancel
each other out and the'two planets will be indifferent to
each other.
2. If a planet is friendly on both the counts with another planet,
i.e., naturally and on temporal basis, it will be intimately friendly
with that planet.
3. If a planet is indifferent to another in natural relationship and
friendly in temporal, it shall be friendly to that planet.
4. If a planet is indifferent to another in natural relationship and
inimical in temporal, it shall be inimical to that planet, and,
5. If it is inimical on both the counts, it will be highly inimical to
that planet.
(B) We should consider the following to determine the strength of a
planet:
(i) The sign in which the planet is placed in a birth chart. When
How to Time an Event 97

the planet occupies an incompatible sign (inimical, highly inimical


or debilitated) it would earn a negative point. When the planet
occupies a compatible sign (exalted, mooltrikona, intimately
friendly or friendly) it would earn a positive point. A neutral
sign would not make any contribution.
(ii) The sign in which the planet is placed in the navamsha chart.
When the planet occupies an incompatible sign (inimical, highly
inimical or debilitated) it would earn a negative point. The
planet would get a positive point if it occupies a compatible
sign (exalted, mooltrikona, intimately friendly or friendly). A
neutral sign would not make any contribution.
(iii) The constellation that the planet occupies. If the planet is
compatible with the owner of the constellation it would earn
a positive point. In case the planet is not compatible with the
owner of the constellation, the contribution would be a
negative point and when the planet is neutral to the owner
of the constellation there would be no contribution.
(iv) If the dispositor of the planet occupies a compatible sign, it
shall contribute a positive point. If the sign the dispositor
occupies is not compatible, the contribution would be a
negative point, and in case the dispositor is neutral to the
owner of the sign, there would be no contribution.
(v) The sambandha if any the planet has with other planets should
be considered. A sambandha with a compatible planet would
give a positive point, and with an incompatible planet a
negative point. When the sambandha is with a neutral planet,
there would be no contribution.
After analysing a planet on the above lines we should total the
positive and negative points scored. If the planet has more
positive than negative points, it would be considered strong. The
more net positive points it gets the stronger it shall deemed to
be. (vi) The strength of the dispositor of a planet shall also add to
the strength of a planet. Therefore, having determined the
strength of the dispositor in the above manner, we should take it
in account for finally determining the strength of a planet.
98 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

A planet that has good strength shall be inclined to influence


a planet or house strongly. If it is weak its effect shall not be
prominent.
A strong planet shall help matters represented by the house
that it owns prosper. The individual will not be worried over these
matters. Matters represented by the house shall materialise
early. Matters for which the planet is the karaka shall give
happiness to the individual. A weak planet shall not be able to
help matters represented by the house that the planet owns
prosper. The individual will have little happiness from matters for
which the planet is a karaka. We will later on see that classical
authors have put much importance on the strength of the owner
of a house.
A strong planet shall generally not give way totally to the
influence of another planet. Thus, if an adverse Factor influences
a planet, the adverse influence would not affect the results of the
planet substantially. This is not true for a weak planet. The
relative strengths of the two planets should therefore be kept in
mind. Suppose we have Mars as a Factor representing marital
affairs and it has sufficient strength. If weak Mercury as a Factor
for disputes influences it marital affairs would not be disturbed
very much.
PRACTICAL HINT: A planet is inclined to be strong if it
occupies its own, exaltation, mooltrikona, or a friendly sign in the
Rashi and navamsha; its dispositor is strong; and, the planet
occupies its own or a friendly constellation. A friendly
constellation is one the owner of which is friendly with the planet.
This is a rough method to quickly assess the strength of a
planet.
According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 3 verse
63 Chaukhamba edition, a planet in exaltation will be capable to
give its full favourable result. The result will be 75% if it occupies
its mooltrikona sign. It will be half in its own sign. In a friendly
sign, the planet will give 25% result. When it occupies a neutral
sign, the result will be 12.5%. In an inimical sign, or when the
planet is combust or debilitated, there will be no favourable result.
This is only an illustration as to how important a role the strength
of a planet plays.
How to Time an Event 99

On Strength of a House
29. A strong house protects and promotes matters that it
represents. It tends to show favourable results. We would
be happy with respect to matters of a house that is strong.
We would always be worried and disturbed over matters
that a weak house represents. A strong house may expedite
matters. A weak house may delay them. An early marriage
should be expected when the VII house from Venus/Jupiter,
the karaka and the owner of the house are powerful. A weak
house is not likely to bring about an early marriage or birth of
children at normal juncture in life. The individual would have
to wait for these events and he may suffer from much anxiety
before, if at all, he gets the desired objective.
A strong house can also withstand adverse influence. A weak
house does not do so. A weak house would by itself be inclined
to cause complications relating to its matters. When there is
adverse influence too on it, matters relating to it would tend to go
awry all the time. Further, a strong house with influence of
Mercury shall tend to cause favourable results relating to matters
represented by it appear early in life. A weak house under
influence of Saturn shall delay matters. This is with respect to
inherent strength of a house in the birth chart.
Houses keep changing their strength according to transit
positions of planets. This happens when the owner of the house
is debilitated in transit or is in an inimical house, the house is
occupied by an incompatible planet, etc. A house that is inherently
strong shall show excellent results when it is stronger due to
transits, a weak house at birth would cause much worry and
distress when it gets weaker.
All planets except the Sun and Moon own two houses. The
strength of a house depends on the strength of its owner too.
When the owner becomes exalted etc. in transit the house gains
in strength. We will then have to determine as to which aspects
of each of the houses that the planet owns would flourish. Here
we take recourse to karakas. Let us take a concrete illustration.
In Chart III-3 Jupiter owns the X houses from the ascendant and
Saturn. Jupiter is related to the X house from Arudha lagna.
Saturn is in a constellation of Jupiter. Jupiter therefore
represents the profession of the individual. On August 13, 1996
Jupiter was in Sagittarius and therefore prima facie strong. The VII
and X houses
100 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

too become stronger. On the basis of transit of Jupiter can we determine


the specific aspect of life that would get a fillip? The transit chart is as
follows:
Transit Chart 1-7
Lagna

Navamsha

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 3s26°54'0" Mercury Venus 2s11°21'57" Rahu
Moon 3s14°40'33" Saturn Saturn 11s13°3'30" Saturn
Mars 2s18°26'43" Rahu Rahu 5s15°11'57" Moon
Merc 4s22°51'44" Venus Ketu 11s15°11'57" Saturn
Jupiter 8s14°43'24" Venus Ascdt 2s8°54'05"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the


planet is placed.
Jupiter is in sambandha with Saturn. It is thus related to the X
How to Time an Event 101

house from the ascendant and Saturn. It is related to the X


house from the Arudha lagna. It is related to Saturn. Jupiter
shows profession in transit. Therefore when Jupiter in transit is
strong, it shall cause professional matters to improve.
Specifically, when we are trying to determine the longevity
in a chart, the strength of a house becomes of vital importance.
When Saturn and the VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha
lagna and Saturn are strong, the individual will have a long life.
The individual will not live long if Saturn and these houses are
weak.
30. We should consider the following to determine the strength of a
house:
(i) The occupant of the house. In case the occupant is
incompatible (debilitated in, inimical or highly inimical)
with the owner of the house, such incompatibility would
attract a negative point. If the occupant is a compatible
planet (exalted in, intimately friendly or friendly) with the
owner of the house, such compatibility will contribute a
positive point. When the occupant is neutral to the
owner, the contribution will be zero.
(ii) The aspect of the owner of the house. Even a weak
planet projecting aspect to its own house shall
strengthen the house. This would contribute one
positive point.
(iii) The strength of the owner of the house should be taken
into account to determine the strength of the house.
(iv) A particular aspect of a house shall be considered
strong if owner of the house is in sambandha with the
karaka for that aspect. Suppose Jupiter owns the VII
house and it is in sambandha with Venus in a male
chart, the VII house shall be strong from the point of
view of matters relating to married life. Such a house
shall earn a positive point.
(v) In case a house becomes strong due to the influence
(occupation or aspect) of its owner, the other house
where the second sign of the owner of the house falls
also becomes strong. Each house in such a case shall
earn a positive point.
After analysing a house on the above lines we should total
the positive and negative points. If the house has more positive
than negative
102 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

points, it will be considered strong. The more net positive points


it gets the stronger it shall deemed to be.
The health of an aspect of life will depend on the strength of
the three houses and the karaka that represents it. When the
three houses and karaka are strong, matters pertaining to the
house shall last long, function well and make the individual
happy with respect to them. When the houses and the karaka
are weak the individual will always remain worried on account of
these matters, they will be temporary and shall not function well.
Suppose we are considering the profession of an individual.
When Saturn and the tenth houses from the ascendant, Arudha
lagna and Saturn are powerful, despite adverse influence the
profession of an individual will remain steady and progress
satisfactorily. The individual will also be happy with his
profession.
It is not possible in most of the charts to have all these four
elements strong. This is an ideal situation. Some of these
elements could be strong and others not so strong. The result
would therefore manifest proportionately.
PRACTICAL HINT: A house shall be weak if no friendly
planet occupies it; its owner is weak, and it is not related to its
karaka.

On Houses
31. The houses have their basic characteristics and significations.
These characteristics are helpful in deciphering the results of
major and sub-periods. These characteristics should be
clear in the mind at the time of analysing the results of the
periods.
Each house in a chart represents three categories of affairs.
The houses in a chart relate to (a) the individual whose chart is
under consideration. The I house represents the physical body of
the individual, the environment at the time of his birth, his early
days of life, etc. The II house stands for his wealth, his right eye,
his speech, his childhood, etc. (b) The houses also relate to the
affairs of various relatives of the individual. For example, the
Arudha of the VII house from Venus is the ascendant for the first
wife of a male individual. The twelve houses with respect to this
ascendant would show entirely different matters for the
How to Time an Event 103

relative. In case the Arudha of the VII house from natal Venus is in
the VI house, this is the ascendant for the first wife of the individual.
The VII house from birth ascendant would relate to the wealth of the
wife, her speech, her family, etc., whereas for the individual it would
show his wife, prominence in society, partnership etc. The VIII house
from birth ascendant for the wife would show her younger brothers
and sisters, short journeys etc, but for the individual the house would
stand for danger, humiliation, death etc. The IX house from birth
ascendant would show home, domestic life, education, mother etc for
the wife whereas this house would show the routine matters of the IX
house for the individual. We can thus determine various aspects of life
of the first wife of the individual in this manner from different houses in
the chart of an individual that represent entirely different affairs for
him. This is the variable relationship of the houses, (c) The houses also
stand for certain mundane matters in the world. These are fixed. They
do not change from one individual to another, or from one relative to
another of an individual. We do not consider their Arudha in a chart.
The planets confirm their specific universal nature when they are
related with mundane houses. For example, when the Sun is related
to the X house in a chart it shows government with reference to that
particular individual. The Sun related to the VI house shows fire. The
Moon, when related to the IV house, shows pregnant and lactating
women. It also shows water. Mars when related to the VI house shows
weapons and crime. It shows explosives when related to the VIII
house. Mercury when related to the III house shows newspapers,
journals, magazines, etc. Jupiter when related to the II house shows
banks, to the V house it shows children. Venus when related to the IV
house shows vehicles. Saturn, when related to the VI house shows
epidemics. Rahu when related to the XII house shows jails. These are
effects at the mundane level. However, this is only confirmatory. It
does not mean that unless a karaka is related to a mundane house it
shall not show that characteristic. But on the other hand in case the
karaka is so related, it shall certain show the characteristic.
When the Sun shows government and it is related to a Factor
for profession, it will cause the profession of an individual to be
related to government during the major-period of the Factor. The
I house shows public health and home affairs. It also represents
the general condition of the country (where an individual is born)
as a whole, its people and
104 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

their general outlook, and the state of law and order. The II
house stands for economics, mathematics, arts, painting, banking
and revenue in general. The purchasing power of the people,
financial stability, foreign exchange reserves, strength of
currency, budget and balance of trade are also determined
through this house. It also shows relationships within a country.
The III house stands for railways, telegraph, postal department,
public transport, military science, philosophy, journalism,
physics, advertising, telecommunication and means of
communication. It also shows relations with neighbouring
countries, information technology and infra-structural facilities in
the country. It governs authors and writers. The IV house stands
for meteorology and mining. It also represents agriculture, animal
husbandry, poultry, sociology, home science, civil or automobile
engineering, and architecture. The house rules the national
natural resources, landed properties, internal peace and
tranquillity, general and political stability, natural calamities,
educational institutions, welfare of pregnant and lactating
women, housing and communal harmony. The V house stands
for litterateurs, intellectuals, literature, epics, diplomacy, stock
exchanges, child welfare and entertainment business. Armed
forces, police, crime, national debts, epidemics, disease burden,
services, sanitation, chemistry, biology, medical education and
criminal law are represented by the VI house. The VII house
stands for international relations, foreign and internal trade, and
business management. The VIII house stands for major
accidents, undertakers, life expectancy, insurance and provident
funds, history, archaeology, occultism, and geology. Tourism,
higher education, religion, law, judiciary and clergy are covered by
the IX house. The X house stands for the government, public
administration, and authority. The XI house represents planning,
national income, civil society organizations and actuaries. It
stands for astronomers and people dealing with incomes. The XII
house stands for taxation, remote regions of the country, deficit
financing, temples, hospitals, jails and asylums.
The First house is the self (like the Sun). It is the house of
beginning, birth or origin. Its relationship with a Factor for any
aspect of life produces intimacy or attachment with or repulsion
from that Factor. The relationship between the two will depend on
the relationship between the two Factors. If they are mutually
inimical, the relationship will not be cordial. If on the other hand
the two Factors are mutually friendly, the relationship will be
friendly. The self experiences the event relating to that aspect
105

of life. According to Prasna Marg a house that has relationship


with the ascendant shall certainly yield the results. According to
Phal Deepika Chapter 16 verses 31-32 an event will happen
when the owner of the concerned house and that of the
ascendant are related in transit. The personality will manifest its
traits through the elements that it is related with. It will also
display the experiences that the individual gets in life. As an
illustration, when a Factor for physical self is related to a Factor for
father, the individual could have strong influence of his father
during the major-period of the Factor. The relationship between
these two planets would be of interest, since incompatibility
between the two would reflect incompatibility between the father
and son. The house has affinity to study of military manoeuvres
and psychology. This is the first house of the trinity of houses of
Dharma. It represents religion and righteousness. A planet placed
in or owning the house tends to produce religious sentiments and
righteousness in its period. A planet that is related to most of the
Dharma houses will in its period show results relating to it. We
can say the same for other houses too. A planet related to most
of the Artha, Kama or Moksha houses shall show their results.
The Sun and Moon are related very closely to this house.
The Second house shows'accretion and accumulation (like
Jupiter). It is aggregation. It is indicative of early stages. It is also
the result of efforts for material gains. It has affinity to the study
of mathematics, economics and painting. This is the first house
of the trinity of houses of Artha. This represents wealth. A planet
related to the house is likely to give results relating to wealth.
Mercury is related very closely to this house.
The Third house is effort made by an individual. It shows
enterprises and ventures of an individual (like Mars). It also
indicates his inclination and hobbies. It is expressive of what the
individual likes to do. It stands for communication and
expression. This is the first house of the trinity of houses of
Kama. It represents passions and desires.
The Fourth house is the house that nurtures like a mother
(like the Moon). It is the house of acquisitions. It is indicative of
happiness and peace. It is also the nadir, and hence the end of
an enterprise. This is the first house of the trinity of houses of
Moksha (like Ketu). This represents emancipation from the cycle
of rebirth.
106 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

The Fifth house shows creativity (like Jupiter), imagination


and originality. It also shows the devotion of an individual to a
cause. It may provide success to an enterprise without much
effort. It represents romance, short-term attachments or
relationships. It has the aspect of entertainment (like Venus) and
chance inherent in it. It is closely related to training. This is also
the house of diplomacy (like Rahu). This is the second house of
the trinity of houses of Dharma.
The Sixth house indicates conflict (like Mars) and obstacles
(like Saturn). It is opposition, service, labour, anxiety, problems,
inferiority, discipline, injury, austerity and disease. It represents
alien element. Like Rahu it represents a stranger. This is the
second house of the trinity of houses of Artha.
The Seventh house indicates long-term relationship,
partnership or attachment (like Venus). These attachments are
more formal. This is the interface of the individual with others.
This house brings the individual in public eye. It relates to
business. This is the second house of the trinity of houses of
Kama.
The Eighth house indicates ships, secrets, death and the
hidden. It represents major accidents (like Mars) and danger
(like Saturn). It also represents the daily routine life of an
individual. This is the second house of the trinity of houses of
Moksha.
The Ninth house is purity, piety, lawfulness, ethics, sincerity
and righteousness (like Jupiter). It is a house of journeys that take
an individual abroad (like Rahu) or on long inland journeys (like
Jupiter). It cares and protects as a father (like the Sun). It gives
sudden and unexpected success or righteousness to a matter
that it is related to. It could also indicate help from father or
elderly males in the family. This is the third house of the trinity of
houses of Dharma.
The Tenth house is the house of status (like the Sun), action
and achievement. It is the zenith and culmination. The X house
shows karmas in this life. When the owner of the X house is
associated with Jupiter, the individual shall be highly religious
and orthodox. In case the owner of the X house is in sambandha
with Rahu, he will not be religious at all. This is the third house of
the trinity of houses of Artha.
How to Time an Event 107

The Eleventh house is of gain and success. Thus, it is also


expansion (like Jupiter). This is the third house of the trinity of
houses of Kama.
The Twelfth house is contraction (like Saturn). It is
separation, depletion, restriction, negation and loss. It stands for
oil fields and hospitals. This is the third house of the trinity of
houses of Moksha.
The Eastern Hemisphere is formed of houses 10th to 12th
and 1st to 3rd. It focuses on matters of the self. Planets in the
Eastern Hemisphere tend to impinge on the affairs of the self.
The Western Hemisphere is formed of houses 4th to 9*. It
focuses on matters of others. Planets in the Western
Hemisphere tend to impinge on the affairs of the others.
The Northern Hemisphere is formed of houses 1st to 6th. It
focuses on private matters. Planets in the Northern Hemisphere
tend to impinge on private matters. According to Sarvarth
Chintamani Chapter 12 verse 27 all planets in the Northern
Hemisphere point to long life of the individual.
The Southern Hemisphere is formed of houses 7th to 12*. It
focuses on public matters. Planets in the Southern Hemisphere
tend to impinge on public matters.
The First Quadrant (Spring) is formed of houses 1st to 3rd. It
deals with matters of the private self. This is the most personal of
the quadrants. Planets in these houses tend to show their results
in spring and with respect to personal matters.
The Second Quadrant (Summer) is formed of houses 4th to
6th. It deals with matters that make us learn the relationships and
skills that prepare us for the world at large. Planets in these
houses tend to show their results in summer.
The Third Quadrant (Autumn) is formed of houses 7th to
9th. It deals with matters of the public. In this area we apply our
relationship skills out in the social realm. Planets in these houses
tend to show their results in autumn.
The Fourth Quadrant (Winter) is formed of houses 10th to
12th. It deals with our acts and reaction to those acts in the world.
Planets in these houses tend to show their results in winter.
108 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

On Constellations (Nakshatras)
32. The constellations are groups of fixed stars. Twenty-seven of
them are taken into account in astrological considerations.
The constellations are not confined to a sign in many cases.
They overlap the signs. In such a situation the effect of the
constellation changes with the sign to some extent. Krittika is
one such case in point. It extends over Aries and Taurus. It
starts at 26° 40' in Aries and ends at 10° in Taurus. Its
presiding deity is Fire. The owner of Aries is also fiery.
Therefore Krittika is extremely fiery in Aries. The owner of
Taurus is Venus. Krittika in Taurus therefore turns into
radiant splendour.
Bharini, Aslesha, Magha, Poorva Phalguni, PoorvaAsadha, and
Poorva Bhadrapada are cruel constellations. Ardra, Aslesha,
Jyeshtha, and Moola are violent constellations. A planet inclined
to give adverse results will do so with multiplied vigour when it
occupies a cruel constellation. A planet inclined to cause
violence shall be doubly so inclined when it occupies a violent
constellation. The quality of a planet shall be promoted or modified
according to the quality of the constellation. A fiery planet in a
fiery constellation shall have its fiery nature enhanced several
fold.
Ashwini, Punarvasu and Poorva Bhadrapada have the
tendency to multiply.
The Moon, on an average, stays in each constellation for
slightly longer than a day. Therefore, these are also called the
Lunar Mansions. The extent of constellations and their owners
are as follows:
End points of Constellations
1. Ashwini 0s13° 20' Ketu 14. Chitra 6s 6° 40' Mars
2. Bharini 0s 26° 40' Venus 15. Swati 6s 20° Rahu
3. Krittika 1s 10° Sun 16. Vishakha 7s 3° 20' Jupiter
4. Rohini 1s 23° 20' Moon 17. Anuradha 7s 16° 40' Saturn
5. Mrigashira 2s 6° 40' Mars 18. Jyeshtha 8s 0° 0' Mercury
6. Ardra 2s 20° Rahu 19. Mool 8s 13° 20' Ketu
7. Punarvasu 3s 3° 20' Jupiter 20. Poorvasadha 8s 26° 40' Venus
8. Pushya 3s 16° 40' Saturn 21. Uttarasadha 9s 10° Sun

Contd.,.. on next page


109

Contd- from last page

End points of Constellations

9, Aslesha 4s 0° 0' Mercury 22. Shravan 9s 23° 20' Moon


10. Magna 4s13° 20' Ketu 23. Dhanishtha 10s 6° 40' Mars
11. Poorva 4s 26° 40' Venus 24. Satbhisha 10s 20° Rahu
Phalguni
12. Uttara 5s 10° Sun 25. Poorva 11s 3° 20' Jupiter
Phalguni Bhadrapada
13.Hasta 5s 23° 20' Moon 26. Uttara 11s 16° 40' Saturn
Bhadrapada
27. Rewati 12s 0° 0' Mercury

The constellations have certain characteristics. These are given


below in a tabular form:

Constellation Characteristics
1. Ashwini Ashwini Kumars preside over it. Transport.
Horse. Equestrian. Duality. Twins. Physician. A
planet in this constellation can make one a
successful physician. It represents both the
knees. One eyed persons.
2. Bharini Yama presides over it. Cruel. Cervix. Discipline.
Justice. What deserves to be nurtured. A planet
in the constellation could cause heart disease.
3. Krittika Fire presides over it. Firearms (in the part of the
constellation that falls in Aries). Waist.
4. Rohini Fixed. Venus and Brahma preside over it. Lord
Shiva. Birth constellation of Lord Krishna. Coming
into being. Ascendance. Living beings. Love for
luxury and fine clothes. Effect in the end of the
period. The Moon likes this constellation the best.
Both the legs. Poor eyesight.
5. Mrigashira The Moon presides over it. Forest. Well behaved.
Maternal instinct. A seeker. Both the eyes. One
eyed person.
Contd.... on next page
110 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Contd.... from last page


Constellation Characteristics
6. Ardra Rudra presides over it. Fierce. Crime. Violent.
Skull. Wet. Lord Shiva. Kidney and urinary tract
trouble. Head of hair. Blind.
7. Punarvasu Aditi, Mercury and the Moon preside over it.
Movable. Mother of gods. Birth constellation of
Lord Ram. Repetition. Restoration. Return.
Truth. Generosity. Magnanimity. Purity. Fingers.
8. Pushya Jupiter presides over it. To nourish. Prosperity.
Mouth. Poor eyesight.
9. Aslesha The Moon and serpent preside over it. Ketu is
born in this constellation. Snake. Deviousness.
Cruelty. Violent. Poison. Secretiveness. Nails of
fingers. The owner of IX or X house in this
constellation would cause obstruction and
failures. When the ascendant or the
Moon is in this constellation the individual tends
to become wily. One eyed person.
10. Magha The Sun and forefathers preside over it. Royalty.
The Sun is best placed in this constellation.
Magnanimity. Cruel. Radiance. Nose. Blind.
11. Poorva The Sun and Lord Shiva preside over it. Jupiter
Phalguni is born in this constellation. The upper lip. Cruel.
Pleasure. Prosperity. Sensual satiety. The genitals
(with Uttar Phalguni).
12. Uttara Fixed. The Sun and Mercury preside over it.
Phalguni Empathy with downtrodden. Scientific. Fixed.
Helpful attitude. The genitals (with Poorva
Phalguni). Poor eyesight.
13. Hasta The Sun and Mercury preside over it. The Sun in
this constellation gives ruling powers.
Determination. Hands. Music. Possessive attitude.
Magic. One eyed person.
14. Chitra Vishwakarma, Mercury and Venus preside over
it. Dexterity with hands. Creativity. Forehead.
Fearfulness. Artist. Painter. Blind.
Contd.... on next page
111

Contd... from last page


Constellation Characteristics
15.Swati Air and Venus preside over it. Movable. Air.
Restlessness. Inconstant wealth. Asceticism.
Teeth.
16.Vishakha Fire, Indra, Venus and Mars preside over it.
Unscrupulousness. Intelligent individual. Loss
through enemies. Active. When the Moon
occupies this constellation the individual has
indiscriminate sexual behaviour. Both the arms.
Poor eyesight.
17. Anuradha Mars presides over it. Friendly. Grateful. Heart.
One eyed person.
18.Jyeshtha Mars presides over it. Neck and middle finger.
Authority. Tongue. Violent. Blind.
19. Mool Demon Nairiti presides over it. Misfortune. Root.
Basic nature. Violent. System of Indian herbal
medicines (Ayurved). Both the feet.
20. Water presides over it. Matters relating to water
Poorvasadha and sea. Cruel. Extensiveness. Both the thighs
(with Uttarasadha). Poor eyesight.
21. Uttarasadha Fixed. Jupiter and Saturn preside over it.
Introspective. Wrestler. Magician. Painter. Self
control. Soma rasa (a herbal intoxicant used in
ancient India). Both the thighs (with
Poorvasadha). One eyed person.
22. Shravan Lord Vishnu presides. Birth constellation of
Saraswati. Education. Scholarship. Hearing. Fine
arts. Movable. Lord Vishnu. Disease in urethra.
Both the ears.
23. Dhanishtha Movable. Inadequate sexual power.
Unsympathetic to women. Unmarried status.
Back of the human body. Prosperity. Poor
eyesight.
24. Shatbhisa Movable. Varun presides over it. Water bodies.
Matters related to water. Dropsy. Concealment.
Mania for cleanliness. Irritability. Both sides of the
chin. Smile. One eyed person.
Contd.... on next page
112 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Contd.... from last page


Constellation Characteristics
25. Poorva Presided over by Rudra, Jupiter and Saturn.
Bhadrapada Cruel. Duplicity. Burning. Greed. The two sides of
the body (with Uttara Bhadrapada). Blind.
26. Uttara Fixed. The funeral bier. Asceticism. Long
Bhadrapada journeys. Learning. The two sides of the body
(with Poorva Bhadrapada)
27. Rewati Animal husbandry. Foster parents. Birth
constellation of Saturn. Rapid progress. Both the
armpits. Abdomen. Poor eyesight.

The effect of each constellation is felt through a planet that


occupies it or the one that owns it. As an illustration, suppose
Mercury is a Factor for younger brothers and occupies Aries in
Ashwini constellation. The individual may have twins as his
younger siblings in its period. Mercury and Ashwini are both
representatives of multiplication. Let us take another illustration.
Suppose the Factor for mind is related to the Factor for sin and
vice. Suppose one of the two Factors is in Ardra. This
constellation also relates to crime and violence. The individual will
have criminal tendencies.
Each planet has ownership over three
constellations. A constellation is divided in four charans
(quadrants) of 3°20' each. A planet rules each charan. The ruler
of a charan and the owner of the navamsha for that longitude are
the same. Suppose a planet is at 25° in Gemini. It shall be in the
second charan of Punarvasu constellation. The owner of the
second charan is Venus. The owner of the navamsha sign in
which the planet is situated shall also be Venus. Thus, it is very
easy to determine the owner of the charan in which a planet is
situated. The owner of the sign that the planet occupies in
navamsha shall be the owner of the charan. Groups of nine
constellations each have the same successive four rulers of
charans. We know that the Sun and Moon own one sign each,
and the other five planets own two signs each. The Sun and
Moon own one charan each in two different groups of nine
constellations each. Of the remaining five planets, each owns
two charans in two different groups of nine constellations each.
These groups of constellations have been stated in column
number one of the table below. The constellations are indicated
in the table by their serial
How to Time an Event 113

numbers. Thus, Ashwini has serial number one, Mrigshira has serial
number five, Chitra has serial number fourteen, Rewati has serial
number twenty-seven, etc. The order of constellations is fixed.
The rulers of the charans are also fixed and they occur in the
stated order. The rulers of charans are as follows:
Rulers of charans of constellations
Constellation Charan Charan Charan Charan
I II III IV
Numbers
1, 4, 7, 10, 13, Mars Venus Mercury Moon
16, 19, 22, 25
2, 5, 8, 11, 14, Sun Mercury Venus Mars
17, 20, 23, 26
3, 6, 9, 12, 15, Jupiter Saturn Saturn Jupiter
18, 21, 24, 27
The charan is the minutest of the sign, constellation and
charan. It is therefore felt that of the three the influence of the
owner of the charan on the nature of the planet should be the
most specific. We can therefore say that the influence of the
navamsha could be the maximum though Parashar has kept the
importance of the navamsha only slightly less than the sign.
The constellation in which the Moon is situated at birth is
called the Janma (birth) constellation. This is taken as the first
constellation. The constellations get a new nature according to
their location from the Janma constellation. This is indicated in
the table below.
Constellations as counted from the
birth constellation (Janma) and their
Janma 1 10 19 Favourable
Sampat 2 11 20 Favourable
Vipat 3 12 21 Adverse
Kshem 4 13 22 Favourable
Pratyari 5 14 23 Adverse
Contd.... on next page
114 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Contd.... from last page

Constellations as counted from the


birth constellation {Janma) and their
Sadhaka 6 15 24 Favourable
Vadha 7 16 25 Adverse
Mitra 8 17 26 Favourable
Atimitra 9 18 27 Favourable

The first, tenth and nineteenth constellations from the first


constellation shall be called the Janma constellation. The fifth,
fourteenth and twenty-third constellations from the first
constellation shall be Pratyari etc. When the Janma constellation
is under influence of a favourable planet, the individual will have
a good life generally. When there is bad influence on it, these
results will be adverse. Prithuyasas says in his Horasara Chapter
31 that the owner of a constellation having an adverse and malefic
planet shall show adverse results in its period. Bad influence on
Janma constellation is likely to severely affect the health of the
individual during an adverse transit. The influence on the
constellation could be through association of a planet with the
owner of the constellation or its aspect within the stipulated
distance, or location of the planet in the constellation. Suppose
the Janma constellation is Ardra. Rahu owns this. If Rahu is under
adverse influence or an adverse planet occupies Ardra, the
constellation will suffer and be considered to be under adverse
influence. If the adverse influence is due to a planet at birth, the
period of the planet that afflicts the constellation shall not be
good. The influence on Sampat constellation shall determine the
wealth of the individual. The owner of the Vipat constellation
causes adversity when the constellation has bad influence on it.
The owner of the Kshem constellation when the constellation is
under good influence is capable of giving all the comforts and
happiness to the individual. The owner of the Pratyari
constellation when the constellation is under bad influence will
cause enmity and opposition. The owner of the Sadhak
constellation when the constellation is under good influence will
give success and prosperity. The owner of the Vadha
constellation shall be dangerous if the owner of the constellation
has bad influence on it. The owner of the Mitra or Atimitra
constellation under good influence will cause generally favourable
time for the individual.
115

The charan of the mid-point of the first house and influence


on it shall be instrumental to determine the nature, constitution,
health and complexion of the individual. If the owner of the
charan falls in the V, IX or XI house, the individual will be happy,
prosperous and fortunate in life. If the afflicted, weak or badly
placed owner of the charan is in the VI house, the individual will
be involved in disputes and enmity in his life. The individual may
not keep good health too. When the afflicted, weak or badly
placed owner of the charan of the mid-point of the ascendant is
in the VIII house, the individual will face obstacles, adversities
and major accidents. When the afflicted, weak or badly placed
owner of the charan is in the XII house, the individual is likely to
face separations and losses in life. When an adverse, afflicted,
weak or badly placed Saturn owns the charan, the position of the
individual in society is likely to be menial; if it is the favourable
Sun, the status could be exalted, etc.

On Planets in Signs
33. The effect of a planet in a sign has been described with
special reference to the characteristics of signs in paragraph 20.
More on this can be deduced in the following manner:
(A) Planets are exalted in certain signs and are similarly
debilitated in others. When a planet is placed in a sign
in a birth or navamsha chart where another planet is
exalted, and the planet is related to that planet, the effect
of the planet that would be exalted in the sign shall be
visible in a positive manner in the period of the planet
occupying the sign. For example, when the Sun goes to
Capricorn, it would be in an incompatible earth element
and an inimical sign. Therefore, the Sun would be
inclined to adopt unsavoury results of other prominent
planets. Mars is exalted here. It will give much
aggression, energy and drive to the Sun if the Sun is
related to it, whereas Jupiter is debilitated here. The
debilitation of Jupiter shall cause rashness in the
individual as the balance and sobriety imparted by Jupiter
shall be absent in case the Sun has a relationship with
Jupiter. The period of the Sun shall show these
characteristics. The aggression and imbalance shall
basically
776 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

relate to the house that the Sun occupies. This analysis


should be done both for the birth and navamsha charts.
The sum of the results of location of a planet in the two
charts (navamsha and birth) should be taken.
Both Jupiter and Mars are happy in Aquarius. The result of
the Sun in this sign of Saturn will therefore be better than
that in the other sign since Aquarius is an airy sign and the
element fire of the Sun is friendly with the element of the
sign. Further, Jupiter is well placed in this sign. The
imbalance expected of Jupiter in Capricorn shall be absent.
The aggression of Mars shall also be modified. The
individual will be balanced and dynamic. (B) A house will
show the characteristics of the matter according to the
planets that are either exalted or debilitated in that house if
the house is not occupied by a planet. To a lesser extent
such planets that are in a compatible sign in that house shall
also lend their positive characteristics. Those planets that are
in an incompatible sign shall provide negative qualities. Let us
take an illustration. Suppose the Factor for father is in Aries.
Here the Sun is exalted. This is a dry and fiery sign. So, the
father of the individual shall be thin but muscular of build. He
will be dignified and related to government. Since Saturn is
debilitated here, he may have problems from servants and
may face many obstacles in life. Again suppose the Factor for
status is in Taurus. This is an earthy sign. The Moon is
exalted in this sign and this is the sign of Venus. The Moon
and Venus are both watery and therefore friendly with the
element of the sign. The individual may do well in the field of
arts, he may be wealthy and women may help him in
attaining high status and fame. Further, suppose the Factor
for mind is in Cancer. This is a watery sign. Here Mars is
debilitated and its element is not compatible with that of the
sign. Jupiter is exalted here and in a compatible element.
Therefore, the individual will be irritable and short tempered
but he will be scholarly, and broad-minded.
We know that the relevant house from a karaka shows
some of the same significations that the karaka shows.
The VI house from Mars shows injury and enmity. Mars
in Aquarius will make
How to Time an Event 117

the individual prone to injuries as the VI house from


Mars indicates injuries and being Cancer, Mars itself
would be debilitated and in an incompatible element
there. The IV house from Mercury shows education.
Mercury in Gemini is good for education since Virgo is
the sign of its exaltation and the elements of the sign
and planet shall be the same. Jupiter is exalted in
Cancer. This would be the II house from Mercury that
shows speech. A person with Mercury in Gemini will
therefore talk sensibly and soberly. The II house from
Jupiter indicates wealth and XI from it income. Jupiter in
Virgo will see the individual getting rich in the second
part of his life since Saturn is exalted in Libra and he may
earn through matters signified by the Moon, as it would
be in its own sign in Cancer. Such an individual cannot
hope to get any financial benefit out of the government.
When Venus is in Taurus, the VII house shall be Scorpio
where Rahu is debilitated. The individual having Venus in
Taurus may be sexually promiscuous. Saturn in Gemini
may cause disease in the breast or a disturbed or
worried mind since the Moon is debilitated in Scorpio.
Rahu is also debilitated here. The individual could suffer
from a disease that may not be easily diagnosed. Saturn
in Aries will cause insufficient mental calibre, grief and
disappointment since the VIII house from Saturn shall
be Scorpio and the Moon shall again be debilitated
here. Rahu in Cancer causes pleasant journeys to
developed countries, as Venus is exalted in Pisces, which
is the IX house from Cancer. Rahu in Leo is bad for
journeys abroad to under developed countries since
Saturn shall be debilitated in the IX house from Rahu.
Rahu in Virgo is good for cruises and journeys overseas
as the Moon is exalted in Taurus. Such journeys would
bring happiness to him. The XII house from Ketu
indicates spiritual progress and emancipation from the
cycle of rebirths. Ketu in Sagittarius keeps the individual
worried over lack of progress in spiritual field since the
Moon is here debilitated in the XII house from Ketu.
(C) The sign has certain significations. For example, Pisces
stands for duality. The significations of the planet shall
interact with such significations of the sign. The
individual may have several
778 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

bosses in case the Sun is in Pisces.


(D) The influence of a planet on a sign is equally important.
The planet shall influence the part of the body indicated
by the sign. Saturn in Taurus shall produce a thin neck.
Jupiter in Cancer will cause heavy breasts.
(E) Take the owner of the sign occupied by a planet as
associated with it. For example, if the Sun goes to
Pisces, it will give the results of an association with
Jupiter. This is productive of a rajyoga. These results
shall be modified by the considerations below.
(F) The element of the planet and of the sign shall act on
each
other. Thus, if the Sun goes to Pisces, it will improve
the spiritual element in the individual. Since Pisces is a
watery sign, it shall douse the fire of the Sun, as
compared to Sagittarius, which is a fiery sign. The Sun in
Pisces shall tend to make the individual more intellectual
and philosophical, but not outgoing and dominant.
(G) A planet in debilitation or just out of debilitation shall not
be able to give as good results as when it is about to be
exalted or actually in exaltation. The Sun in Sagittarius
would be just out of its debilitation, whereas in Pisces it
shall be about to be exalted. A weak planet tends to
give more of its adverse results. From this we derive
the following conclusion.
(H) (i) When a planet is weak in a sign, its period will not be
productive of good and happiness. It will be
inclined to cause unhappy developments relating to
the houses that it is related to, and to matters that
relate to its karakatwa. Even when it is inclined to
cause good with respect to certain matters that
could be determined through paragraph (ii) below,
the positive result would be severely curtailed. We
can determine positive results of a period in the
same way. When a planet is powerful in a sign, the
good would outweigh the adverse.
(ii) A planet gives results relating to an event only when
the planet is related to the karaka for the event. A
planet shall cause birth of a child in its period only
when it is related to Jupiter. The inclination of a
planet to give a
119

particular result shall be generated through its


relationship with the karaka for that event. This
inclination will be favourable or otherwise according
to the strength of the karaka in the sign that the
planet occupies. To clarify, let us suppose that the
period of Saturn is current, and it is related to
Jupiter. Saturn could thus be inclined to give
wealth. Suppose Saturn is in Leo sign in the birth
chart and in Scorpio navamsha. Jupiter shall be in
congenial circumstances in both these signs. Saturn
shall be inclined to give wealth in its period. Let us
now suppose that Saturn is related to Venus.
Venus is not happy in both these signs. Saturn shall
not give good results relating to the karakatwa of
Venus. Saturn itself is not happy in these signs. All
such adverse matters for which Saturn itself is the
karaka shall appear rather strongly in the period, but
good relating to the karakatwa shall be suppressed.
The individual may in this period face losses,
separations, deprivations etc. strongly but very little
of good would be seen relating to his profession
etc. It would be better if the strength of the
concerned karaka is determined in the sign in
which the period planet is placed before any
conclusion is drawn. Thus if we wish to determine
the ability of Saturn to give wealth in its period, we
should determine the strength of Jupiter in Leo in
the above illustration.

On Marakas
34. Longevity is to be determined by the strength of karaka
Saturn, and the three VIII houses from the ascendant,
Arudha lagna and Saturn. Life will be long when these
elements are strong, and short when weak.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chaukhamba Edition Chapter
20 verse 6 is of much relevance. It says that when the owners of
the ascendant, VIII and X houses and Saturn are placed in
angles, triangles or in the XI house, the individual would be long
lived. This rule is helpful firstly to countercheck the conclusion
derived through the generic rule stated
120 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

above and, secondly to get an approximation of the longevity of


any of the relatives of the individual. Suppose we wish to find the
longevity for the first wife. We first determine the Arudha of the
VII house from Venus. We treat this as the ascendant for the
wife and take the VIII and X houses from it. We then see if the
owners of the house acting as the ascendant for the wife and VIII
and X houses from it and Saturn are placed in the houses as
stated in the rule from the acting ascendant or otherwise. We can
assess proportionate longevity accordingly.
We should keep in mind that the above only gives an
indication as to when the longevity is likely to come to an end.
We should therefore look for the period of the Factor for death
around that time.
A planet that is a Factor for end, separation, denial,
depletion, expenditure etc. shall end longevity in its major-period,
if it is also related to the Factor for longevity. We know that the
Factor for end is a planet that is related to Saturn and the three
XII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn. It is
seen that many a time a person does not die even during the
major-period of a Factor for depletion that influences a Factor for
longevity. If the aspect of longevity in a chart is strong (owing to
the strength of the three houses) a Factor for depletion will not
be able to cause death in early years of life. If longevity is poor,
death will happen in early years.
We take the XII house from Saturn. We determine the
Arudha of this house. We then take the VIII house from Saturn.
We determine the Arudha of this house. A planet that is related
to these two houses and Saturn shall bring the life of the
individual to an end. It will be a maraka. A Factor for death must
also be a maraka. A Maraka Factor for death will be the planet
that would cause death when longevity has come to an end.
It is noticed that when the Arudhas of the VIII and XII
houses from natal Saturn are strongly related to each other and
Saturn is related to both of them, the life of the individual would
be short.
We take the VIII house from Mars. We determine the
Arudha of this house. When a planet determined to be the
maraka in the manner stated above (it is related to the Arudhas
of the VIII and XII houses from Saturn) is also related to Mars
and the Arudha of the VIII house from Mars, it will cause death of
the individual in a violent manner. A
How to Time an Event 121

maraka planet determined in the manner stated above related to


Mercury and the Arudha of the III house from Mercury shall
cause the individual to take his own life. This is thus a formula
for suicide.
We now state the periods that are likely to bring about the
death of the individual. Before attempting to predict the end of
the life of the individual, his longevity should be assessed. Death
will occur when the major-period of a maraka Factor for depletion
that is afflicting a Factor for longevity runs. A Factor for depletion
that is not afflicting a Factor for longevity shall not cause death. A
Factor for longevity afflicted by a Factor for depletion may also
cause death in its major-period. It is seen that a planet that is
likely to kill is a Factor for longevity or loss related to one of loss
or longevity respectively. The sub and inter-periods in which
death would take place shall be discussed in an appropriate
chapter. A reference may be made to the analysis for Chart II-4.
We will now consider the traditional indications for death. If
the planets that we have determined through the above method
also relate to these indications, their propensity to bring the life
of an individual to a close would be very strong. The
determination of longevity according to the astrological tradition
has been dealt with in detail in our work on predictive astrology.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra deals with marakas in Chapter 44.
The third constellation from the birth constellation is called
the Vipat constellation. The fifth constellation from the birth
constellation is called the Pratyari constellation. The seventh
constellation from the birth constellation is called the Vadha
constellation. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter
44 verses 15-16 when the life span has been determined to be
short, the death of the individual will take place in the period of
the owner of the Vipat constellation in birth chart. In case the
longevity is medium the death is likely in the period of the owner
of the Pratyari constellation, and when the longevity is long, the
individual will die in the period of the owner of the constellation of
Vadha.
The malefic owner of the XII house may cause death. A
beneficial owner of the house will only cause disease according to
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 18. The same
may be said of the owner of the VII house.
122 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

A Node placed in the XII house shall act as a maraka


according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 22
to 24.
A Node in association with a maraka or in the VII from it will
act as a maraka according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra,
Chapter 44 verse 22 to 24.
Rahu shall be a maraka planet for the individual born in
Scorpio or Capricorn ascendant according to Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 22 to 24.
A movable sign in the III house will cause death at a place
away from home. A fixed sign in the house will cause death at
home, and a common sign will cause death while on journey
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 34.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra traces the cause of death to
the III and VIII houses. It first deals with the III house. Influence
of a planet through occupation of the house or aspect to it will
determine the issue. The cause of death according to Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verses 25 to 31 shall be the
government or cardiac arrest if the Sun occupies or projects an
aspect to the house. It shall be lung disease if the Moon
influences the house in this manner. When the planet influencing
the III house is Mars, the cause of death shall be injury, boil,
accident, weapon or fire. In case it is Mercury, death shall be
caused by fever. Jupiter will cause tumour, oedema etc. leading to
death. Venus will cause death through venereal disease or
urinary or kidney trouble. Saturn or Rahu causes death through
water, fire, poison, incarceration or fall.
The sage does not refer to aspect to the VIII house when he
traces the cause of death through the house. He only talks of
occupation of the house by a planet. When the Sun occupies the
VIII house death will be caused through fire; the Moon, by water;
Mars, by weapon; Mercury, by fever; Jupiter, by disease; Venus,
of hunger; and, Saturn, by thirst.

On Ascendants
35. Each sign in the ascendant or Arudha lagna imparts some
strength
How to Time an Event 123

or weakness to the life and personality of the individual. The


strength or weakness indicated is offset to a very large
extent if the karaka and the Factors representing the relevant
aspects are strong. It is useful to study the areas of strength
and weaknesses in a chart through the signs in the
ascendant and Arudha lagna when a horoscope is taken up
for analysis and prediction. We can be careful in our
analysis of birth chart if we know the strong and weak points
of a chart and be on the lookout for specific areas of
favourable and unfavourable tendencies that are likely to
manifest for that chart. When good influence in the chart
supports favourable tendencies, even comparatively slight
such support will significantly produce the favourable
characteristics in the individual or in his life. The same
mutatis mutandis can be said for adverse tendencies.
Further, an adverse tendency inherent to an ascendant will
take more than the usual favourable influence to subside.
What is stated below are strength and weakness for each
sign in the ascendant or Arudha lagna in the purest form.
Aries: This individual will be prone to accidents, libel,
disgrace and disappointments. There could be certain
secretiveness in him and he could be morally depraved. He may
be addicted to vices. He is likely to have weakness for the
opposite sex. He could be of passionate nature. This sign in the
ascendant makes the spouse of the individual too prone to sexual
promiscuity. He will be dignified and of a strong nature, but he
could be irritable and unhappy in his old age. The family of the
individual of this sign is likely to be closely related to his marriage
or in partnership. His wife could have close influence on his
family. He could easily and successfully take to practice of
medicine when Mercury occupies Taurus or Aquarius. The
individual is to gain or lose wealth from his marriage, partnership
or from abroad. The individual will be able to accumulate wealth.
He will incur enmity on account of his younger siblings. He may
develop trouble in his upper chest, shoulders or ears. A weak or
afflicted Moon could seriously jeopardise his mental peace and
domestic tranquillity. He may have a broad chest. He may be
broad minded and generous. The female of this sign tends to
have a large bust. Sexual misconduct is possible and diseases
originating from such indiscretion appear easily. Trouble through
women too is common. His maternal uncles will also do well in
life. He finds it difficult to adjust to a wife who comes from a
family superior to his. A weak or afflicted Sun in the chart will
indicate
124 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

that the father of the individual will face misfortune in his life. The
individual with this sign can suffer loss due to property. The Sun
when exalted will give exceedingly good results. The individual
will be healthy and renowned. The Sun in Gemini will make the
individual the eldest or youngest child of his parents. He will
become powerful in life through written word or other means of
communication. He may have some trouble in domestic life due
to his mother. The Sun in Cancer will make the individual
mentally tense. It may cause poor relations with the father. It is
not good for the father here. The individual will be courageous
but of a quick temper. He may be of romantic nature. The
location of the Sun in its own sign is very good. This location of
the Sun may not be good for children. He will be intelligent and
highly connected. There may be some adverse influence on the
profession or status of the individual when the period of the Sun
is current. The Sun when debilitated will make the individual
romantic in nature and he may face dishonour due to his
weakness for the opposite sex. The individual may be sickly. It is
adverse for the welfare of the family of his wife. The location of
the Sun in Sagittarius makes the individual wealthy, scholarly and
highly placed. His father will also be fortunate. The Moon, when
exalted is exceedingly good for wealth. He may have a large
family. He will be handsome. The good results will be accentuated
if the distance between the Sun and the Moon is more than 72°.
The Moon in Gemini will give literary hobbies to the individual. He
will travel over short distances. The Moon when debilitated is
dangerous to the individual for his life and mental well-being. He
and his mother may both be short lived. He may suffer from
penury. Mars in its own mooltrikona sign will confer high status
and authority on the individual. He will also have some physical
trouble in the stomach. Mars, when debilitated will cause mental
tension and loss of domestic happiness. Mars in the VII house is
generally criticised. If will give adverse results for this ascendant
in case Mercury is afflicted or weak in the chart. Mars will
however make the individual highly sexed. He will be attached to
his spouse. Mars in Scorpio will give wealth and favourable
results. Affliction of Mars here may make the spouse short lived
and predecease the individual. The association of the Sun and
Mercury in birth chart too shall prompt Mars to give good results.
If the Sun and Saturn associate in birth chart or Mercury
influences Mars, the results will be adverse. It may then cause
trouble for the elder siblings. The individual will be wealthy but
his parents will not be happy. Mars
How to Time an Event 125

when exalted will cause rajyoga, but if Mercury influences it, its
influence on the younger siblings will be adverse. The individual
will show contrary characteristics in case Mars occupies Pisces. He
will display religiousness but shall also be of violent or criminal
nature. The individual himself will however be safe from sudden
events like accidents. Mars here will give unfavourable results for
the children of the individual if Jupiter is unsatisfactory in a birth
chart. Mercury in Virgo will grant success to the individual. He will
do well at publishing or printing business. The individual will be a
good author when Mercury occupies Libra. This location of
Mercury, provided Venus does not occupy Sagittarius, shows that
the individual will have successful relationships, particularly with
the opposite sex. Venus afflicted or weak in a birth chart or
occupying Sagittarius and Mercury in Libra could make a male
individual impotent. It is easy for an Aries individual to travel
abroad when Jupiter is in Gemini. Such an individual will also earn
well from his profession. His efforts will succeed when Jupiter is
well placed and powerful in a birth chart. The elder siblings of an
individual may suffer adverse financial conditions when Jupiter
occupies Virgo. The individual himself may suffer from financial
difficulties. He will face difficulties in his profession when Jupiter
is debilitated. Jupiter in Pisces will be favourable. The individual
will be wealthy but dispassionate. This individual will earn
immense wealth from his profession if Saturn is powerful and well
placed in the birth chart. It will be further so in case Saturn
occupies Aquarius.
Taurus: The individual will be of competitive nature. He will
have the ability to rise high as a doctor or an officer in the armed
forces. He is likely to be in service. He and his wife are liable to
suffer from ill health, injuries, litigation or the government. He will
be likable and happy. He will be a polished speaker. His job may
involve advising highly placed persons. He will earn his wealth
too from such activity. He may have to work hard to accumulate
much wealth. He will be attached to his family. His children are
likely to do well if Mercury is free of affliction and placed well in the
chart. He will have to travel over short distances regularly and
stay away from home. He will have a large number of siblings.
He will not be able to exercise authority away from the place of
his birth. He is generally the youngest among the siblings. His
father could have led his life away from his place of birth. He
does very well in service. He could be broad minded and
generous. He will have a logical and incisive mind. He stands to
lose through love affairs. His marital relationship
126 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

could be cause of worry. He may lose through women. His father


may be in a position where he could exercise authority. He may
suffer from heart or stomach ailments. The Sun in the XII house
would have the potential to give him a high executive post. The
Moon in the ascendant would relate his mother to a high family.
She will be highly educated when the Moon occupies the II
house. She will be well educated, extremely religious and of
spotless character when the Moon occupies Virgo. In such a
situation the Moon will cause travelling over short distances for
consultancies. The individual will also be of a broad and balanced
mind when the Moon occupies the V house. Mars in the
ascendant is indicative of the fact that he will have no younger
siblings. This location of Mars reduces physical courage in the
individual. Even debilitated Mercury will be highly favourable from
the point of view of wealth. A powerful and well-placed Sun could
make the individual high and pure minded. He may have
changing hobbies. He may take or lose interest in his enterprises
from time to time. His wife may be of extravagant nature. The
married life will be a weak area. He may be separated from his
wife. His wife may predecease him. A powerful Venus that is
placed well in a birth chart is a pre-requisite for a good and long
married life. His partnerships may not flourish. The individual is
prone to develop weakness for sex specially when Mars occupies
Virgo or influences Venus. He may feel restriction on his income for
some time. He may be indebted. There may be some failures for
him. He will be long lived. He will get a job without effort. He will
have high status in society. He may get windfalls in his
profession. He will be well known abroad. He will be well behaved
and will live within the social norms. The Sun in Libra would
make the individual a misfit in government service. He may also
suffer from poor health. The individual will live away from home
when the Sun is exalted. Such location of the Sun will also make
the individual a spendthrift. The Moon in the I house will be
exalted. When it is more than 72° away from the Sun, it shall be
a favourable planet for the birth chart and shall make the
individual rise high in life. He will also be wealthy and famous.
Otherwise, he may suffer from disease in the chest or lungs. The
individual will not have a good married life if the birth is in the dark
fortnight and the Moon is debilitated. The younger siblings of the
individual will have a difficult life when Mars is debilitated. The
individual too will have unsatisfactory childhood. His wife may
keep poor health. An exalted or even a debilitated Mars will take
the individual abroad.
How to Time an Event 127

The individual may marry a person of a different background than


himself when Mars is close to the sensitive point of the
ascendant. Venus in Gemini makes the individual religious and
wealthy. His wealth will be earned through righteous means. He
may earn through his writings too. Venus in Virgo may cause
romantic relationships. It may also make the individual sexually
promiscuous. It is however not good for the physical well being
of the children. Saturn in Cancer will be inclined to take the
individual abroad, particularly if it influences Rahu or Mars. Saturn,
when debilitated, will be a disaster. The individual will be morally
depraved, short lived and may have trouble in his eyesight.
Gemini: The individual will love his home. He will have an
urge to learn. He will do well at studies. He will lead a mental life.
He will also lead a comfortable life. He will have vehicles. He
may be close to his mother. He is likely to have immovable
property. His mother shall aspire for a high status. He may be
separated from his children. He will spend on his children. If the
V houses and their owners from the ascendant and Jupiter are
weak or afflicted, the individual is likely to lose a child. He may be
interested in the occult and mantra knowledge. He will be in
service. He may also make money through taking loans. Wealth
through wife or partnership is possible. He may have little
aesthetic sense. He will do well at his studies. There may be
some tension in his relationship with his elder siblings. Some of
his friends may turn cold and even inimical. He may suffer from
stomach trouble. He will be worried on account of enemies,
disease and debts. He will form partnership with highly placed
persons. His partnerships will flourish. He may work abroad too, or
he may become famous there. His wife may be a dignified,
religious, sincere, pure and high-minded person. His married life
should be on an even keel. He may face setbacks in life
particularly when Saturn occupies Capricorn. In such a situation,
his father too may face setbacks and losses in life; he may live
away from the place of his birth and also pass away at an alien
place. He may gain from his father or government. The individual
may face obstacles in his religious life and may not find success
commensurate to his religious efforts. His children will be
handsome, intelligent and well educated. This sign in the
ascendant is good only for average prosperity. The wealth of the
individual may wax and wane.
128 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Cancer: The individual will be moody and his health may


suffer if the Moon is under adverse influence. The individual will
be wealthy in case the Moon is exalted in the birth chart or the
Sun occupies its own sign. He will suffer from disease in the
stomach if the Moon is debilitated. The influence of Jupiter on
such a Moon will exacerbate the problem. His speech will be
impressive. He may travel a lot and may stay away from home.
Mars will raise the individual to a high status in life if it is
powerful. He will have opportunity to have close interaction with
higher echelons of society through his profession. His children
could also have good status. Mars in Gemini will be dangerous
for the left eye of the individual. When Venus is strongly
disposed in birth chart, the individual is likely to acquire vehicles.
It will contribute to increase in the longevity of the father of the
individual. The individual may live with his maternal uncle if the
Moon occupies Pisces. The maternal relatives of the individual will
influence him closely if Jupiter is exalted. His father could be
highly placed in service. The individual is prone to face trouble
from lawfully constituted authority. The location of Jupiter in
Cancer is an indication that he will do well in worldly or spiritual
life. We know that the Sun, Mars, Venus and Saturn are physical
planets. Therefore if these or most of these planets are powerful
in a birth chart and Jupiter occupies the ascendant the individual
is likely to do well in worldly life. On the other hand, when the
Moon, Saturn and the Nodes are powerful, he is going to excel in
spiritual life. A contact between Mars and Jupiter shall make the
individual religious. The married life of the individual will be
delicate or short. It could easily be disturbed. The individual will
need a good Venus and Saturn to tide over this weak area in his
chart. Venus in Pisces is excellent for scholarship, wealth and
good fortune for the individual. The location of Saturn in Aries will
destroy the married life of the individual. If the Moon occupies
Aries, Gemini, Libra or Capricorn when Saturn is debilitated, the
individual will remain unmarried in life. The debilitation of Saturn
is highly adverse for the life of the individual. He will not live long.
Though Saturn would be exalted in Libra, it will cause some
complex in the personality of the individual.
Leo: The individual will be a natural leader and shall attain a
high position through his own efforts. He will travel a lot. He may
have several sources of income. It could also be from intellectual
or communication work. He may like his work. He could be an
intellectual. His parents may be close to each other. He shall be
lucky in property
How to Time an Event 129

matters. He may have a limited number of children and may face


worries and trouble on account of them. He may find it difficult to
have good relations with highly placed persons in society. He may
not be successful at games of chance and speculation. The
individual could have cardiac trouble if a waning Moon occupies
Sagittarius in a birth chart. His interpersonal relationship may be
weak. He will face opposition in public life. Like Cancer, his
married life too shall be the weak area in his birth chart. There
could be marital discord. His spouse may keep poor health.
However, his spouse may have cordial relations with his family. It
will be difficult for him to work in a partnership. The trouble in
marriage and partnership will be further accentuated if the Sun
occupies Aquarius. He could become prosperous through his
profession when Mercury occupies Taurus. His father may not
like his profession. His father will face adverse times in life when
Mars occupies Aries in the chart. Mars in Capricorn is good for
the education of the individual. There will however be breaks in
his education. He will work hard at studies.
Virgo: When Mercury is not under adverse influence in the
birth chart, the acts of the individual will be beyond reproach.
The individual will face severe discord in his married life when
Mercury is debilitated in a birth chart. The individual will gain
wealth without much effort. He could be a polished and scholarly
speaker. His father will have close influence on the family of the
individual. The influence could be destructive in nature if the Sun
is debilitated in a birth chart. He is likely to face reverses and
failures in his efforts. His relations with his younger siblings may
not be happy. Females will play an important role in the life of this
individual. His wife will make a home for him. She could be related
to the field of education. Mars in Pisces could cause danger to
the life of the spouse. The Sun in Pisces will cause severe
dissensions in marriage. Jupiter in Leo is indicative of an
unfortunate married life. The Sun in debilitation will accentuate it
further and shall ruin the family life altogether. Venus in Aquarius
will tend to jeopardise the character of the spouse. It will be
confirmed if Rahu joins Venus there. The Moon in Sagittarius will
be a good sign for scholarship and a happy life for the mother.
The individual born with Virgo rising may face trouble from his
children or highly placed persons. His children could keep poor
health. There may be changes in the quantum of his income
from time to time. This would be particularly true if a waning
Moon occupies Taurus. Venus in Libra
130 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

shall grant wealth, status and beauty. Saturn in Capricorn could


cause hearing defect and poor health in the children of the
individual. The individual could marry twice in case Saturn is
exalted in a birth chart. Such a Saturn is not good for the children
of the individual. The individual may misappropriate money.
Libra: This individual will be prone to suffer from trouble in
urinary or reproductive tract. He could also meet with a fatal
accident. He could turn scholarly and may be inclined to take up
research. He may be friendly with the family of his spouse. The
Sun in exaltation will help the individual make substantial gains
through his spouse or partner. His wife could be from a wealthy
and well-known family. Partnerships could bring wealth to him. He
could have a strong libido. Mars in Cancer could harm him
professionally. A waxing Moon in Taurus could substantially take
care of his profession and longevity. Jupiter in Aquarius is good
for scholarship. He could be a good teacher. The individual
having Libra in the ascendant could also start a business with his
family members. He could be a surgeon. His relations with his
younger siblings may not be happy. His ventures could cause
disputes and litigation. The individual could have defect in his
hearing or trouble in his ear when Jupiter is afflicted in a birth
chart. He will have good aesthetic sense, and may train as an
artist. His profession may change from time to time. If he attains
to power, it may be through mass appeal, Mercury in Sagittarius
or Gemini may take the individual abroad. A foreign connection
may be beneficial for him. The individual will settle down in a
foreign country when a powerful Venus occupies Aries. He will
have passionate relationships. He may have highly placed
friends. Mercury in Sagittarius will be favourable for the father of
the individual. Venus in Pisces will draw the individual to sexual
promiscuity. Venus in Taurus will cause venereal disease and
trouble. Saturn in Taurus will deprive the individual of its
yogakaraka good results. He may face severe problems in his
career.
Scorpio: He is prone to injuries and harm that his enemies
could cause to him. He could also be unreliable. He may be close
to his maternal uncle. He will have a happy family life. He may
earn through gambling, speculation or entertainment. He could
also talk well. He would like to see his children well integrated in
his family. He may be a good student in his early years. He
may change residence. He may be able to gain
131

property through his own efforts. There may be separation from


spouse. He may also have a roving eye and a weakness for the
opposite sex. There may be extra-marital relationships. Venus in
Capricorn could take him abroad. There may be some difficulty in
his marriage. There may be perverted sex urge in case Venus is
under the influence of Mars. The elder siblings of the individual
may face a hard time in life. There may be financial gain through
insurance or legacies. The time will not always be the same for
him. He may have both windfalls and hardships. Much will depend
on the condition of the Sun and Jupiter for him. If these planets
are good and powerful, he may reach a high position, otherwise
there may be trouble from authority and law. These planets can
be good for him if they occupy signs, constellations and
navamshas of planets that are well placed. Keeping the dictum in
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 24 verse 114 in mind the
individual will face trouble on account of his father if the Sun is
exalted. This will be particularly so in case Jupiter is debilitated in
the chart. He will not be prosperous and shall face trouble due to
his enemies. The waning Moon in Taurus will cause marital
problems. If a Node or Saturn is associated with the waning
Moon in Taurus, the spouse of the individual will have extra
marital relations. A waxing Moon will be wholly favourable here. A
waxing Moon in Aries would make one a kind hearted doctor. It
will also be favourable for health and debts. Mars in Leo will
cause breaks in education but it will give prosperity in its period.
Mercury in debilitation will cause the individual to have a large
number of daughters. It will make the individual gain competence
in languages. Jupiter in Gemini will separate the individual from
his father. He will live away from his father. The individual will
suffer from trouble in the ear. His ability to procreate may also
suffer a setback. It may however cause the individual to gain
through inheritance. Saturn in Aries will cause early demise of the
mother of an individual. Saturn in Capricorn will be troublesome to
the younger siblings of the individual. Brihat Parashar Mora
Shastra Chapter 14 verse 14 says that Saturn in the III house shall
destroy the individual's younger brothers. It is however noticed
that since Saturn in such a location shall be in an even sign, it will
not kill the younger brothers but may cause much trouble to
them.
Sagittarius: This individual is studious and interested in
educating himself to the utmost. He will also be close to his
mother. He will respect his father. He will love his home. He will
be balanced and scholarly. He
132 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

may be interested in religion and ancient literature. He may be


interested in teaching. When the Moon occupies Sagittarius, the
individual will like to have a peaceful life. The individual having
this sign in the ascendant will have wealthy younger siblings. The
Moon in Pisces will cause a break in education. When a waxing
Moon is in Aries, the individual will first have an able son
followed by a daughter. In case the Moon is waning, he will have
children with difficulty. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 14
verse 14 says that the Sun in the IN house shall destroy the
individual's elder brothers. The death of elder brother takes place
before the individual completes his 22nd year. The Sun in an even
sign in such a location does not kill elder brothers but causes
much trouble to them. The individual may get involved in litigation
with his elder brother. Sun in the V house will act as a catalyst for
spiritual and temporal progress of the individual. The individual
having this sign in the ascendant could be fond of music and may
have some talent in this field. He may not always be successful in
his efforts. He will be hard working. He could be reserved. Mars in
Capricorn could make him prone to suffer from thefts. He could
also have trouble in his teeth or eyes. To the individual having
Sagittarius in the ascendant speculation or games of chance may
not yield good results. His children may stay away from him or
cause worry and unhappiness to him. He will be in contact with
highly placed persons abroad. A Sagittarian usually works for
others. He could earn money through interest. When Saturn is
related to Venus or the VI house the individual could become a
physician. He may have a highly placed spouse. He could also
develop close relationships with highly placed persons in public
life. He may face danger from water if the Moon is afflicted or
badly placed. Jupiter in Pisces will keep the individual happy.
Capricorn: The individual will be wealthy. He will be very
careful with his money. Saturn in Libra will bring plenty of wealth
through the profession of the individual. He may be close to his
family and solicitous of their welfare. The Moon in Taurus tends
to increase the number of daughters. The Moon in Scorpio will not
be favourable though its location in the XI house is considered
good. The results will be slightly better when the Moon is waxing.
He may appear secretive being a man of few words. Jupiter in
Pisces or Virgo may take him abroad. He is likely to possess
extensive property. The period of Mars may not be good for his
mother. Saturn in Gemini has been extolled by Narayan Bhatt in
Chamatkar Chintamani, page 387. The favourable effects of
Saturn in Gemini shall
How to Time an Event 133

be that the individual will be well behaved and shall not suffer at
the hands of thieves, enemies or the government. The period of
Venus will be one of high position and wealth for him. However,
when a birth chart has even minor adverse influence on the X
house or Venus it will cause a fall for him from high position. He
could be an interior decorator or artisan. He will have ambition to
be a scholar. He could have interest in astrology. There may be
some trouble from authority. His wife will be fair and good-
looking. She may be moody. When the Moon is badly placed or
afflicted the married life would be badly disturbed mainly owing to
poor temperament of the spouse of the individual. When the
Moon is well placed in a birth chart, the individual may gain from
partnership with females.
Aquarius: He may live away from home. He may like to visit
unknown places. A powerful Jupiter would ensure excellent wealth
for this chart. However, if Jupiter occupies the sign, constellation
or navamsha of a planet that occupies the XII house from the
ascendant, the individual shall not be able to keep his wealth.
When Venus is well placed and strong, the individual is likely to
gain vehicles. He may be scholarly. On the other hand Venus in
Virgo will cause decline in the fortunes of the individual after his
marriage. Such a Venus may not be good for the longevity of an
individual. His profession would entail hard work. There could be
change in profession. He could be a self made man. He may
have some worry on account of his children. He may in fact have
children with difficulty. Involvement in romance may cause
awkward situations for him. Mercury in Virgo will confer good
longevity but it will tend to enhance the trouble relating to
children. His wife could be a dignified person. She may not
always agree with him. The Sun in Libra would cause decline in
fortune after marriage. There may be complications in marriage.
He may take to a job relating to communication or printing
engineering. The younger siblings of the individual could do well
in life. Mars in Scorpio or Capricorn will be good for the wealth
and status of the individual but there may be a fall suddenly. When
Mars is in Capricorn he may have to experience heavy
expenditure. The individual may be a worried person. A waning
Moon in Scorpio will cause disputes at the work place.
Pisces: The individual has chance in life to rise with little
effort if Jupiter is powerful in his birth chart. The Sun in Aries
does not permit
134 Chapter 1: Preliminaries

the individual to retain his wealth. The Sun in Libra makes for a
difficult life. The Sun in Aquarius will make him renowned. He will
earn a lot of wealth without much effort when Mars is powerful
and well placed in the chart. His younger siblings may not be
known for their good conduct. They may find life difficult. The
individual will be pushed into a life of misconduct by his younger
siblings. He may have more female children. The Moon in Taurus
as a rule causes trouble to parents. According to Saravali of
Kalyan Verma, Chapter 23 verse 15, when the Moon is in the first
half of Taurus, it will trouble the mother; it will be adverse for the
father in case it occupies the second half. A waxing Moon in
Taurus will give wealth. He may be sentimental. The Moon in
Sagittarius will be favourable for career and wealth but there will
be some problem relating to the children of the individual. The
trouble on account of children will be accentuated when the Moon
is waning. His wife may be well behaved, balanced and sensible.
He may like to maintain relations with scholarly persons. He will
have highly placed enemies. He may suffer from sexual disorders.
His domestic life will depend on his wife but there may be some
trouble caused by his father in his life. His elder siblings may stay
away from him. He may face heavy expenses. This individual will
be imaginative in nature. Venus in Capricorn will grant wealth
through dubious means, and the individual may not have elder
brothers. Saturn in Aries will cause defect in speech and mental
tension. Saturn in Cancer causes distress due to delay in birth of
children or denial of children. The wealth of the individual will not
remain steady. Saturn in Libra gives wealth and longevity but
heavy expenditure too. Saturn in Aquarius causes ill health and
heavy expenditure.
Chapter Two
The Major-Period

Analysis of Vimshottari Periods and


Assessment of their Results

The major-period of a planet delineates the trend of life over a


long span of time. It indicates the general lines on which the life of an
individual would proceed. It shows the areas in which the individual
would operate, acquire, lose, excel, achieve, experience, fail, innovate
or attempt. The specificity of results is indicated by the sub-period
because the sub-period planet indicates events with reference to the
major-period planet. This does not mean that the major-period planet
does not indicate an event that is to happen during that period. An
event that happens on a particular date shall happen during the long
span of time of the major-period, during the shorter span of time of the
sub-period and during the limited span of time of the inter-period. It is
therefore obvious that the major, sub and inter-periods will each indicate
the event. If even one of the three periods does not indicate the
event, it cannot happen during the combined periods. Suppose we are
considering the marriage of an individual and the major-period shows it
but the sub-period under consideration does not indicate marriage. It is
therefore possible that the individual will get married during the longer
time span of the major-period but the sub-period when the event
happens should be some other one.
The life of each individual consists of a few major-periods. It is easy
to see as to what events are likely to take place in a major-period. We
should then take up one sub-period of a qualified planet that is inclined
136 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

to give the result in that major-period at a time to determine the sub-


period in which the specific event should happen. Having determined
the sub-period we should again take up one qualified inter-period at a
time in the sub-period to determine the inter-period in which the event is
likely to happen. This will bring us down to a few months at the most, in
which the event is to take place. Normally, thereafter we may take up
either the annual chart or transit analysis or both as we like, to
determine the precise timing of the event. The timing of an event
becomes easier when the major-period is considered along with the
sub-periods. The timing becomes even more precise when we study the
sub-period too in the same manner with inter-periods.
2. Parashar has handled the effects of each major-period in seven to
twelve stanzas in Chapter 47 of his magnum opus Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra. In Chapter 48 he deals with the effect of major-
period of the owner of each house. He generally deals with two
owners in one stanza, devoting less than twenty stanzas to the
twelve owners. He has dealt with nine sub-periods in each major-
period in nine consecutive chapters. Each chapter has 70 to 83
stanzas. For each sub-period, remedial measures have also been
stated to counter its adverse effects if any. The overriding effect of
sub-periods is evident from the handling of the subject in Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra. Parashar deals with the inter-periods in
Chapter 61. The effects of all the 81 inter-periods are dealt with in
less than 82 stanzas. Chapters 62 and 63 of Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra deal with the finer periods. Chapter 62 handles the effect of
sookshma periods of all the nine planets in less than 82 stanzas.
Chapter 63 handles the effect of prana periods of all the nine
planets in less than 83 stanzas. Jataka Parijat does not deal with
effects of inter and other finer periods at all.

3. The analysis of the effect of inter and other finer periods many a
time becomes unproductive since the computation of such periods
becomes flawed on account of lack of accuracy in the reported
time of birth, or due to the ayanamsha used. The difference of even
a few seconds in the birth time alters the finer periods. Such a fine
computation of time of birth is generally not possible. Therefore,
barring exceptional cases, any analysis of periods beyond the inter-
period should not be undertaken.
How to Time an Event 137

Here we would like to mention that the birth of an individual is the


beginning of his life on this planet. This event refers to the
ascendant. It would also refer to the Arudha lagna. The Moon
refers to infancy of an individual. The first house from the natal
Moon would also show infancy. Therefore, if the time of birth is
correct, the major period planet should be related to the Moon,
ascendant, Arudha lagna and the Moon sign. This means that the
major-period planet in which the individual was born would
necessarily be a Factor for infancy. The sub-period planet would
indicate infancy with reference to the major-period planet, and the
inter-period planet would do so with reference to the sub-period
planet. The finer period planets would do so each with reference to
its superior period planet. We have explained this in the next
Chapter. But each of these five period planets would necessarily be
related to the Moon. By changing the time of birth slightly, if
necessary, one can easily correct the time of birth.

On Some Independent Methods of Timing


4. (A) A rough method to declare a year in the life of an individual to be
of particular good or bad effect is given by Mr. Shivnath
Jharkhandi in the appendix to his translation in Hindi of Bhartiya
Jyotish by Mr. Shankar Balkrishna Dikshit. According to him
each planet will show its result in the year stated in the table
below. The Lal Kitab has dwelt on it in much greater detail.
The years stated for all planets except Mercury are similar in
these two books. Whereas the traditional astrology ascribes a
specific year for each planet, the Lal Kitab specifies a band of
years repeating after every 35 years. This is shown in the
table below. Thus, if Jupiter operates in the 16* to 21st year, it
will again operate from 51st to 56* year and 86* to 91st year.
Rahu operates from 42nd to 47* year, but prior to it, it will also
operate from the 7* year to 12* year. Similarly Saturn will
operate from 1st to 6* year too. These spans have also been
shown in the table in parenthesis, The third span can easily be
calculated. Whenever a planet is powerful or very weak, or it is
badly afflicted by naturally malefic planets, the
138 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

relevant years in the life of an individual will bear bad effects


of the house the planet occupies or owns. A powerful,
favourable and well placed planet shall give good results in its
years. This method is very approximate and may not hold true
in all cases.
There is another use of this concept that appears to work well. It is
noticed that whenever an event occurs its karaka is related to the planet
that is ruling over the band of years at that time. The relationship
between the two planets could be through sign, constellation or
navamsha. The ruler of the band of years causing a particular event to
happen would actually be a Factor for that event. Suppose a female
individual gets married in her 24th year. The Moon rules over this year. It
shall be found related to Jupiter in the birth chart. It would also be
related to the VII houses from the ascendant, Jupiter and Arudha lagna.
Thus, the Moon would be a Factor for marriage in that female chart.
Further the Moon shall also be related to the Arudha of the VII house
from Jupiter if it is her first marriage. In case, the marriage is after the
first one, it shall be related to the suitable Arudha house. We can
therefore at a glance say whether a ruler of band of years would be the
right one by examining if it is a Factor for the event and if it is related to
the relevant Arudha house. In another chart, suppose a child was born
to an individual when he had completed 29 years of age. Mars would be
the ruler of the 30th year. Mars would be found related to Jupiter in the
birth chart. It would also be related to the V houses from the ascendant,
Jupiter and Arudha lagna. Thus, Mars would be a Factor for matters
relating to children. It shall also be related, if it is the first child, to the
Arudha of the V house from Jupiter.
It has been noticed further that when the ruler of years is related to
Mercury through sign, constellation or navamsha the ruler tries to repeat
the event. In case the ruler of years is placed in a constellation or
navamsha showing multiplicity, the event would in all probability occur
more than once during those years. In the above case if Mars were
placed in a sign, constellation or navamsha of Mercury, or if it were
under influence of this planet and is placed in a sign, constellation or
navamsha that shows multiplicity, the likelihood would have been that
the individual would have had more than one child within the band of
years that Mars rules. The concepts of Factor and relationships between
planets have already been explained. It gives us an idea of the probable
How to Time an Event 139

year of happening of an event.


This makes it very easy to determine the likely bands of years for
an event. Having determined the bands in this manner we can easily
then determine the right major, sub, and inter-period planets.
The relevant year of life in which a particular planet will show its effect
Planet Year Lal Kitab years Planet Year Lal Kitab years
th st st th nd th th th th
Jupiter 16 To 21 (51 -56 ) Mercury 32 34 to 35 (69 -70 )
nd rd th th th st st th
Sun 22 To 23 (57 -58 ) Saturn 36 To 41 (1 -6 )
th th nd th th th
Moon 24 (59 ) Rahu 42 To 47 (7 -12 )
th th th nd th th th th
Venus 25 To 27 (60 -62 ) Ketu 48 To 50 (13 -15 )
th rd rd th
Mars 28 To 33 (63 -68 )

It appears that the band of years that Lal Kitab has given is more
applicable to real charts. We give below, in chronological order from
birth, the specific years in which each planet remains operational and
prominent, and the total number of years it operates at a time. No
planet operates for more than six years. Four planets operate for six
years, two for three years, two for two years and one for one year.
st th th st th th
Saturn-(1 -6 ) Jupiter-(16 -21 ) Venus-(25 -27 )
th st st th nd
(36 -41 ) (51 -56*) (60 -62 ),
st th th st th th
(71 -76 ) - 6 yrs (86 -91 ) - 6 yrs (95 -97 ) - 3 yrs
th th nd rd th rd
Rahu-(7 -12 ) Sun-(22 -23 ) Mars-(28 -33 )
nd th th th rd th
(42 -47 ) (57 -58 ) (63 -68 )
th nd nd rd th rd
(77 -82 ) - 6 yrs (92 -93 ) - 2 yrs (98 -103 ) - 6 yrs
rd th th th th
Ketu-(13 -15 ) Moon-(24 ) Mercury-(34 -35 )
th th th th th
(48 -50 ) (59 ) (69 -70 )
rd th th th th
(83 -85 ) - 3 yrs (94 ) -1 yr (104 -105 ) - 2 yrs

Further refinement in timing can be done through transits. The


use of this tool in conjunction with the one detailed in 4(C) below is
very effective.
We shall now borrow a concept from Bhrigu Samhita and use it in
conjunction with the concept of band of years. We wish to bring it to
the notice of the reader that a planet that rules a band of years shall
during these years materialise an event relating to a karaka when it
comes in contact through progression with the karaka, through sign,
constellation or navamsha, or through traditional Parashari aspects. The
140 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

question is as to how do we determine the progression of the planet. We


have seen above that Saturn, Rahu, Jupiter and Mars each have a band
extending over six years; Ketu and Venus over three years; the Sun and
Mercury over two years; and, the Moon over one year. We take that
each planet while its band is operating begins its progression from the
place that it occupied at birth and returns to that original location within
the years of the band. Thus the planet makes a complete circuit of 12
signs from its natal position back to that position in six, three, two or one
year as the case may be. It covers the sign that it occupied at birth in
two steps that we will explain presently. In each other sign it remains for
1/12th of the total length of the band. We will explain this through an
illustration. Suppose we are considering the progression of Venus. Its
band extends over three years. In each of the 12 houses it shall remain
for 365.2564*3/12=91.31 days. Suppose Venus is at 10° in Leo. It has to
travel 20° more in the sign. This means that it would travel for
20*91.31/30=60.8 days to reach the end of the sign Leo. Once it has left
Leo, it shall remain in Virgo for 91.31 days, in Libra for 91.31 days, in
Scorpio for 91.31 days, and so on, till it reaches the start of Leo. It would
take a total of 91.31-60.8=30.51 days to reach the exact location in Leo
that it occupied at the time of birth. A Node or a retrograde planet travels
backwards or it regresses. If such a planet were in Virgo, it would go to
Leo, Cancer, Gemini, etc. Suppose Venus was retrograde in the above
illustration. It has to go from Leo to Cancer. Since it is at 10° Leo, it shall
first travel over these 10° before it enters Cancer. Therefore it will
remain in Leo for 30.51 days before it enters Cancer where it will remain
for 91.31 days, then to Gemini in which it will again remain for 91.31
days, and so on. When it has reached the end of Leo after completing
the circuit, it shall travel for 20° in the sign Leo before it would be at it
would at the place that it occupied at birth. Suppose the ruler of the
band is a Factor for marriage of the individual. We are already
acquainted with the concept of Essential Planet. When the ruler of the
band in progression simultaneously contacts the concerned karaka
(Venus or Jupiter) and the Essential Planet for marriage, the event would
materialise. We should keep in mind that the positions of the karaka and
Essential Planet shall be the natal positions.
Let us consider Chart 1-2. A son was born to the individual on June
26, 1989. He was in his 38th year. The ruler of the band of years was
Saturn. It started operating once the individual had completed 35 years
How to Time an Event 141

of age. This was on November 9, 1986. Saturn was at 17° 12'25" in


Virgo. It has to travel over 12°47'35" in Virgo. It shall progress over
Virgo for the next 77.9 days. Since Venus started progressing only
when its band started, i.e. from November 9, 1986. It was in the VI
house from the natal position of Saturn at the time of the birth. The
Arudhas of the V house from the ascendant and karaka are in Capricorn
and Scorpio respectively. The Essential Planet is Saturn. The ruler of
the band must contact Jupiter (karaka) and Saturn (Essential Planet) at
the same time to materialise the event. It must also be related to the
Arudha of the V house from the natal Jupiter then the Arudha is in
Scorpio. This happens in Aquarius. The owner of Aquarius is in Virgo
with Venus. The latter is over Jupiter in the navamsha chart. The birth of
a child shall happen during the six months Saturn is progressing over
Aquarius. This is between January 25, 1989 and July 27, 1989. This
would be in the sub-period of the Moon in the major-period of Venus.
A question arises as to how it can be determined if an event would
take place in the first band of years of a planet, or in a later one. It can
be determined in the same manner as given in paragraph 22 of Chapter
Three on Sub and Inter-periods.
(B) There is another assignment of years to the planets. This is the
natural period system as stated by Varahmihir in Brihajjatakam Chapter
8 verse 9. It is as follows:

Planet Years Planet Years


Age Length Age Length
Moon 1st 1 Jupiter 33rd to 50th 18
Mars 2nd and 3rd 2 Sun 51st to 70th 20
th th
Mercury 4 to 12 9 Saturn 71st to 120th 50
th nd
Venus 13 to 32 20

The period marked by a planet shall be favourable if the planet is


strong and well placed and vice-versa. Suppose the Moon is weak and
afflicted in a chart. The individual will have a difficult time in the first year
of his life. Here the affliction shall be by naturally malefic planets through
association or aspect. An afflicted and weak Moon points to a difficult
and delicate infancy. This is the reason behind the concept of balarishta
(trouble or demise in infancy). If Jupiter is strong and well placed, the
142 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

individual will have a happy time between his 33rd and 50th years. It will
be adverse if the concerned planet is afflicted and badly placed.
Let us take two illustrations. We will first consider Chart 1-1 according
to method (A). The individual got married in his 27th year. This year falls
within the band of years of Venus. He had children in the 29* and 33rd
years. These years fall within the band of years of Mars. We find that
Venus is a Karaka-Factor for marriage in the chart. The individual should
get married during the band of years of this planet. Mars is related to
Jupiter. The V house from the ascendant is Pisces. Mars is related to it.
The V house from Jupiter is Aquarius. Mars is in sambandha with Saturn
in the navamsha chart. The V house from Arudha lagna is again a house
of Saturn. Mars is a Factor for children. We will now consider these
events according to method (B). The natural period planet at the time of
marriage was also Venus. We have seen that Venus is the Karaka-
Factor for marriage. The natural period planet at the time of birth of the
first child was Venus. Venus is a Factor for children. The second child
was born in the natural period of Jupiter. It is the Karaka-Factor for
children in the chart.

We will consider Chart 1-2 according to method (A) first. A child


was born to the individual on June 26, 1989. This was his 38* year of
life. Saturn rules this year. Saturn is related to Jupiter. The V house from
the ascendant is in Virgo. Saturn is placed there. The V house from the
Arudha lagna is in Taurus. Saturn is associated with Venus. The V house
from Jupiter is in Cancer. Saturn is in Hasta constellation of the Moon.
Saturn is a Factor for children. Birth of a child is possible during the band
of years of Saturn. We will now consider this chart through method (B).
The child was born in the natural period of Jupiter. It is easy to see that
Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor for the event.

The method (A) is superior to method (B), since the length of a


band of years in the first method is never more than six years, unlike
method (B) that has a span extending to even 50 years.
(C) Another method is as follows. This method, as we will see in this
Chapter and the one on transit, is of immense value for fixing the
time of an event. This also works very well in conjunction with
method (A) above. Once a span of time has been determined, we
can reach the right year for the event through this method.
How to Time an Event 143

Each house starting from the ascendant represents one year in the
life of an individual. We have taken this principle from Chapter 74 verse
19 to 23 of Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra. The ascendant is the first
year of life, the II house the second year and so on. The XII house
represents the 12th year. The ascendant shall again represent the 13th
year, and so on. The Ascendant therefore represents the 1st, 13th, 25th,
37th, 49th, 61st, 73rd, 85th, 97th etc. years of life. The 13th year of life means
the year starting from the completion of 12 years of age and ending with
the completion of age of 13 years. The II house stands for the 2nd, 14th,
26th, etc. years of life. We can determine the years represented by each
house similarly.
We can determine the band of years that may yield a particular
event. A band can have at the most six years. This method helps us
determine the year in which the event should happen. The method is
stated below.
(a) Take a house corresponding to a year of life and take it as the
yearly ascendant. The chart so considered shall indicate the
events that are likely to happen in that year. We can determine
the yearly Arudha lagna in the usual manner. For example, we
can take the II house as ascendant in a chart for the second
year of life. The chart so considered shall indicate the events
that are likely to happen in that year, (b) We then take up the
karaka for the event in the chart and see if it is related to the
Arudha of the relevant house from its position. For example,
for birth of a child Jupiter should be related to the Arudha of
the V house from its natal position, (c) We take up one
ascendant at a time and see for which of the ascendants the
karaka becomes the Karaka-Factor in the chart. This means, as
we know, that the karaka is not only related to the relevant
house from its position in the chart, it should also be related to
the relevant houses from the yearly ascendant and the yearly
Arudha lagna. The ascendant and its Arudha shall change for
each year but the relevant house from the karaka shall be
constant. It will not change. In whichever year the karaka
becomes the Karaka-Factor it will most likely cause the event
to take place in that year. We can determine the year of the
event in this manner, (d) It is possible that more than one year
qualifies according to the previous statement. How do
144 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

we select the right year out of the several probable ones? If


the Karaka-Factor is related to the yearly Factor for the physical
or mental self or becomes one itself or is related to the Factor
for gain or loss in the year (depending on the expected event)
in the chart that event will materialise in that year. In case this
is not so in a selected year, we move to the next qualified year
and examine it.

We must be clear in our minds that this is merely a support to the


Vimshottari period system and should not be taken as an independent
method otherwise events would be expected to repeat themselves
every 12th year. However, this in combination with method (A) above
can be a formidable predictive tool. We get a band of years that can at
most extend to six years, and we can then determine the concerned
year through this method.
We will illustrate this method with the help of a chart given in this
work. Let us take Chart 1-1. This individual got married in his 27th year
and a son was born to him in his 29th year. This is a chart of a male.
Therefore Venus is the karaka for his marriage. The karaka for children is
Jupiter. The III house from the ascendant represents the 27th year of life.
This is Capricorn in this chart. The yearly Arudha lagna falls in Libra. Let
us first examine the karaka. Venus is in Anuradha constellation of
Saturn. Therefore Venus is related to Cancer. The VII house from yearly
Arudha lagna is Aries. Venus and Mars have exchanged signs. The VII
house from karaka is Taurus. Thus, Venus is the Karaka-Factor in his 27th
year. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is in Sagittarius. Venus is
in Pisces in the navamsha chart. It is thus related to Jupiter as the latter
occupies this sign in the birth chart. The Arudha of the XI house from
Jupiter is in Taurus. Venus owns it. Venus is also a yearly Factor for gain.

The date of marriage is February 12, 1973. The transit positions on


the date of marriage are given below:
How to Time an Event 145

A child was born to the individual on November 27, 1974. This is

Chart II-1
Transit Lagna

Transit Navamsha

the 29th year of his life. The V house of the birth chart relates to the 29th
year of his life. The yearly ascendant has Pisces. Let us examine Jupiter
as it is the karaka for the event. Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor for the
event in this year. Jupiter is related to Arudha of the V house from itself.
It is also related to Arudha of the XI house from itself and it is the
Karaka-Factor for gain. The transit positions on this date are as follows:
146 Chapter 2: The Major-Period
As we have seen, we can determine the band of years in which an

Chart II-2

event is likely to happen through the method stated in paragraph 4(A).


Having determined the band, we can determine the year of the
happening of the event through this method. Within the determined year
we can analyse the transit of the ruler of the band of years and reach
the exact date on which the event would happen. This concatenation of
usage of methods can serve as an alternative to the use of the
Vimshottari period time frame.

(D) The Bhrigu Samhita is a compilation of charts and their analyses. It


is stated that when the chart of an individual tallies with the one
analysed in the Samhita his past as described in the Samhita and
predictions stated for his future in the Samhita turn out to be very
accurate. The predictive methods used in the Samhita have virtually
remained unknown. The signs and houses play a secondary role in
the scheme of analysis. Whatever little of this great compilation
has been understood, it appears that Jupiter plays a crucial role in
it. The location of Jupiter at birth is of as great importance as that
of the ascendant. As most of the time the Samhita does not state
the ascendant, the chart is analysed through the position and
progression of this planet.

The inherent strength and principal characteristics of a chart can


be analysed through the position of Jupiter but for timing of events
Vimshottari period system is found inapplicable to a chart having the
sign containing Jupiter as the ascendant. The charts that have been
analysed in the Samhita do not have details of planetary positions etc.
The Samhita has its own system of progression of planets. With the aid
How to Time an Event 147

of this unique method of progression events are timed with remarkable


accuracy.
We can make use of some of the principles of Bhrigu Samhita in
our Vimshottari analysis. The Bhrigu Samhita says that (a) Jupiter travels
over a sign in one year whereas Saturn does it in two years six months.
The movement of these two planets is not in accordance with the
normal mathematical calculations. It is in reality more like progression.
When Jupiter is at 28° Leo at birth, it will have two more degrees to
cover before it entered Virgo. Thus Jupiter will remain in Leo for 24 days
after birth before it moved to the next sign. Thereafter, it shall remain in
each sign for a year. Such movement is not according to the ephemeris.
(b) Jupiter promotes constructive activity relating to a house and
fructification of matters through its travel when it influences the
concerned karaka, and the house or its owner, but Saturn obstructs or
delays in a similar manner. The influence of Jupiter or Saturn shall be
through occupation of or aspect to a house, or though association with
or aspect to a planet, (c) When in a birth chart Jupiter or Saturn is
retrograde, it would always travel in the reverse direction at the rate
stated above. A retrograde planet in a birth chart shall never travel
forward in the normal direction. This means that a retrograde planet in
Leo shall go to Cancer, Gemini, Taurus, Aries, etc. It shall not proceed
to Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, etc. The effect of the backward movement
through occuption and aspect shall be the same as through the forward
movement. It should thus be noticed that the movements of these two
planets are not according to the ephemeris. These are notional
movements, (d) The strength of each planet shall keep altering in its
movement. Let us suppose that Jupiter is in Sagittarius at some time
when Saturn is in Aries. Jupiter shall be considered powerful while Saturn
shall be weak. This is important for predicting events, (e) When both
Jupiter and Saturn influence a house, depending on the relative strength
an event would either happen after certain amount of obstruction (when
Jupiter in is stronger than Saturn in progression), or shall take a turn for
final failure after initial promise (when Jupiter is weaker than Saturn), (f)
It is observed that unless a house and its concerned karaka receive
influence of Jupiter, matters relating to a particular matter relating to the
house do not materialise favourably. Lastly, (g) death occurs when
Saturn in progression reaches a position from where it influences natal
Saturn and both the VIII and XII houses. Since this can happen at least
148 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

once every thirty years, no prediction should be made solely on this


consideration.

Major-period Analysis
5. We will deal with the analysis of major-periods in detail in this
chapter. The principles and facts used in this analysis will apply
mutatis mutandis to the period analyses at all levels.
6. Many a time we notice that several planets are related to a house
but all of these planets do not give results relating to the same
aspect of that house. We notice that while one such planet gives
results pertaining to one aspect of that house, the other gives
results relating to the same house but to an entirely different
aspect. For example, it is possible that out of two planets placed in
the X house none may give results relating to the profession of the
individual. While one may have a bearing on the education of the
spouse, the other planet may show results pertaining to the wealth
of his father. In the first case the planet would be found related to
Mercury as the latter is the karaka for education and in the second
the relationship shall be with Jupiter.

A planet will give results relating to a specific aspect of a house


taken from the ascendant in the birth chart in its major-period if:
(a) The planet is related to the house as taken from the ascendant.
(b) It is related to the same number of house from the Arudha
lagna.
(c) It is related to the same number of house from the concerned
karaka,
(d) The planet is related to the karaka.
(e) It is also related to the Factor for gain or loss, the self, whether
physical or mental, etc.
There is a subsidiary but very important condition. It is subsidiary
because even when it is not taken into account, we are in a position to
arrive at a correct prediction, but with it we can give a more qualitative
content to our prediction. The condition is as follows:
How to Time an Event 149

(f) The relevant house from a karaka represents a particular aspect


of human life. The VII house from Venus would specifically
represent the first wife. The VII house from Jupiter would
specifically represent the first husband in a female chart. We
know that Arudha of a house represents that matter more
strongly. Therefore Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter or
Venus as the case may be, would very strongly represent the
first husband or wife. The X house from Satyrn represents
profession. The Arudha of this house shall represent profession
even strongly. We say that a specific Factor shall materialise a
particular event in the life of an individual. Since the Arudha
relating to that event would represent that event even more
strongly, the Factor ought to be related to the Arudha of that
house as well. When we talk of first marriage, the Factor in the
major-period of which marriage should materialise, should be
related to the Arudha of the VII house from the karaka for
marriage. This would of course represent the first marriage.
The utility of this concept lies in facilitating in selection of the right
major-period planet, and in making finer improvement in the quality of
prediction. A period planet, whether a major, sub, inter or finer period
planet, cannot give the desired result unless it is related to the karaka
for the concerned event and to the Arudha of the relevant house from
the karaka. These two conditions, besides others, will have to be satisfied
by the concerned period planet.
We have seen that the VII house from Venus shall represent wife.
The Arudha of this house shall represent wife even more strongly. The
Arudha of the third house from the VII house from Venus shall represent
the second wife; etc. A Factor for marriage is likely to tell us that marriage
would take place in its major-period, but if the Factor were related to the
house of the second wife, we would know that this is going to be the
second marriage of the individual. Similarly, the V house from Jupiter
represents children. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter shall
represent the first child. The Arudha of the third house from the V house
from Jupiter shall be the second child, etc. A Factor for children should
tell us about the birth of a child but when the Factor is related to the
house of the third child, we should be able to predict the birth of third
child in its major-period.
150 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

We will enlarge on the above set of conditions in the light of Chart


II-3 to make each clear. These are all necessary conditions and unless all
are satisfied, barring the last in some cases, an event will not happen. A
planet that satisfies these conditions will give specific results in its major-
period. Therefore in real life analysis of birth charts we should examine
the major-periods in the light of these conditions. We will have the
occasion to see more of this in the last Chapter on Applied Astrology
where we have analysed real life charts to give some more practical
experience to the reader.
Chart II-3
Lagna

Navamsha
How to Time an Event 151

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

Female, January 27, 1961, 0629 hours, 28°N39', 77°E13', Time


Zone 0530 hours East of Greenwich.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 9s13°33'08" Moon Venus 11s0°28'49" Jupiter
Moon 1s21°59'59" Moon Saturn 8s29°20'25" Sun
Mars 2s7°20'18" Rahu Rahu 4s13°18'57" Ketu
Merc 9s27°29'37" Mars Ketu 10s13°18'57" Rahu
Jupiter 8s26°48'44" Sun Ascdt 9s0°31'27"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.

Condition (a): A planet shall give results pertaining to a house


from the ascendant if it is related to it. This is the basic principle. Unless
a planet is related to a house from the ascendant, events relating to that
house cannot happen in the major-period of that planet. So, if we wish
to study whether the mother of the individual will keep good health
during a particular major-period, or how would the quality of his
education be, or again whether he would acquire a vehicle or property in
the major-period of a planet, we will have to study if the concerned
planet is related to the IV house from the ascendant. In case the planet
has no relationship with the IV house, we can be sure that it would not
impinge on the affairs of the house during its major-period. A planet in
its major-period shall be indifferent to the affairs of the houses it is not
related to.
152 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Chart II-3 the individual got married and had a child in the major-
period of Rahu. Rahu occupies Cancer in the navamsha chart. This is the
VII house in the birth chart. Rahu is related to the VII house. Rahu is
with the Moon and Venus in the navamsha chart. The Moon is in the V
house in the birth chart and Venus owns the house. Thus, Rahu is
related to the V house.
Condition (b): A planet will give results relating to a house if it is
related to that number of house from the Arudha lagna. Thus, to give an
illustration, a planet that is related to the IX house from the ascendant will
give results relating to that house if it is related to the IX house from the
Arudha lagna too. This is an affirmation of inclination of the planet to
give results relating to that house. The Arudha lagna in Chart II-3 is in
Scorpio. The VII house from Arudha lagna is in Taurus. Rahu is with
Venus in the navamsha chart. The dispositor of Rahu is the Sun. It
occupies Taurus in the navamsha chart. Rahu is thus related to the VII
house from Arudha lagna. The V house from Arudha lagna is Pisces.
Venus is placed in this sign in the birth chart. It is with Rahu in the
navamsha chart.

Condition (c): The karaka for marriage in a female chart is Jupiter.


The VII house from it is Gemini in this chart. Mars occupies Gemini in the
birth chart. It is in Aridra constellation of Rahu. Further, the dispositor of
Rahu in the birth chart is with Mercury. Rahu is thus related to the VII
house from the karaka.
Condition (d): A planet will give results relating to events signified
by a karaka if it is related to that karaka. In this chart Jupiter is in a
constellation of the Sun. The latter is the dispositor of Rahu. Thus, Rahu
is related to the karaka for marriage and for children.
Let us take another example. If we are considering wealth, Jupiter
is the karaka for it and the II house represents it. Suppose a planet is
related to Jupiter, the II houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and
Jupiter. It will deal in its major-period with matters relating to wealth of
the individual. We should not however say that it would not deal with
other matters relating to the II house. It may be related to Mercury and
the II house from it and therefore may be inclined to deal with the
speech of the individual too.
Condition (e): An individual develops a very close relationship with
How to Time an Event 153

certain individuals. These are his children, parents, siblings, spouse, and
sometimes friends. He also comes in very close long term contact with
some others like his boss and direct subordinates, colleagues, partners,
etc. Disease, journeys, accidents, injuries, acquisitions, incarceration,
hospitalisation etc. are matters that too involve his physical self. In such
matters, and they have to be thought out each time since it is impossible
to give an exhaustive list, the major-period planet has to be related to
the Factor for the physical self (ascendant, Arudha lagna, the Sun sign).
There could be other matters that do not directly affect the physical
self, but they have a bearing on the mental state of the individual. In fact
every action directed to or of an individual has a reaction in his mind.
The mental self feels that it was affected or was the doer in the act, thus
leading to accumulation of karmas. In matters like humiliation, the
physical self generally remains unscathed but the mental self is mauled.
When an individual attains a high position, his physical self is unaffected
but the mind experiences a sense of importance, arrogance, happiness
and elation. In such matters the Factor for the event must be related to
the Factor for the mental self.
If an individual has to gain or lose, the Factor shall be related to the
concerned Factor for gain or loss. Birth of a child is the gain of a child.
Marriage is gain of a spouse, etc.

Condition (f): We notice that the Factor is related to the relevant


Arudha for the event. Thus, if we are considering first marriage, the
Factor for marriage shall all be related to the Arudha of the VII house
from Venus or Jupiter as the case may be. This facilitates selection of
the right planet as the Factor. Let us consider the marriage of the
individual and birth of her first child in Chart II-3. Both of these events
took place in the major-period of Rahu. The VII house from Jupiter is in
Gemini. The Arudha of this house is in Leo. This is the house for first
husband. Rahu occupies it. The V house from Jupiter is in Aries. The
Arudha of this house is in Leo. This is the house for the first child. Rahu
we have seen is placed in this sign. The second child of the individual
was born in the major-period of Jupiter. The V house from Jupiter is
Aries. The III house from this is Gemini. The Arudha of this house is in
Leo. Jupiter is in a constellation of the Sun. The dispositor of the Sun in
the birth chart is with Jupiter.
154 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

PRACTICAL HINT: A planet that is related to the karaka and


concerned houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna, and karaka, gives
the result relating to a particular event in its major-period. In short, a
Factor for the event gives rise to that event in its major-period.
A planet related to a karaka in a birth chart should be examined for
the houses it is the fit receptacle for. When it is related to those karakas
for which it is the fit receptacle, it shall be able to give results relating to
those matters in its major-period.
Suppose a planet is related to Mars in the birth chart. Suppose it is
also related to the IV houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and
Mars. It shall give results relating to the property of the individual. If it is
not related to the VI houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and
Mars, it shall not cause any injury or enmity. If it is related to the VIII
houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Mars, it shall cause major
injury or accident. Thus, a planet related to Mars and different houses
shall clearly tell us as to what it is going to do in the domain of Mars and
what not. This shows that a planet related to a karaka will not give
results relating to all the significations of the karaka.
A look at a birth chart shall be able to tell us as to what could
transpire in the major-period of a planet. We will first locate the
relationships that the planet has with other planets. The relationship with
other planets shall be the relationship with different karakas. (a) Only
matters relating to these karakas would materialise in the major-period
of this planet. No other matter would emerge during the major-period.
Suppose a planet is not related to Jupiter in a male chart. There shall be
no developments relating to children, wealth, his liver, his elder siblings
etc., during the major-period of this planet. Suppose a planet is not
related to Saturn. The individual cannot die in the major-period of this
planet. Suppose a planet is not related to Rahu in the birth chart. The
individual cannot go abroad during the major-period of this planet.
Suppose a planet is not related to the Sun. The individual should not
aspire to get a high position during the major-period of this planet.
Suppose a planet is not related to the Moon. Nothing relating to his
mother or home would happen in the major-period of this planet. These
illustrations can be as numerous as we wish, (b) Having determined the
karakas that the planet has relationships with, we should take up one
karaka at a time and according to its significations examine whether the
How to Time an Event 155

planet is a fit receptacle for that signification. We will thus be able to


determine as to which of the various significations the planet would give
results of. To illustrate, suppose the planet is related to Saturn. Saturn
signifies disease, danger, loss etc. Suppose the planet is not related to
the VI house from the ascendant. It cannot be a fit receptacle for
disease as it has to be related to the three VI houses from the
ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn to be one. The planet will therefore
not cause disease in its major-period. Suppose further that the planet is
related to the VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and the
natal position of Saturn. It shall cause danger for the individual as it shall
be a fit receptacle for it. Suppose again that the planet is not related to
the XII house from Saturn. It shall not then be a fit receptacle for loss.
The individual will not suffer from loss in the major-period of Saturn.
7. (A) The nature and quantum of results that a planet will give in its
major-period will depend on the strength of the planet, as per
Chapter 47 verse 3 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, the
strength of the house it occupies, the matters for which it is a
Factor, the Factors that it is related to and the sambandhas
that the planet forms with other planets.
(B) A planet could be a Factor for a matter represented by a house,
say the VII house for marriage, and it could also be a Factor for
disputes. Its tendency would be to cause disputes,
dissatisfaction and bickerings in marriage. On the other hand a
planet could be a Factor for marriage and also of another say
the V house for happiness. It would cause happiness and
friendliness in marriage. Let us consider the following chart
taken from October 1998 issue of the Astrological Magazine.
The individual died in the Bombay blast of 1993. She was
killed on March 12, 1993 in the major-period of the Moon. The
Moon is a Factor for longevity and is also a Factor for end.
The VIII house from the ascendant in the chart is Sagittarius.
Jupiter is in Aries. This is a neutral sign to Jupiter. Jupiter is in a constellation
of Venus. Venus is a great enemy of Jupiter. The Moon is with Jupiter. It
is inimical to Jupiter. Jupiter occupies Scorpio in navamsha. We have
seen that Mars is not friendly to Jupiter. The Sun occupies Sagittarius in
navamsha. It is neutral to Jupiter. Mercury also occupies Sagittarius in
navamsha. It is inimical to Jupiter. Jupiter is in Scorpio with Mars and
156 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

Saturn in the navamsha chart. Saturn is again inimical. Mars as we have


seen is not friendly. Not even one placement or association that Jupiter
has is friendly. Thus, the VIII house from the ascendant is weak. The
other two houses are coincident. The VIII house from Arudha lagna and
Saturn are Virgo. There is no planet in the sign in the birth chart.
Mercury as we have seen is in an inimical sign. It is associated with an
inimical Sun. Mercury is in Moola constellation of Ketu. Ketu being like
Mars is naturally inimical to Mercury but on temporal basis it is friendly to
it. Therefore it is neutral in the resultant relationship to Mercury. Mercury
is in its own navamsha. It is with the Moon in the navamsha chart. It is
highly inimical to the Moon. The owner of the house is extremely weak.
Rahu occupies Virgo in the navamsha chart. This is a friendly position.
Thus, this VIII house also does not have much strength. Saturn is the
karaka for longevity. It is in its mooltrikona sign. It is with highly inimical
Mars and inimical Jupiter. It is also in a highly inimical Dhanistha constellation
of Mars. The longevity of the individual shall have to be short.

Chart II-4
Lagna
How to Time an Event 157

Female, December 15, 1964, 1604 hours, 18°N58' 72°E50', Time

Navamsha

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

Zone 0530 hours East of Greenwich.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 8s 0° 08'18" Ketu Venus 7s 1° 50'48" Jupiter
Moon 0s 9° 34'43" Ketu Saturn 10s 6° 34'51" Mars
Mars 4s 24° 54'22" Venus Rahu 1s 29° 38'53" Mars
Merc 8s 8° 1'25" Ketu Ketu 7s 29° 38'53" Mercury
Jupiter 0s 23° 53'06" Venus Ascdt 1s 1° 12'27"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
158 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

The Moon is related to Saturn. Saturn is the karaka for death. The
Moon is capable of causing death. We should see the kind of death that
the birth chart indicates. The Moon is in a prishthhodaya and violent
sign. The VIII house from Mars is Pisces. There is sambandha between
Mars and Jupiter. Mars is related to Mercury through Jupiter and Ketu.
Thus, Mars is the Karaka-Factor for extreme violence. The Moon is in
Aries with Jupiter. Thus, the Moon has strong influence of a violent
Mars.
8. The general signification results that a planet gives in its major-period
are not dependent on its relationship with different houses that
qualify it for Factorship. But when we are considering the major-
period of a Factor we ought to examine the signification of the
Factor too. This will give us new insights in our analysis. Parashar
says in Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra, Chapter 47 verse 2 that there
are two kinds of results in a period, viz., general and specific. The
signification (karakatwa) of the planet produces the general results.
The location of the planet in a house etc. produces specific results.
Therefore, many a time these results add to the overall analysis of
the planet.
The location of a major-period planet, the planets that the major-
period planet is in sambandha with and the relationships that it enters
into with houses determine the nature of general signification results
that it gives in its major-period.
The strength of the major-period planet, the strength of the house
that it occupies and the influence that it receives too shall determine its
general signification results. The following considerations will add to,
amend or subtract from the results.

A planet in association with the owner of the V or IX house shall


give favourable results in its period according to Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra, Chapter 48 verse 10.
The location of Saturn in a sign of Jupiter will make Saturn give
positive general signification results. As a special case, Saturn in Scorpio
for Aquarius ascendant will give wealth through out the life of an
individual.
The location of the Moon in the III house will make it give both
positive and negative general signification results.
How to Time an Event 159

Phal Deepika in Chapter 20 verse 55 and Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra


in Chapter 48 verse 20 have condemned the period of a planet in the
VIII house.
When the location of a planet is adverse but it is powerful
otherwise, the results will be mixed and the period may be characterised
by both positive and negative results.
If the Moon is within 72° of the Sun, the results in its period will not
be satisfactory irrespective of its location.
It is noticed that favourable and unfavourable locations for a planet
do not cancel each other out. The planet gives both favourable and
unfavourable general signification results in its periods.
A combust planet is not expected to give positive general
signification results especially if it is associated with a naturally malefic
planet. The combustion of planets is indicated in birth charts. If Jupiter
is combust the negative results will be confined to the beginning of the
period. Thereafter the period will be positive. The individual during such
a period may also go on a pilgrimage.
The association of a Node with a naturally malefic planet for the
chart will make the planet give highly negative general signification results.

9. Results Relating to General Significations of Planets: We have seen


that each planet owing to its signification is inclined to give certain
results in its periods. These could be good or adverse according to
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 47 verse 3, depending on
the strength of the planet. When the planet is weak, badly placed or
afflicted by naturally malefic planets the general signification results
shall be adverse. The sage has also stated specific conditions for
each planet when it is likely to give good or adverse results. These
have been recorded below at appropriate places. From the reading
of these conditions, it is clear that in most cases, they follow certain
laid down rules, but in some exceptional cases it appears that these
rules have been transgressed. Then these are to be taken as axioms
that can only be verified through experience. The quantum of result
will be based on the strengths of the planet, house occupied and of
the dispositor. Uttar Kalamrita, Phal Deepika and Jataka Parijat too
have given general signification results for the period of each planet.
These have also been included in the details given below.
160 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

Not all of these works distinguish between circumstances when a


planet is likely to give favourable results or otherwise. We will now
describe the general signification results for each planet in its period
as laid down by Parashar in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter
47, and by Uttar Kalamrita, Phal Deepika and Jataka Parijat. The
result of a planet in the VI house shall be adverse in case the
planet is afflicted or weak. A powerful planet will not be wholly
adverse. The circumstances in which the planet is expected to give
good or bad general signification results and the type of results are
recorded below.
It must be borne in mind that the results stated below are indicative.
Each of the probable result should be analysed further to be sure of
their validity. However, these indications are valuable and should always
be closely studied.

Sun

Positive
The Sun is likely to give good results if it is in Aries or Leo. It will
give good results if it is placed in the XI house, in an angle or a triangle.
It will give even better results at any of the aforesaid places if it is
associated with the owner of the IX or X house. It will give good result if
it is powerful.
There shall be great happiness. The individual will acquire wealth.
The government will honour him. The favour of and income from the
government and attainment of high position of authority can also be
anticipated. The period will also make good clothes and abundant
agricultural income available to the individual. The father of the individual
will be happy and prosperous. The individual will be able to live happily,
in prominence and comfort. The individual may be inclined to take up
yoga and spiritual practices. A son will be born to him when the Sun is in
sambandha with the owner of the V house. He will acquire all kinds of
wealth and vehicles if the Sun is in sambandha with the owner of the II
house. He will get good and comfortable vehicles when it is in sambandha
with the owner of the IV house.
How to Time an Event 161

Negative
When the Sun is debilitated, placed in a house of the Adverse Trio
with a malefic planet, is associated with a Node, is weak or is associated
with an adverse planet the results will be bad. If the Sun is under
favourable aspect of a beneficial planet, there shall be some relief and
happiness during this period. If the aspect is by a malefic planet, the
adverse results will be intolerable.
This will be an adverse time. The individual will suffer at the hands
of the government. He will be dishonoured. He may face opposition
from his relatives, friends and acquaintances. There may be popular
opposition to him. His father or elderly paternal uncle may die or he may
have to face all kind of problems. The number of enemies of the individual
will multiply. There may be an accident involving fire. He will face failure
in his efforts and loss of wealth. The individual may suffer from heart
ailments or may have severe digestive malfunction. The individual may
have low vitality or may suffer from fever. There may be inauspicious
events at home. He may have to leave his native place and undertake
fruitless journeys. According to Jataka Parijat Chapter 18 verse 59, he
may face trouble or loss on account of animals. He will have disease in
stomach, eye or his teeth. An elder male member of the family or the
father of the individual may face trouble. According to Phal Deepika,
Chapter 19 verse 18, the individual will suffer from burning in the eyes.
He will lose his servants. He may suffer loss due to animals or fire.

Moon

Positive

When the Moon is full and powerful and associated with a beneficial
planet, it is expected to give good results. Such a Moon in Taurus or
Cancer, in an angle or triangle, or in the XI house will give extremely
favourable results. The good results will be accentuated several fold
when such a powerful Moon is associated with a powerful owner of the
IV, IX or X house.

There will be wealth, happiness, gain and comforts through out the
period. There will be auspicious events at home. The individual will
162 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

have the facility of vehicles. He will be close to the seat of power. There
will be success in his enterprises without much effort. This period will
bring happiness and high position to the individual. The individual will
gain white or good clothes. A child may be born to the individual. There
will be huge income if the Moon is powerfully placed in the II house. He
may acquire good assets and items of luxury. He will fare exceedingly
well at studies. According to Kalidas, the author of Uttar Kalamrita Chapter
6 verse 7, the mother of the individual will be happy. The individual may
get land and buildings during this period; and, he may get tanks dug and
other philanthropic works carried out. He may go abroad on a journey
that may result in wealth and pleasure. According to Jataka Parijat
Chapter 18 verse 72, the individual will get married or may get women.
He will turn wealthy. He may suffer from rheumatic trouble. According to
Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 7, the individual shall be happy.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 19, the individual will be
able to gain from mantras.

Negative
When the Moon is debilitated or waning, it will cause loss of wealth.
When it is powerfully placed in the III house, it will cause both happiness
and pain. If it is weak and afflicted, it will cause mental pain and bodily
discomfort. It will also cause trouble through servants or mother and
loss of wealth. The mother of the individual will be unhappy. A weak and
afflicted Moon in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio will cause trouble
through the government. It will make the individual mentally disturbed.
The mother of the individual will face unhappiness. The individual will
not have the sense of physical well being. When the Moon is powerfully
placed in one of the three adverse houses, it will cause both loss and
profits. The individual will be happy and disturbed from time to time.
According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 7, in the period of a
negative Moon the individual will have a miserable existence. There will
be loss of wealth. He will annoy others. He will suffer from fever and
poor health. He will not have mental peace. He will have to deal with
some trouble or the other in the family all the time. His opponents will
have an upper hand over him. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18
verse 72, the individual may suffer from rheumatic trouble and suffer
loss of wealth.
How to Time an Event 163

Mars

Positive
When Mars is associated with or receives aspect from a beneficial
planet, and is exalted, is in its own sign, in an angle or triangle, or placed
in the II or XI house, it will give good results. A strong Mars placed in an
angle or the III house is also favourable. The period will be favourable.
The individual may reach a high and powerful position in life. There may
be gain of wealth, property and valuable assets. He may have authority.
The government may honour him. He is also likely to get vehicles. He
may make a mark for himself in a foreign country. His siblings will be
happy and prosperous. The individual will be successful in his endeavours.
His income will increase. He will be able to get the better of his opponents.
He will win cases in courts. He will be happy with his wife and children.
The government will honour him. He will earn wealth through his own
efforts. The individual can earn well from sheep or goat rearing or from
business, trade or enterprises dealing with electricity or fire. He will be
courageous and assertive. He will have a clear and logical mind. He may
make a mark for himself as a surgeon. The start of the period will be
favourable. The period may end with some unfavourable results.
According to Jataka Parljat, Chapter 18 verse 83, the individual will
gain from property, factory, fire or vehicles. He may take up a profession
of arms or get into trading. He may take to drug business or such
vocation for which firmness is required. The individual will defraud others
successfully. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 8, the individual
will become wise. He will have a clear and logical mind. His enemies will
suffer and get routed. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 20,
the individual will gain from his enemies. He will be in the good books of
the government and shall receive favours from it. His farms will yield
good produce.

Negative

When Mars is placed in one of the Adverse Trio houses, and it is


debilitated or weak and it is associated with or receives aspect from a
malefic planet, the period will give highly unfavourable results. Mars also
gives adverse results when it is associated with a malefic planet or it is
164 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

under aspect from such a planet. The individual will suffer because of
his properties and fire. He will be involved in several disputes and litigation.
He may suffer wounds or may have diseases of blood. He may have
serious trouble with his eyesight. His siblings will find life difficult. They
may fall out with the individual. Government may cause problems for
him. The individual may be attracted to immoral persons of the opposite
sex and he may suffer losses on their account. There may be general
distress and loss of wealth. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse
9, the individual will work hard to make his employer wealthy.

According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 83, the individual will


have diseases relating to bile or blood. He will have fever. His relations
with his wife will sour due to a woman of easy morals. His relations with
his children, relatives and guru will also turn sour. According to Uttar
Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 8, the younger brother or sister of the
individual will face a difficult time. The individual will face the ire of the
government. He may get injured or suffer from wounds. He will suffer
losses due to fire or property. He may get involved in disputes. His
eyesight may give trouble. He may suffer from ailments in the eye.
There may be problems arising out of weapons.

Rahu

Positive
When Rahu is in an angle or a triangular house, exalted, in its
mooltrikona sign, own sign or in Virgo, it is likely to give very good
results. Rahu will give similar results when it is associated with or has the
aspect of beneficial or yogkaraka planets, placed in an angle, or triangle,
or in the III or the XI house or in a favourable sign. Rahu is generally
favourable in a sign of Mercury. The individual will be very happy. He will
have wealth and property. His superiors and friends will help him achieve
the desired objectives. He will acquire vehicles. A son will be born to
him. He will construct new houses. He will be religiously inclined. There
will be happy events in his life. A foreign government will honour him.
There will be much cause to celebrate. He will acquire new clothes and
assets. The individual will be in a position of authority. The individual
How to Time an Event 165

may gain through foreigners or through such means that could not be
considered above board.
Another authority states that a beneficial Rahu will ensure
successful journeys, promotion and enhanced income from transport,
speculation or gambling. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse
95, the individual will go abroad during this period. Rahu in Aries, Taurus
or Cancer will give wealth and status. The individual will lead a happy
family life. Rahu in Taurus, Cancer, Leo or Virgo will improve wealth and
status of the individual considerably. Rahu in Virgo, Sagittarius or Pisces
shall give wife, children and wealth. The individual will reach a high
position. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 13, the individual
will have excellent finances. He will have a very high status. The individual
will go on pilgrimages. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 15,
the individual will be successful in his ventures and wealthy and shall
become well known.

Negative
Rahu in the VIII or XII house causes endless troubles in its period.
Similar will be the result if it is in sambandha with a maraka planet or
associated with a malefic planet. A debilitated Rahu is equally
troublesome. Rahu in a sign of Jupiter, particularly in Sagittarius, should
be examined carefully. During this period, the individual is likely to lose
his position, property and reputation. He will be highly perturbed and
confused. He will suffer financial losses and his wife and children will
have a difficult time. The Nodes, when adverse can cause unending
trouble during their periods. There may be an unsuitable change of
residence. The major-period of an unfavourable Rahu is characterised
by loss of health and wealth in the beginning of the major-period; gain of
wealth and improvement in condition in his own country in the middle;
and loss of position, change of residence and renewed troubles at the
end. There is likelihood of deception and fraud.

According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 95, discomfort and


loss of position shall mark the period. The individual will be separated
from his family. He will develop health problems. He will become
controversial and shall be involved in disputes. According to Uttar Kalamrita,
Chapter 6 verse 13, there may be danger from reptiles, weapons, fire,
166 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

poison or disease. Persons from lower stratum of society may harm the
individual. He may suffer a fall or face enmity. According to Phal Deepika,
Chapter 19 verse 21, the individual is likely to be in danger of being
poisoned or he may suffer losses. The individual may develop trouble in
the head or eyes. There will be trouble from the government too.
According to verse 14, the individual may have trouble in his feet or lose
his position. He may develop trouble on account of theft, fire or weapon.
His children and relatives may face difficulties. Lowly placed persons may
cause trouble to him. He may be disgraced. He may be relocated. He
will be unsuccessful in his ventures. He will be mentally disturbed due to
his troubles.

Jupiter

Positive
Jupiter yields good results if it is exalted, or is in its own or mooltrikona
sign. It is also conidered good in Leo and Aquarius. It is beneficial if it is
in an angle, triangle or in the XI house. It will give good results if it is in
its own or exalted navamsha. The individual will come by wealth, vehicles,
learning and success. He will enjoy good health. He will turn religious.
There may be birth of a child in the family. He will enjoy power and high
status. It may see marriage of a female individual or a happy married life.
He will have an excellent house. His ambitions will be fulfilled. He will live
in comfort and shall be happy. His elder siblings or in a female chart the
husband of the individual may experience a happy period in their lives.

Negative
Jupiter, when debilitated, combust or associated with a malefic
planet and placed in the VI or VIII house, shall be troublesome. Such a
Jupiter causes loss of position, removal from residence, distress to
children, mental disquiet, and loss of wealth. He may go on pilgrimages.
The individual may have malfunctioning of liver or raised blood pressure.
A female individual may experience marital stress or her husband may
have trouble. The eldest child or the son of the individual may not fare
well in life. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 47 verses
How to Time an Event 167

49-51, the unfavourable results will be felt only at the commencement of


the period. During the rest of the period, the individual will still enjoy the
munificence of Jupiter. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse
10, the individual will not have good relations with his father. He may
suffer from tuberculosis. According to verse 22, the individual will have
trouble in the ears. He will develop cough and cold. The individual may
lose his father or a senior uncle

Saturn

Positive
Saturn should be exalted, in its mooltrikona or own sign, in a friendly
sign, in exaltation in navamsha, own or its mooltrikona navamsha, or in
the III, IX or XI house for good results to come about. It gives good
results in an angle or triangle, in Sagittarius or Pisces; or, in association
with or under aspect of a beneficial, particularly a yogakaraka planet.
There will be prosperity from activities in which labour is engaged, or
from agricultural or mining activities. The individual will be religious. He
will conform to social norms. He may assume a position of responsibility.
He will be successful and earn a name for himself. He will turn wealthy.
He will have a good house to live in. He will have vehicles and ornaments.
He will do well in academics. He may get married. Children may be born
to the individual. He will be happy and comfortable. Saturn will grant a
high position, good clothes, an enthusiastic disposition and vehicles.

According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 23, the individual will


gain from trouble or war in which his country would be involved. He will
also gain through his servants. He will employ persons.

Negative

Saturn placed in the VI, VIII, or the XII house, in debilitation, or


when combust will show adverse results. There may be danger from
poison or weapons. He may lose his job or position. He may lose his
parents. His wife and children may face illness or adversity. There may
be displeasure of the government leading to losses or imprisonment. He
may be involved in litigation. There may be industrial dispute, trouble
168 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

from labour or insubordination from the employees. There may be loss


of wealth and property. The individual will be in danger of falling seriously
sick or he may be paralysed.

According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 13, the individual


may be involved with a mature woman. He may suffer losses in business
and agriculture. He may talk rudely. He may be separated from his family.
His wife and children may fall sick. According to verse 23, the individual
may suffer from rheumatism, gout, cough or piles. There may be burning
in his hands and feet. His wife and children may have an unhappy time.

Mercury

Positive
Mercury in exaltation, in its own or friendly sign; or in an angle,
triangle or the XI house tends to show good results. A powerful Mercury
will show exceedingly good results if it has the aspect of a beneficial
planet; is placed in the IX house; or, is the owner of the X house.
The individual will keep good health and earn very well. He will be
successful and highly prosperous. He will gain from writing, publishing,
friends, brokerage, trade or travelling. His will be a happy family. He, his
wife and children will do well in life. The family will keep good health. He
will become learned and well known. He will have good and favourable
contacts with the government. His conduct will be worth emulating. He
will be virtuous. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6, verse 9, the
individual may go abroad during this period.

Negative
When Mercury is associated with or under aspect of a malefic planet,
the individual will face opposition from the government. He will find it
difficult to maintain his mental equilibrium and physical well being. There
will be enmity with his relatives. He may go abroad. He will depend on
others. He will have to face opposition. He may have to suffer from
urinary trouble. When Mercury is placed in a house of the Adverse Trio
the individual will suffer losses, and will not lead a comfortable life. There
will be rheumatic trouble. He will suffer from jaundice. There will be
How to Time an Event 169

danger from the government, thieves and fire. He will lose his property.
He will sign documents without due thought and care and will face the
consequences of such an act. The individual will have mental tension
and nervous trouble. He will be unsuccessful in his endeavours and
suffer losses. He may have to travel a lot without much benefit. There
may be enmity with businessmen.
The individual will experience prosperity, academic success, and
happiness from children at the commencement of the period. The
government will honour him in the middle of the period. Towards the
end of the period, there will be distress.
According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 9, there may be loss
of relatives, irritability, clouding of the intellect and trouble from traders.

Ketu

Positive
Ketu in an angle, XI house, in a triangle, in a beneficial sign, under
aspect of a beneficial planet, in its own, mooltrikona or exaltation sign
shall give good results. Ketu in a sign of Jupiter is favourable. The individual
will receive favours from the government. He may get a good position.
He will acquire vehicles and a child may be born to him. He may go on
long tours. He will be comfortable. He will be happy with his wife and
children. Ketu in the III, VI or XI house shall also give favourable results.
The individual will have ruling powers, good relations with others, and
wealth. The individual will be daring and be able to suppress his enemies.
He will gain by taking bold decisions. He will gain from friends.

A positive Ketu will give rajyoga at the commencement of the


period. In the middle, it will create a situation when the individual will
constantly be apprehensive of his safety and the welfare of his family.
At the end of the period, he will undertake journeys to far off places and
he may have physical discomfort.

According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 14, the individual will


gain from a foreign government or organisation. He may successfully
compose poetic works.
170 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

Negative
Ketu associated with or under aspect of a malefic planet and placed
in the II, VIII or the XII house is not favourable. Ketu in a sign of Mercury
is also troublesome. A debilitated Ketu or when its dispositor is debilitated
or badly placed in an Adverse Trio house will also be troublesome. In
such cases the individual may be incarcerated, his larger family may have
troubles, he may be anxious all the time, he may lose his position, and
he may have to give up his house. There will be loss of wealth. He may
suffer from mental depression. He may have to live in the company of
persons whom he does not like. He and his family may also keep poor
health.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 17, the individual may
develop boils. He may face a slanderous accusation and may have to
leave his homeland. He may be very unhappy. There may be diseases of
teeth and feet. There may be danger from weapon, fire, enemies or
government. Phal Deepika has stated specifically in verse 25 that the
individual faces sorrow or mental imbalance due to women during this
period.

Venus

Positive
An exalted Venus is extremely favourable. It shall also be favourable
if it is in its own sign, or in an angle or triangle. The individual will attain
a high position. He will acquire vehicles and wealth. He will get delicious
food. He will enjoy music and dance. When Venus is in its mooltrikona
sign similar good results are expected. The individual will get married. If
he is already married, he will have a pleasant life with his wife and
children. There will be a lot of entertaining at his place. Others will also
continuously entertain him. When the planet is so placed, the individual
may recover in this period his lost wealth and position. He will be happy
in life with women, and due to enhanced income and accumulating
wealth. He may go overseas on pleasure trips. He will succeed at business
of luxury or fashionable goods. He will lead a luxurious life.
How to Time an Event 171

When Venus is placed in the I or IV house as owner of the IX or X


house, the individual will be happy and comfortable. He will rule over a
territory. He may build a temple or tank. He may feed others. He will be
wealthy and known. He will get married and shall have children.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 12, the individual
may go on a cruise. The government may honour him. He will be happy
because his desires would be fulfilled. He will gain from agriculture and
international trade. Women will help him. He becomes wealthy according
to verse 26.
Venus in Aswini constellation is considered favourable. It is also
favourable in the XI house.

Negative
Venus in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio or in debilitation
and associated with a malefic planet or under its damaging aspect will
make the individual fall out with his relatives and friends. There may be
separation from these relatives and friends. Married life will usually be
the first casualty. Relations may sour or the wife or his children may
keep sick all the time. There will be losses in business. The individual
may suffer from kidney trouble or disease in the sex organs, urinary
system, or the prostate. If the individual is unmarried, marriage will be a
difficult proposition during this period. If Venus is the owner of the II or
VII house, the individual may not keep good health.

According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 11, the individual


may develop a venereal disease. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19
verse 26, the individual may lose an elder in the family. His relatives will
face adversity. He may be mentally disturbed.

10. Results of the Period of a Planet: These considerations are very


important. These will give specific results referred to by Parashar.
These results are again indicative and pointers for analysis in the
right direction. We must counter check these results through the
Factor analysis. This section has six parts.
The first is the analysis of the results of the period of a planet that
has its sign in a house. Parashar in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter
7 verse 43 has stated that for assessing the results of a house, its
172 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

owner ought to be closely analysed.

The second is the analysis of the results of the period of a planet


that occupies a house. The sign in the house will certainly modify the
results. A planet could be debilitated or exalted owing to the sign. It
could be in its own mooltrikona. Such considerations would alter its
strength and therefore its capacity to give results and their quality.

The third consideration will be the relationship a planet has with


various houses. This also takes into account the first two above in a
general way. We have already studied the manner in which a planet
gets related to houses. When the major-period of a planet operates, the
planet will give results of the houses that it is related to. The results due
to the Factorship would emerge.
The fourth part of this analysis is the assessment of results due to
linkage formed between two houses. We have clarified earlier in Chapter
One that planets have basic and specific relationships with houses. A
planet can own or occupy a house. Finer relationships are based on
basic relationships. Finer relationships arise due to the location of a planet
in a sign, navamsha or constellation. The owner of the sign, navamsha
or constellation occupies another house. Similarly a planet gets into a
sambandha in a birth or navamsha chart. The planet with which it is in
sambandha occupies another house. This also gives rise to a linkage.
Thus, certain linkages are formed that are enumerated ahead, (a) The
owner of a house forms a linkage with a house when it occupies another
house. For example, let Mars be in the IV house in a chart having Libra
ascendant. Mars shall own the II and VII houses. The owner of the VII
house shall be in the IV and a linkage between these two houses will be
set up. Similarly a linkage will be formed between the II and IV houses,
(b) When there is sambandha between two planets, the houses occupied
by the two shall be related. A linkage will be formed between these two
houses. Further, each house that one planet owns would form linkage
with the, house that the other planet occupies, (c) A linkage is also
formed between two houses when a planet, occupying a house, is
related to another house through navamsha or constellation. Suppose
Mars is placed in the II house in Swati constellation of Rahu and the
latter occupies the IX house. A linkage between the II and IX houses
shall be formed. Similarly, suppose Jupiter occupies Cancer in the II
house in a birth chart and the Moon is placed in the III. A linkage
How to Time an Event 173

between the II and III houses is formed. To give a third illustration,


suppose in a birth chart having Capricorn ascendant Mercury is placed in
Pisces in the III house and occupies Leo navamsha. If the Sun occupies
the IV house in the birth chart, a linkage is formed between the III and
IV houses, (d) We should also consider the specific relationship. Suppose
a planet projects an aspect to within 5° of the sensitive point of a house
or within the orb to a planet occupying the house. The concerned planet
shall link the house the planet occupies and the house that receives the
aspect, (e) In the preceding case the houses the planet owns shall also
be linked to the houses receiving the aspect. The effect of this linkage
shall be experienced to a lesser extent though. It must however be
noted that the results given for linkages are independent of karakas and
they are therefore general in nature. Depending on the respective karaka
used in defining a Factor the related effect should be picked out of the
general description. The following description is subject to the above
consideration.
Parashar has mentioned in Chapter 24 verses 145-148 of his Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra, that the results of location of the owner of a
house in another house will depend on the strength of the owner and the
house, and the influence that the owner and house receive. He has
further stated that if a planet owns two houses it may give contradictory
indications for the same matter. In such a case, the two results will
cancel each other out. All other different results will come to pass.

Some more information on results relating to linkage can be found


in our work on predictive astrology. Most of the results stated by Parashar
are axiomatic in nature, and they should be accepted as they have been
given. However, in addition to what the sage has said, the other results
too arising out of linkage between two houses should be taken into
account. Let us take the case when the owner of the VI house is placed
in the IV. This may lead to disturbance of mental peace for the individual.
Parashar has dealt with this linkage in verse 64 of Chapter 24 of Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra. He does not mention this result presumably
since this is easy to deduce.

Here a statement made by Parashar in verse 7 of Chapter 23 of


Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra assumes tremendous importance. It says
that just as results are deduced from the ascendant for the individual,
174 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

similarly deductions may be made for younger brothers and other relatives
from the III and other houses respectively. This is supported by Phal
Deepika Chapter 15 verses 20 and 25. We should take the house that
represents a relative as the ascendant for that relative and deduce
matters relating to his life from the chart of the individual. Suppose we
are considering younger brother/sister, The III house in the chart of the
individual will be taken as the ascendant for the younger brother/ sister.
His wealth will be judged from the IV house. His children will be judged
from the VII house, etc. Therefore, the linkages formed between two
houses and other analyses, as discussed above, will also indicate results
for various relatives of the individual. This should however be used for
initial exploratory analysis of the chart. Here two considerations have to
be kept in mind. Firstly, we know that the Factor for siblings shall
indicate the results relating to them according to the influence it receives
of other Factors. If a Factor for disease influences a Factor for father, his
health shall be delicate during the major-periods of these two Factors. If a
Factor for wealth influences a Factor for siblings, they shall experience
matters relating to wealth during the major-periods of these two planets,
etc. This is the view of the life of the sibling from the eyes of the
individual whose chart is being considered. There is a second view too.
This is by taking the Arudha of the III house from Mars. This would
represent the eldest among the younger siblings of the individual. When
we take this Arudha as the ascendant, we are in a position to analyse
the life of another individual. This analysis would give us the
psychological and physical personality of the sibling, his mental make-up
and all other aspects of life that we wish to analyse.
The fifth is the analysis of the results from a karaka. We have
already referred to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 7 verses 39-
43. Parashar has said that details regarding a relative may be assessed
from the same number of house counted from the karaka for the relative
as the house that represents the relative from the ascendant. We are
already using this principle as fundamental to our analysis. We need not
dwell on this any further.

The sixth is the effect of placement of each planet in a sign. It is


described in detail in our previous work on predictive astrology. The
placement of a planet in a sign makes it give certain unique results. The
method to determine such results is given earlier.
How to Time an Event 175

11. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 14, if the owner of a


house is well placed, occupies its own or friendly sign or the sign of
its exaltation or is retrograde it will give very good results. We can
also take that the owner will give good results if it occupies its
mooltrikona sign. On the other hand, if the owner is placed in an
inimical sign or the sign of its debilitation, is combust or it occupies
one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant the
results shall be unpleasant. In sum, a strong planet as assessed on
the basis of criterion stated earlier in this work shall yield favourable
results and a weak one shall not do so.
According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 3 verse 63
Chaukhamba edition, a planet in exaltation will be capable to give its full
favourable result. The result will be 75% if it occupies its mooltrikona
sign. It will be half in its own sign. In a friendly sign, the planet will give
25% result. When it occupies a neutral sign, the result will be 12.5%. In
an inimical sign, or when the planet is combust or debilitated, there will
be no favourable result. This is only an illustration as to how important a
role the strength of a planet plays.
The statement of Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 57 too is worth
taking note of. It says that even when a planet is debilitated, combust or
is placed in an inimical sign, it shall give mixed results in case it occupies a
good house in a birth chart and is placed in its friendly, own, mooltrikona or
exaltation sign in the navamsha chart. The good effect of the period
shall be visible in its second half. Varahmihir in Brihajjatakam states the
reverse too. According to him the period would still be a mixed one in
case the planet is in its friendly, own, mooltrikona or exaltation sign in a
birth chart but it gets debilitated in the navamsha chart or occupies an
inimical sign there.

The following is a general assessment of each house based on the


strength of the owner of the house. Secondly, since matters pertaining
to each house are generally represented by different Factors, they could
take shape according to the strength of each Factor. Thus, suppose we
are considering the Factor for physical self. When the Factor is strong
good results pertaining to physical self shall manifest in the major-period
of the Factor. Let us again take as an illustration the IV house. A Factor
for education, when strong, shall give good education. A Factor for
vehicle if weak will cause problems relating to vehicle or may ensure
176 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

that the individual is not able to afford a vehicle. Both the matters relate
to the IV house from the ascendant but the effect of varying strength of
Factors shall bring out differing results. Thirdly, the strength of the
house shall also be a major player in determining results relating to that
house. When the house is strong, matters pertaining to the house shall
flourish, and vice-versa.

I House
Good health and prominence could be the result if the owner is
powerful and well placed. The signification of the planet will determine
the manner and area of rise of the individual. For example, if the Sun is
the owner of the first house, the individual will achieve prominence in or
due to government. If it is Mercury, he may excel in literary or
communicative activity. If it is Venus, he may become highly proficient in
fine arts or dramatics; and, again if it is Jupiter, the excellence may be in
the field of finance, academics or teaching, etc. He will be successful in
his endeavours. He will be happy. The aspect of Jupiter on the
ascendant or on a planet that would have caused blemish in the
character of the individual would be sufficient to remove the adverse
effects. A powerful owner of the ascendant under influence of Jupiter is
a sure indication of a blameless and virtuous character. If the planet is
weak there could be distress. The individual may suffer from restriction
on his freedom. The owner of ascendant that is not placed in an inimical
sign and is neither combust nor debilitated, but alone in an angle makes
the individual happy. Whenever there is an exchange between the
owners of the ascendant and another house, matters relating to the
concerned house flourish.
According to Jataka Parijat Chapter 18 verse 42, an individual will
suffer heavy loss of wealth or expenditure and face enmity during the
sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of the owner of the I house.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 15, an owner of the I
house that is debilitated, is placed in one of the Adverse Trio houses, is
in an inimical sign or is combust shall cause fear in the mind of the
individual. He may have to live incognito. He may come under threat of
incarceration. He may feel that his liberty is restricted. He may also lose
his position or the residence that he occupied due to his high position.
How to Time an Event 177

He may keep poor health. He may be mentally disturbed. According to


verse 2 a powerful owner of the ascendant will raise the $tatus of the
individual. He would lead a comfortable, happy and healthy life.
According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 13 verse 1
Chaukhamba edition, the owner of the I house in one of the houses of
the Adverse Trio with a malefic planet will cause physical discomfort and
unhappiness. The influence of a malefic planet on the ascendant or the
Moon without influence of a beneficial planet will give similar results.
The owner of the I house will cause illness when it is combust, debilitated
or placed in an inimical sign. Beneficial planets in angles and triangles
ensure good health. Beneficial planets in the I house make one
handsome.

II House
There may be addition to the family if the planet that owns the
house is powerful and properly placed. Such a planet will also ensure
happiness because of children or members of the immediate family. The
individual may get a favourable communication. When the planet is
under aspect of a waxing Moon the individual is likely to get wealth,
happiness and comforts. This house represents education of the individual
in his childhood. If period of the owner operates at that time, the
individual will do well at school provided the planet is well placed and
powerful. The individual may earn well due to his proficiency in speech.
If the planet is weak there could be mental and physical distress. The
individual could be indiscreet in his speech. The sub-period of the owner
of the house or of a planet occupying the house can be troublesome
according to Parashar. The individual may fall out with his friends. The
sub-period of the owner of the II house when weak and afflicted can
cause marital discord.

The sub-period of the Sun, Mars, Saturn or Rahu will cause heavy
loss of wealth in the major-period of malefic owner of the II house. The
sub-periods of these planets in the period of an owner that is associated
with or placed in the sign of a malefic planet too will show similar results
according to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 43. The individual will also
face ire of the government.
178 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 3, the individual will


enjoy good meals in the period of a beneficial owner of the house. He
will earn well through his speech. He will be praised for his eloquence.
His family will prosper. He may receive a favourable letter or news. A
weak owner of the house according to Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse
15 will cause eye trouble. The individual will not be able to talk properly
in an assembly. His family may disintegrate. He may suffer from disease
in the mouth. There may be trouble through the government and loss of
status.
The Moon, when powerful, occupying a triangular house under
aspect from Venus will ensure good eyesight throughout the life of the
individual.
Beneficial planets in the II house give polite and pleasant speech
to the individual, malefic planets there will do the reverse.
The individual will become an astrologer if the owner of the house
is powerful and Mercury occupies an angle.
Kalyan Verma in his magnum opus Saravali Chapter 34 verses 18 to
20 says that Jupiter in the house under aspect of Mercury, Mercury in
the house under aspect of the Moon or a weak Moon in the house
under aspect of Mercury will cause heavy loss of wealth. On the other
hand the Moon receiving aspect of Jupiter or Venus will make the individual
prosperous. Jupiter and Venus in the II house show prosperity for the
individual. This is a rajyoga too. The owner of the house in the II or X
house shows that the individual will be wealthy.
The II house when related to the V house shall give wealth through
creative work, increase in family and much love and affection among
the family members. Its relationship with the XII house can bring about
separations in the family and loss of wealth.

Ill House
Younger brother/sister of the individual could prosper in case the
owner of the house is powerful. The individual will be popular. He will
get to hear favourable reports and news. He will succeed in his
endeavours. He may be put at the head of a body of men or an
How to Time an Event 179

organisation. If the planet is weak or afflicted, the individual will have


trouble from his younger brothers / sisters, they may develop adverse
relations with him, and generally there shall be unfavourable results.
According to Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra, Chapter 70 verse 24,
the third sign from the sign that Mars occupies is the house that would
also determine courage, matters relating to younger siblings and valour.
This is the standard principle of the relevant house from the karaka
being representative of the matter that the house from the ascendant
stands for.
According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 45, the individual
may face trouble from enemies and thieves in the sub-period of a malefic
planet that is associated with the owner of the III house. Parashar has
categorically stated that the Sun could cause death of elder brother if it
occupies the III house; Saturn could similarly be adverse for the younger
brother and Mars could be bad for both elder and younger brothers.
The individual will not have siblings if the owner of the sign occupied
by the Moon goes to the III house.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 16, the individual
may lose his younger sibling, he may face public criticism and he may be
defeated in the period of an afflicted or weak owner of the house. He
may face problems caused by his secret enemies. The exaltation of the
owner of the III house from the Moon will imbue the personality of the
individual with virtues. The same effect will be seen in case the owner
of the III house from the Moon is in the IX house from the ascendant.

IV House
The individual will acquire property and vehicles in the period of the
owner if the planet or house is powerful. He will have profits from
agriculture and property. The individual will have plenty of immovable
property if Mars is placed in an angular or triangular house in a birth chart
and the powerful owner of the ascendant is under the influence of a
beneficial planet. The association of the owners of the IV and X houses
in an angle or a triangular house shall give the individual a palatial house.
He may get admission to the college of his choice. His education will
180 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

proceed smoothly. He will have a good house to live in. He will have
domestic peace and happiness. His status will improve. If the planet is
weak the mother of the individual will suffer and there may be adverse
results with respect to the assets of the individual. He may face danger
from water. He may be mentally disturbed.
According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chaukhamba edition,
Chapter 70 verse 22, the IV sign from the sign occupied by the Moon
would also determine matters relating to mother, village and residence.
According to verse 29, the fourth sign from the sign occupied by Mercury
shall determine matters relating to clan and friends.

According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 47, a malefic owner


of the house may cause loss of position, removal from residence and
opposition from relatives and friends in the sub-period of a malefic planet.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 5, the individual will gain
from agriculture and enjoy a happy domestic life in the period of a
favourable owner of the house. He may acquire vehicles and immovable
property. His status may improve. He will help his relatives. When the
planet is weak it will cause trouble and unhappiness to his mother,
relatives and close acquaintances. He may face complications relating to
his house or farm. He would be in danger from water. A malefic planet
in the house shall cause trouble to the father in its period. The individual
takes to travelling after the death of his parents if there are two malefic
planets in the house. Trouble to mother could be foretold in the period of
the Moon when it is associated with or receives aspect from malefic
planets. Such malefic planets too shall cause trouble to the mother in
their periods. The mother will experience difficult times in the period of
the Moon when malefic planets hem it in. Malefic influence on the VI
and VIII houses from the Moon with no mitigating beneficial influence is
also indicative of trouble to the mother. The trouble could take the form
of death of the mother when the adverse influence is intense. An
exchange between the owners of the ascendant and IV house will make
the mother of the individual long lived. The longevity would be good for
the mother in case the owner of the IV house is powerful and is placed
in a triangular house from the Moon. The owner of the III house and the
Moon in a house of the Adverse Trio will cause immediate death of the
mother of the individual after birth.
How to Time an Event 181

All adverse indications for the individual and for his mother in a birth
chart would be erased if Jupiter and Mars join together or Jupiter projects
an aspect to Mars according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 11
verse 8, Chaukhamba edition.
The individual will live in his place of birth when a fixed sign is in the
ascendant and the owner of the ascendant too occupies a fixed sign.
Jupiter and Venus in mutual aspect make one a mathematician.
The relationship of the IV house with the XII shall cause loss relating to
matters of the IV house. It could cause loss of mother, house, vehicle or
property. The particular area of loss can be determined through the use
of karaka as has been clarified elsewhere. A planet that relates the IV
house to the XII from the ascendant is likely to cause a change of
residence for the individual. A planet relating the IV house to the IX
could make the individual go abroad and live there. However, without
use of the right karaka such statements can only be conjectures.

V House
The individual will acquire academic excellence, high position, children
and happiness through them when the owner of the house is powerful.
His children will do well in life. He will be honoured. A weak planet owing
the house will cause stomach trouble.

According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 48, the individual will


face trouble from the government in the sub-period of a malefic planet
in the major-period of the owner of the house. The period of a beneficial
owner of the house shall cause the individual to progress steadily on
spiritual path. He will have happiness from his children. He may turn
wealthy. He will have favour from persons in authority.

According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chaukhamba edition,


Chapter 70 verse 31, the fifth sign from the sign occupied by Jupiter
shall also be the house that would determine matters relating to children,
knowledge, and religious inclination of the individual.

There are a very large number of methods that profess to be able


to give the number of children that would be born to an individual but in
practice most of these do not work. We shall first give the method
182 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

that has worked well. We will then give the other methods for the
knowledge of the reader, (i) This method seems to work well. To
determine the number of children determine the V house from karaka
Jupiter. Take the Arudha of this house. See as to how many planets
occupy or project aspects to the house. The aspects shall be according
to to the traditional rules. Further see the number of planets that
associate with or get into sambandha with the owner of the Arudha. The
number of children shall be according to the number of planets so
identified, (ii) According to Chapter 70 verse 33 of Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra the number of navamsha occupied by the owner of the V house
shall determine the number of children. Thus, if the owner of the V
house is Venus and it is at 10° 22' in Aries it shall be in the 4th navamsha
of the sign. Thus, the individual is likely to have four children, (iii) An
alternative view given in Chapter 17 of Hora Sara is that the number of
completed navamshas by the owner of the V house shall determine the
number of children. In this case the number of completed navamshas is
three. The individual should have three children, (iv) The number of
completed navamshas of the planet that occupies the V house is also
said to give the number of children, (v) According to Chapter 17 of Hora
Sara the number of completed navamshas by the karaka Jupiter shall
indicate the number of children, (vi) Yet another view is that the number
of navamsha would mean the number of sign in the navamsha chart that
the planet owing the V house occupies. This means that Taurus would
be the second navamsha, Capricorn the tenth etc. This number would be
equal to the number of children the individual would have, (vii) It is also
taken that the number of children shall be equal to the number of signs
that separate the sign that the owner of the V house occupies in the
navamsha chart from the sign in the birth ascendant. Suppose the owner
of the V house is in Cancer navamsha. If the birth chart has Gemini in
the ascendant, Cancer shall be the second sign from Gemini. The
individual will have two children. This method is given in Shuka Nadi.
(viii) We will now consider two methods given by Jaimini. According to
Jaimini Sutras we should draw the Saptamsa chart. See whether the
ascendant in the chart is odd or even. When the sign in the ascendant
of the Saptamsa chart is odd, take the V house from the ascendant in
the chart as the ascendant for the first child, the third house from the V,
i.e., the VII house as the ascendant for the second child, the third house
from the VII, i.e., the IX house as
How to Time an Event 183

the third child, etc. The house or the owner of which meets a Node in the
Saptamsa chart shall determine the last and youngest child. When the ascendant
in the Saptamsa chart is an even sign, count the V house from the ascendant in
the reverse direction. It would be the IX house from the ascendant. This would be
the ascendant for the first child. The third house from the IX house counted in the
reverse direction shall be the VII house. This would be the ascendant for the
second child. The V house in this manner shall indicate the third child, etc. The
house that has a Node or the owner of which meets a Node shall be indicative of
the last child, (ix) It is also considered in Jaimini system that the number of
planets that occupy or project aspects to the V house from the ascendant shall
determine the number of children. The aspect shall be according to the Jaimini
system. In this system all movable signs project aspects to all fixed signs and
vice-versa except the adjacent ones. Therefore Scorpio and Libra shall not
aspect each other. All common signs project aspects to each other. Thus,
Gemini will project aspect to Sagittarius. A planet in a sign that projects aspect to
another sign shall be considered to be projecting an aspect to that sign and to a
planet in it. Thus, if Venus is in Aquarius, and Mars in Taurus, they shall project
aspects to Libra. If Jupiter occupies the V house in Libra and Venus and Mars
project aspects to the house, the individual is expected to have three children.
The gender of the child would be according to the gender of the concerned
planet and influence on it.

The number of siblings can also be determined in the same manner.

We know that a planet will give a result in its major-period if it is a Factor for
it. If it is under influence of Mercury strongly and the common signs and
constellations indicating multiplicity are involved it should make the event happen
more than once in the major-period of the planet. If it were not so the event would
happen only once. The Factor would give the result when its major-period runs.
We can determine planets the sub-periods of which in a major-period would give
the expected result. If the Factor is going to cause the event to materialise only
once, only one sub-period will yield the result. The number of eligible sub-periods
could be more than one if the Factor were going to cause the event to happen
more than once in its major-period. The number of eligible sub-periods could be
the number of times the events would
184 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

take place. It could also happen more than once in the same sub-
period. Multiplicity in a major-period will happen when conditions for it
are satisfied.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 6, the individual will
offer hospitality to and receive it from his friends when the owner of the
house is powerful. He will lead a pleasant life. He may get the post of a
minister or a counsellor. The individual would be praised and honoured.
When the planet is afflicted or weak the individual may be worried on
account of his children. The combust or afflicted and weak owner of the
V house may cause trouble to or even death of children. The individual
may be defrauded. He would have to travel aimlessly. He may suffer from
stomach trouble. The government of the region may take him to task.

According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 16 verse 13 the


owner of the V house associated with the Moon occupying a drekkan
owned by the Moon shall give only daughters to the individual. A drekkan
is the one-third division of a sign. Saturn or a Node in the house causes
miscarriage. The Sun and Mars in the house may destroy children. The
individual would be childless if the Sun occupies the ascendant and
Saturn the VII house. The association of the owner of the V house in a
favourable angle with Jupiter will ensure birth of children to the individual
despite adverse influence on the house. The aspect of Jupiter on the
owner of the V house will also have a similar effect. In fact, when a
planet occupying the ascendant or the IX house, associated with the
owner of the ascendant or the V or projecting an aspect to one of these
owners has the aspect or association with Jupiter, Venus or Mercury the
birth of a child is assured. A planet beneficially associated with the Sun
will also be capable of giving a child. The individual will get a child early
in life if the owner of the V house is powerful and it receives aspect from a
beneficial planet.

The individual would not like to have children if the Sun and the
owner of the V house in birth chart occupy a sign owned by Saturn.
When these planets go to a sign of Mars, the wife of the individual will
have such disinclination.
The wife of the individual will beget a child from some other man
according to Saravali, Chapter 34 verse 28 when the V house has a sign
How to Time an Event 185

of Saturn having aspect of Mercury but it does not have aspect of the
Sun Mars or Jupiter. Similar effect should be predicted if the house has
the sign of Mercury with Mercury therein, and the Sun, Mars or Jupiter
does not project an aspect to it. According to Saravali, Chapter 34 verse
29 when the V house has the sign of Mercury or Saturn with the owner
therein and has the aspect of the Moon, the individual adopts a child.
According to Saravali, Chapter 34 verse 41 children will die as they are
born when Mars occupies the V house without favourable influence. If
Jupiter or Venus projects an aspect to it only the first child will die.
When the owners of the ascendant and V house are associated in a
sign of a planet that is inimical to them, there could be loss of children.
Such a location of the owner of the V house in association with the
owner of the ascendant will damage other matters related to the V
house too. The individual could be irreligious and an atheist. This principle
is uniformly applicable. If instead of the V house the owner of the III
house is so involved there could loss of younger siblings. The children
will live long if the owner of the V house occupies a sign of a beneficial
planet and has the aspect of a beneficial planet too. According to verse
42, Mars or Saturn in the house indicates distress or sickness to the
individual, the iocation of Mercury, Jupiter or Venus therein indicates
happiness and prosperity.
A relationship between the V and XII houses is generally bad as it
threatens separation from, loss of, or deprivation of happiness from
children.

VI House
If the planet owing the house is powerful the individual will have
good health and his enemies will not trouble him. He will be powerful
and wealthy. This period will bring trouble from thieves, enemies and
diseases if the planet or house is weak. There will be mishaps. Others
will impose themselves upon him. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter
20 verse 7, a powerful owner of the house shall help the individual keep
sound health. He will overcome all opposition. He will be powerful.
According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 18 verse 13,
Chaukhamba edition, a malefic planet in the VI house, the owner of the
186 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

house too associated with a malefic planet and Saturn associated with
Rahu will keep the individual in poor health.
According to Chapter 18 verse 27, Chaukhamba edition, the
individual will have fear from dog in his 10th or 19th year of life in case the
owners of the ascendant and the VI house join each other in the VI
house. Verse 26 Chaukhamba edition states that an exchange between
the VI and XI houses shall cause loss of wealth due to enemy in 31st
year of life.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 17, there will be
thefts in his house in the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the
house. The individual will feel financial inadequacy. He may keep
unsatisfactory health. He may develop boils. People will misbehave with
him. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 49, there will be fear
of losses through fire in the sub-period of a malefic planet in the major-
period of the owner of the house. Such a sub-period will also cause
disease and trouble from the government. The individual may face
disgrace or reduction in status in such a sub-period. A malefic planet in
the house shall cause trouble to the mother in its period. Jatakabharnam,
Chapter on Transits, verses 27 and 28, state that the Sun represents
the head, the Moon throat and chest, Mars the back and abdomen,
Mercury hands and feet, Jupiter the waist and thighs, Venus rectum and
testicles and Saturn knees. When the planet concerned reaches a
position that is adverse (in one of the Adverse Trio houses, in combustion,
in debilitation or in some other unsatisfactory state) it causes trouble in
the concerned part of the body.
According to Varahmihir, a person having the Sun in the navamsha
of the Moon and vice-versa in his birth chart, or these two planets
together in Cancer or Leo, will suffer from tuberculosis or similar other
lung disease. Further, according to him, Saturn in the VII house and
Jupiter in the ascendant will cause rheumatism. When Mars replaces
Saturn in the VII house, the sanity of the individual will be jeopardised.
According to Jatakabharnam, Chapter on Adversity verse 14, Mars in
the V, VII or IX house and Saturn in the ascendant will cause rheumatism.
The same verse also states that a waning Moon and Saturn in the XII
house too will cause rheumatism.
When Aries, Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn or Aquarius
rises in the ascendant, and a malefic planet projects an aspect to the
How to Time an Event 187

ascendant, the individual, according to Varahmihir turns bald. According


to him, the individual will be weak-sighted if the Sun in the V or IX house
receives malefic influence. When Mars replaces the Sun in this
combination, he may have some deformity. Saturn so placed will keep
him in poor health all his life. Malefic planets in the II, V, IX and XII
houses threaten the liberty of the individual. Similar could be the result if
the owner of the ascendant is afflicted and the rising drekkan is either
serpent or fetter. The last drekkan of Cancer, the first drekkan of Scorpio
and the last drekkan of Pisces are termed as serpent (sarpa) drekkans
according to Phal Deepika Chapter 3 verse 13. The first drekkan of
Capricorn is the fetter (nigad) drekkan on this authority.
According to Jatakabharnam Chapter on the VI House, verse 2,
malefic planets destroy disease and enemies through their aspect or
occupation of the house. On the contrary beneficial planets so related to
the house promote these aspects in the life of the individual.
This house represents service under someone. Therefore, malefic
planets in this house or associated with the owner of the house cause
trouble in service during their periods. When the owner of the house is
debilitated or afflicted, then too similar results will follow.

VII House
The sub-period of the owner of the house can be troublesome
according to Parashar.

A powerful owner of the house with influence of beneficial planets


gives wealth and status. The individual will enjoy life. There will be
successful partnerships in business. The individual will travel purposefully
according to Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 8, during the period of
powerful owner of the house. When the Moon is in the house with
Mercury, Jupiter or Venus, the individual will be very wealthy. According
to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 49, during the major-period of the
owner of the house and sub-period of a malefic planet the individual
may have to travel aimlessly or go abroad. An individual will stay at a
distant place in the major-period of a planet that is related to the Arudha
of the VII house from the natal Moon. When Rahu is related to the
Arudha it shall be a distant foreign country.
188 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

The planet that owns the VII house, when powerful, will ensure
marriage of the individual or a happy married life. Location of favourable
or yogakaraka planets in the VII houses from the ascendant and Venus/
Jupiter (depending on the gender of the chart) will make the married life
of the individual happy and long. He may solemnise a marriage at his
home. There could be distress to wife if the planet is weak, debilitated or
combust. It may cause losses because of the opposite sex. Venus with
a malefic planet anywhere in birth chart is an indication that the wife of
the individual may die early. The combined aspects of the Sun and
Jupiter on either the ascendant or the VII house will cause very early
death of the wife. The location of the dispositor of Venus in a house of
the Adverse Trio too will shorten the life span of the wife. The wife of the
individual will always keep poor health when the owner of the VII house
is a malefic planet and a malefic planet occupies the house. If this
combination occurs simultaneously in the II house the individual will
remain unmarried. According to Varahmihir when alongwith waning Moon
in the V house and malefic planets in the VII and XII houses, a malefic
planet also occupies the ascendant the individual will remain unmarried.
The Sun in the house makes the wife of the individual barren. The Sun in
the VII house with malefic influence will cause the spouse to neglect the
individual. The domestic life will be happy in case the owner of the II
house has no affliction and it is well placed. This will be further
confirmed in case the owners of the II and VII houses are together in a
friendly sign and good house. The location of the owner of the II house
in the XII with the Moon indicates incompatibility between married
partners and early separation. If the owners of the ascendant and the IV
house are associated in the ascendant in a birth chart, the wife of the
individual will live mostly at her mother's place.

Venus in the VII house imparts beauty to the breasts of the wife of
an individual.

When the Nodes occupy the I/VII axis the spouse remains under
the control of the individual. The location of Saturn and Mars in the VII
house puts a question mark on the moral character of the wife of the
individual. Venus in the navamsha sign of Mars or Saturn under aspect of
the respective planet; and, the Moon, Saturn and Mars in the VII house
will turn the couple morally depraved according to Varahmihir.
Jatakabharnam, Chapter on the VII House, verse 7 states that an
How to Time an Event 189

individual and his wife would both be of loose morals when the VII
house has a sign of Mars or Saturn and either of these planets projects
an aspect too to it.
When the owner of the house occupies a sign that Venus or Saturn
owns and has the aspect of a beneficial planet, the individual is likely to
have more than one wife. Similar result may be expected if the owner of
the house occupies its own sign or is exalted, and receives aspect of a
beneficial planet. The location of the owner of the VII house in a
movable sign imparts an inclination to marry more than once. The location
of the owner of the VII house in a fixed sign may not cause multiple
marriages. However if the only aspect that Venus receives is of the full
Moon or Jupiter, the individual will marry once and the married life will be
happy. The association of the owners of the II and VII houses in an
angle or a triangular house shall also have the same effect. When the
Karaka-Factor for marriage has the influence of Mercury, and is in a sign
or constellation that shows multiplicity, an individual is likely to marry
more than once. In this respect the birth chart of Elizabeth Taylor is very
instructive. If a Factor for marriage has similar influence, the individual may
marry more than once in the major-period of that Factor. The owners of
the ascendant and VII house associated in one of these two houses
indicate that the individual would have two wives. Venus in Cancer or a
dual sign is the surest indication of more than one marriage. The
association of Venus with a malefic planet also points to this fact.
According Saravali Chapter 34 verse 46 the individual would marry a
widow in case the Moon occupies the VII house with Saturn.
A waning Moon in the V house and malefic planets in the VII and
XII houses place the individual under the control of his wife. Venus with
the Moon; and, Mars with Saturn in the VII sign from Venus will keep
the individual unmarried.

Let us take the birth chart of Shri Yogananda Parmahamsa, a


renowned Kriyayogi who passed away in 1952 in USA. He came from a
good family and was highly spiritual from his early childhood. He became
a disciple of Swami Sri Yukteswar Giri and renounced the world. He was
deputed by his guru to spread the light of spiritualism in the West. He
went and established a centre in the USA. He, in the true tradition of
Indian spiritualism, had remained unmarried.
190 Chapter 2: The Major-Period
Male, January 5, 1893, 2038 hours LMT, Gorakhpur, UP, India,

Chart II-5
Lagna

Navamsha

26°N45', 83°E24', Time Zone 0533 hours East of Greenwich.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 8s23°12'46" Venus Venus 7s24°44'30" Mercury
Moon 4s03°14'27" Ketu Saturn 5s20°13'27" Moon
Mars 11s13°18'54" Saturn Rahu 0s12°41'37" Ketu
Merc 8s00°55'28" Ketu Ketu 7s12°41'37" Rahu
Jupiter 11s23°51'23" Mercury Ascdt 4s06°38'32"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
We know that the XII house from natal Saturn shows denial. The
sign Leo is placed in the XII house from Saturn and the Moon occupies
How to Time an Event 191

it Saturn is in Hasta constellation of the Moon. Saturn is thus related to


the XII house from its natal position. Saturn is in Cancer in the navamsha
chart. This relates Saturn to the XII house from the ascendant. The XII
house from Arudha lagna is Pisces. Mars and Saturn are in sambandha
with the Moon in the navamsha. Mars is in Uttarbhadra constellation of
Saturn. Mars occupies Pisces. Saturn is thus the Karaka-Factor for denial.
Venus is similarly the Karaka-Factor for marriage and spouse. Venus is in
a navamsha sign of Saturn. Venus is in Jyestha constellation of Mercury.
The latter is in association with the Moon in the navamsha chart. We
have seen the close relationship that the Moon has with Saturn. Thus,
the Karaka-Factor for denial is related to the Karaka-Factor for marriage.
The denial of marriage in the chart is clear. We notice that this is a
bachelor's chart.
Malefic planets in the IV and VIII houses from Venus will cause
death of the wife of the individual from fire. The wife will die due to a fall
if malefic planets hem in Venus. Mars in the VII house with only malefic
influence will cause early death of the spouse. The location of the owner
of the VII house in a house of the Adverse Trio is also indicative of the
same effect. The loss of wife will take place early according to
Jatakabharnam Chapter on VII house verse 14 when Rahu in the house
is hemmed in by Mars in the VI house and Saturn in the VIII. According
to Jatakabharnam Chapter on Female Horoscopy verse 20 a malefic
planet in the VIII house shall cause death of spouse in the life of the
individual. It further says that the death of husband would happen in the
major or sub-period of the owner of the navamsha sign in which the
owner of the VIII house is placed. Jatakabharnam is also of the view in
this verse that placement of a beneficial planet in the II house from the
ascendant would mean that the female would die before her husband.
According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 49, the wife of the
individual could face trouble or may even die during the major-period of
the owner of the VII house and sub-period of a malefic planet. The
individual may be separated from his wife according to verse 18 when
the planet is weak or afflicted. The individual will face adverse
conditions in life due to his wife.

Marriage will give rise to prosperity if the owner of the VII house
and Venus are placed in III, VI, X or XI house from the ascendant. In
this case, association of these two planets is not necessary. Marriage will
192 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

be followed by misfortune, according to Chapter 20 verse 64 of Prasna


Marg, when the owners of the I, II and VII alongwith Venus are badly
placed, combust, debilitated or in inimical signs in the navamsha chart.
Prasna Marg has given certain combinations for timing of marriage.
These combinations are effective. We will give some important
combinations for timing of marriage. The elegance of these combinations
lies in their simplicity, (i) According to Chapter 20 verses 59 and 60,
marriage will take place early in life if the owner of the VII house is a
naturally beneficial planet and it is associated with the owner of the
ascendant, (ii) Marriage would take place early if Venus is powerful in
the chart and it is associated with the owner of the ascendant, (iii)
Venus and the owner of the VII house in angular houses too indicate
early marriage, (iv) When the owner of the VII house is close to the
owner of the ascendant, or a naturally beneficial planet is near the
ascendant or VII house, the individual will get married early in life, (v)
Saturn and Mars in the VII house receiving the aspect of a beneficial
planet will delay marriage, (vi) The owners of the ascendant and VII
house close to each other, or one owner close to the other house in
birth chart indicate early marriage. This is a strong indication and is
capable of over ruling the influence of Saturn on various VII houses, (vii)
The individual would marry early in case the ascendant, II and VII
houses have beneficial planets in them. On the other hand, when these
three houses and Venus are afflicted, the marriage of the individual will
be delayed, (viii) According Saravali Chapter 34 verse 56 the individual
will remain unmarried when Venus and Mercury occupy the VII house.
In this case he will also not have any children. He will marry at an advanced
age if this combination receives aspect of a beneficial planet, (ix) According
to Jatakabharnam Chapter on the VII House, verse 3, when the house
has beneficial sign and planets, and aspect of such beneficial planets,
the individual would get married early. Such influence by malefic sign
and planets will delay marriage and if it has the influence of both beneficial
and malefic planets, marriage will take place after obstructions and failures,
(x) Verse 13 says that when Rahu occupying the VII house receives
aspect of two malefic planets the individual either remains unmarried, or
loses his wife early if he marries at all. (xi) However, Rahu in the VII
house and the owner of the VII house powerfully located in an angle will
give much sexual pleasure to the individual through his marriage.
How to Time an Event 193

According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 18 verse 3, the


location of Venus in this house makes the individual highly sexed. The
individual may have attraction for prostitutes if Mercury occupies the
house. The individual may marry a relative of his if powerful Mercury
occupies the VII house. An exchange of navamsha signs between Saturn
and Venus makes the individual very highly sexed. The individual would
indulge in oral sex with a female (since the analysis has been male-
centric in the classics, this would mean a heterosexual contact) when
Venus occupies a sign of Mars in the birth or navamsha chart and Mars
influences Venus. When Saturn replaces Mars in the above combination,
the individual does it with a male (since the analysis has been male-
centric in the classics, this would mean a homosexual contact). According
to Jatakabharnam verse 12 of Chapter on Female Horoscopy a female
shall be homosexual if there is exchange of signs between Venus and
Saturn in the navamsha chart and there is mutual aspect between the
two. The same result should be expected when there is a sign of Venus
in the ascendant and the ascendant in the navamsha chart has Aquarius.
According to Varahmihir when Venus occupies the VII house with either
of the combinations relating to Mars and Saturn referred to above, the
individual will be a philanderer.
A question is put to astrologers regularly. People wish to know if a
male or female will marry a particular female or male respectively. The
answer to this query has three elements for analysis, (i) We know that
the VII house from the karaka represents the spouse. The Arudha of the
VII house from Venus in the birth chart of the male shall be the
strongest representation of the persona of the first wife. It should
therefore be closely related to the Arudha of the place that the Sun
occupies in the chart of the female. Similarly, the Arudha of the VII
house from Jupiter (first husband) in the chart of the female should be
closely related to the Arudha of the place the Sun occupies in the male
chart. When both these conditions are satisfied in the charts of male
and female it shows that the two would have marital relationship at
some juncture in their lives. We can with some changes analyse for any
wife/husband.

Incidentally, if the Arudha of the place that the Sun occupies in a


birth chart were related to the Arudha of the place of the Sun in another
chart, the two individuals would remain in physical proximity to
194 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

each other throughout their lives. In case, the major-periods of Factors


for physical self are current in two charts and the two Factors are related
then during the currency of both these major-periods the two individuals
would remain in physical proximity to each other, (ii) A period planet at
the time of marriage related to the Arudha of the place of the natal Sun
in one chart shall be related to the Arudha of the VII house from the
relevant karaka in the other chart, and vice-versa. It shall also be related
to the two relevant karakas. This means that a period planet in the birth
chart of the male related to Venus and the Arudha of the VII house
(representing the wife) from the place of natal Venus in the chart of the
male shall be related to the Sun and Arudha of the place of the natal
Sun (representing the physical self of the wife) in the female chart.
Similarly a period planet in the chart of the female related to Jupiter and
the Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter shall be related to the Sun and
the Arudha of the natal place of the Sun in the male chart. The principle
is simple. The period planet related to the Arudha of the VII house from
natal Venus in the birth chart of the male shall represent the spouse of
the individual. This would be the same as the physical self of the female
represented by the Arudha of the natal place of the Sun in the female
chart. The same is true for the other chart as well. Since this statement
relates to a period planet it is true for major, sub, inter, sookshma and
prana period-planets.
When (i) the Arudha of the VII house from natal Jupiter/Venus is
related to the Arudha of the IX house from natal Rahu, (ii) Rahu is
related to the Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter/Venus, and Jupiter/
Venus is related to the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, the individual
will get married in a foreign country. Here the matter is considered from
Jupiter in a female chart and from Venus in a male one. When (i) the
Arudha of house of marriage (VII from the karaka Jupiter or Venus as
the case may be) is related to the Arudha of the IX house from Jupiter,
(ii) the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha of the IX house from
Jupiter, and (iii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the house of marriage,
the marriage would be fortunate for the individual. In case, (i) the
Arudha of the house of marriage is related to the Arudha of the house of
obstacles (VI house from natal Saturn), (ii) the karaka for marriage is
related to the Arudha of the house of obstacles, and (iii) Saturn is
related to the Arudha of the house of marriage, there would be major
obstacles in the marriage of the individual. When (i) the Arudha of the
How to Time an Event 195

house of marriage is related to the Arudha of the house of sorrow,


humiliation, and major trouble (VIII house from natal Saturn), (ii) the
karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha of the house of sorrow etc.
and (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the house of marriage, the
individual will have a very bad marriage. When (i) the Arudha of the
house of deprivation (XII house from natal Saturn) and the Arudha of
the house of marriage are related; (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of
marriage; and, (iii) the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha of
deprivation, the individual will not get married in life and will remain a
spinster/bachelor. Let us consider Sri Yogananda's chart again. The VII
house from natal Venus is in Taurus. The Arudha of Taurus is in Aquarius.
Saturn owns this sign. The XII house from natal Saturn is in Leo. The
Arudha of Leo is in Aries. Venus is related to Mars through Jupiter.
When (i) the Arudha of the house of romance (V house from natal
Venus) is related to the Arudha of marriage; (ii) the karaka for marriage
is related to the Arudha of romance; and (iii) the karaka for romance is
related to the Arudha of marriage, the individual would have his marriage
arising out of a love affair.
The principle for the above is clean. We should determine the
Arudha houses. These two should be related to each other. The Karaka
for one should be replaced to the Arudha for the other, and vice-versa.
The Sun, Moon and Saturn in the VII house, according to Jatakabharnam
Chapter on Adversity verse 11, having no influence of beneficial planets
shall cause trouble to the individual in his teeth. According to Jataka
Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 49, during the major-period of the owner of the
house and sub-period of a malefic planet the individual may fall sick.

VIII House
The Moon or a retrograde beneficial planet under adverse influence
in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio will cause death in infancy.
The period of such a Moon or planet will be very troublesome for the
child. The influence of a beneficial planet on the Moon or the retrograde
Planet will mitigate the adverse effect to some extent.

The individual may get a legacy in the period of a powerful owner


of the house. He may discharge his debts. His status may improve. His
196 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

old disputes may be settled. A weak or afflicted planet may inflict sorrow,
poverty, illness, and disgrace. There may also be financial losses. There
will be mishaps. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 50, the
individual may face trouble from his enemies in the major-period of the
owner of the house and the sub-period of a malefic planet. He may fall
seriously sick. He may lose his position. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter
20 verse 9, he may be able to employ others to help him in his work in
the period of a powerful owner of the VIII house. According to verse 18,
during the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the house the individual
may die. He may be dishonoured. He will be apprehensive. He may face
numerous troubles. He may have to stay away from home. There is a
possibility that he may have to suffer sorrow. According to Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verses 2 and 3 Chaukhamba edition,
the individual will be short lived if the owner of the I, VIII or X house, or
Saturn is placed in the VIII house with malefic planets. The location of
Saturn in the VIII house is good for longevity but a retrograde Saturn is
not good in the house. The individual would be long lived according to
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 4 Chaukhamba edition if the
owner of the VI or XII house occupies the I, VI, VIII or XII house.
According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 5
Chaukhamba edition the individual will have a long life if the owners of
the I, V and VIII houses are in their own signs, navamshas or in friendly
signs. Owners of the I, VIII and X houses and Saturn occupying angles,
triangles or the XI house according to verse 6 will make the individual
long lived. A powerful owner of the ascendant according to verse 7 in an
angle having aspect of beneficial planets will make the individual long-
lived and prosperous. The individual may die between 20 and 32 years
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 10
Chaukhamba edition, when the owner of the VIII house occupies an
angle but the owner of the ascendant is weak. A short life will have to be
predicted, according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse
11 Chaukhamba edition, if the owner of the VIII is debilitated, the VIII
house has influence of malefic planets, and the owner of the ascendant
is weak. According to Chapter 70 verse 38 the VIII house from Saturn
shall also determine the longevity of the individual. The Moon and
Venus in the VIII house give a strong tendency for illicit sexual liaisons.
How to Time an Event 197

The location of the owner of the VII house from the ascendant in
the VIII house from the Moon will cause death of the individual in the
period of the owner of the VII house. The death of an individual will take
place in the major-period of Rahu and the sub-period of its dispositor if
Rahu occupies the IV or VIII house and the dispositor is debilitated or
placed in an inimical sign. The death of the individual will happen in the
major-period of Rahu and sub-period of its dispositor if Rahu occupies
the II or VII house and its dispositor is placed in an angle. The location
of the owner of the VIII house with the Moon in the sign of a powerful
beneficial planet will give very good longevity. The longevity shall be
very good again if the owner of the VIII house and Saturn are in the sign
of a beneficial planet and the Moon is powerful in birth chart.
The longevity of an individual will depend on the strength of Saturn
and the VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn.
Each strong element among the three is likely to contribute approximately
25 years to longevity. Death comes when the longevity has come to an
end. For causing death the Factor for longevity should be under influence
of the Factor for end. The major-period of a planet that is the Factor for
one and is related to the other will be competent to cause death in its
major-period at a time when longevity is likely to exhaust itself.
When (i) the Arudha for longevity (VIII house from natal Saturn) is
related to the Arudha for major accident (VIII house from natal Mars); (ii)
Saturn is related to the Arudha of major accident; and, Mars is related to
the Arudha of longevity, the individual would die in an accident. When
the Arudha of disease (VI house from natal Saturn) and the Arudha of
longevity are related, and Saturn is related to both the Arudhas, the
individual would succumb to a disease. When (i) the Arudha of longevity
is related to the Arudha of a foreign country (IX house from natal Rahu);
(ii) Rahu is related to the Arudha of longevity; and, (iii) Saturn is related
to the Arudha of a foreign country, the individual would die abroad.

IX House
A powerful IX house, according Jatakabharnam Chapter on the IX
House verse 3, causes all other favourable houses in birth chart to give
198 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

their results without much effort, and vice-versa. A debilitated or malefic


planet in the house will cause trouble relating to fortune. The aspect of
owner of the house on this house shall promote the fortune of the
individual. The location of beneficial planets inthe house is conducive to
good fortune in the country of birth. The owner of the IX house
represents the fortune of the individual. When it is powerful and it is
placed in a good house, according to Jatakabharnam verse 4, the individual
shall be fortunate. The dispositor of the owner of IX house is also a
significator for fortune. The owner of ascendant has a strong role in
obtaining for an individual all that his fortune indicates. Any prediction
relating to the fortune of the individual must be done after these three
planets have been examined. The individual may get honour, prosperity,
academic success and religious inclination if the planet that owns the IX
house is powerful. There may be happiness because of children, wife or
grand children. Father of the individual will prosper and keep good health.
If the planet is weak a senior member of the family will pass away, and
the father will fall sick or may even die. The association of the Sun and
Jupiter in an angle makes the father wealthy and happy. According to
Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 50, the individual may go to jail or he
may lose his independence during the sub-period of a malefic planet, in
the major-period of the owner of the IX house. His parents may pass
away. He may suffer losses. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20
verse 10 when the owner of the house is powerful, it will ensure a happy
existence for the individual. He and members of his family will lead a
pleasant life. He would be wealthy and religiously inclined. His work will
be appreciated. According to verse 19, during the period of a weak or
afflicted owner of the house, the wife and children of the individual will
suffer. He would face financial setbacks. His father or an elderly member
of the family may pass away. It is also stated that when troubles arise in
the period of the owner of the IX house it could be due to flaw in worship
of a divine entity that the individual had been worshipping. The individual
will cause trouble to his father if Saturn and Rahu occupy the IX house.
The location of Saturn in the IX house from where it projects an aspect
to the Sun is indicative of the fact that the individual would neglect his
father, he would not receive any patrimony and would behave badly with
him. In fact, trouble to father is possible in the period of the Sun when it
is associated with or receives aspect from malefic planets. Such malefic
planets too may cause trouble to the
How to Time an Event 199

father in their periods. The father will experience difficult times in the
period of the Sun when it is hemmed in by malefic planets. The individual
will not get along well with his father in case the sign in the ascendant of
birth chart of an individual is the sign in the VI or VIII house in birth chart
of his father. The individual will be fortunate from the age of 32
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 10 if the
owners of the II and IX houses exchange houses. According to verse 11
the individual will not have cordial relations with his father if the owners
of the ascendant and VI house join each other in the IX house. The
father of the individual would pass away according to Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra'Chapter 20 verse 19 Chaukhamba edition when the individual would
be 44 years of age in case the owners of the IX and XII houses
exchange houses. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra
Chaukhamaba edition Chapter 70 verse 7 the IX sign from the sign
occupied by the Sun shall also determine matters relating to the father
of the individual. Therefore, whatever is concluded through the study of
the IX house should be confirmed from study of the IX house from the
Sun. According to verse 16 the owner of the IV house from the
ascendant or the Moon, placed in the I, X or XI house from the ascendant
or the Moon respectively, would indicate that the individual would be an
obedient son of his father. According to verse 17, if the sign in the III
house from the ascendant or the Moon in a birth chart of the father were
placed in the I house from the ascendant or the Moon respectively of an
individual, it would indicate that he would benefit from the wealth of his
father. According to verse 17 if the sign in the X house from the
ascendant or the Moon in birth chart of the father were placed in the
ascendant or the Moon sign respectively of an individual, it would indicate
that he would be as able as his father. According to verse 18 when
owner of the X house goes to the ascendant in a birth chart the individual
would be abler than his father would.

When (i) the Arudha of the father (IX house from the Sun) and the
Arudha of disease are related; (ii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of
disease; and, (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the father, the father
of the individual will keep poor health. When the (i) Arudha of fortune (IX
house from Jupiter) and the Arudha of first child are related; and, Jupiter
is related to both the houses, the first child shall be fortunate. When (i) the
Arudha of father and the Arudha of wealth (II house from Jupiter) are
related; (ii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of wealth;
200 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

and, (iii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha of father, the father of the
individual shall be wealthy.

X House
Help and recognition from the government will be the result of a
powerful planet that owns the house. The individual having a strong
owner of the X house will get wealthy. When the planet is weak, it will
cause trouble and decline in prestige. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter
20 verse 11, the efforts of the individual will be successful during the
period of a powerful owner of the house. He will be honoured and his
status will improve. He will lead a comfortable life. During the period of a
weak or afflicted owner of the house according to Phal Deepika, Chapter
20 verse 19, the individual will have to remain away from home for long.
He will be considered a failure. He will experience unpleasant events.
According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 51, during the sub-period
of a malefic planet in the major-period of a malefic owner of the house,
the individual will lose his position. His comforts and wealth will be lost.
His relatives may also have trouble. A malefic planet in the house shall
cause trouble to the father in its period. The individual takes to travelling
after the death of his parents if there are two malefic planets in the
house. According to Varahmihir when the Moon occupies the VII house
and receives the aspect of Saturn, the individual takes to menial jobs
below his dignity. He also states that the Sun, Mars and Saturn in the X
house would not be good for the status of the individual. According to
Saravali Chapter 34 verse 71, when the ascendant falls in the drekkan of
Mercury and it receives aspect from the Moon, the individual will be
reduced to menial status. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra
Chapter 22 verse 4 Chaukhamba edition the individual gains from
business or government when the owner of the X house in his birth chart
occupies an angle or triangle with beneficial planets. The reverse will
cause losses. According to verse 5 Chaukhamba edition the individual will
commit misdeeds in case the X and XI houses have malefic influence. The
same result could be stated according to verse 17 Chaukhamba edition
in case the owners of the VIII and X houses exchange places and have
malefic influence.
How to Time an Event 201

The Moon in the X house, according to Jatakabharnam Chapter on


the X house verse 3, allows the individual to earn his livelihood through
speech, artistic skills and enterprise. Mars in the house, according to
jatakabharnam verse 6, persuades the individual to earn his livelihood
through exercise of authority. He may live abroad. Mercury in the house,
according to Jatakabharnam verse 7, makes the individual earn livelihood
through his intellect. Jatakabharnam verse 9 states that Venus in the
house will impart artistic skills to the individual through which he would
be able to earn his livelihood.
The state and future of the profession of an individual can be
determined through the Arudha of the X house from Saturn. When (i)
this Arudha house is related to the Arudha of a relevant house from a
karaka, (ii) the karaka concerned is related to the Arudha of profession
(Arudha of the X house from Saturn) and (iii) Saturn is related to the
Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka, the state and future of
the profession shall take on those characteristics. For example, in case
(i) the Arudha of profession is related to the Arudha of the VI house from
Mars; (ii) Mars is related to the Arudha of profession and (iii) Saturn is
related to the Arudha of the VI house from Mars, the individual would
pursue a vocation that would involve violence and use of weapons. This
profession would deal with crime. This is therefore a formula for
employment with police. If instead of the VI house from Mars, it were
the VIII house that operates, the individual would be employed with the
army.

It is easy to deduce the nature of the profession from the Arudha of


the X house from Saturn. The Arudha of the house shall be called the
Arudha of profession. When the Sun is related to the Arudha of
profession, the profession shall be related to the government. In case,
the Sun is related to the X house from the ascendant, this deduction
would be fully confirmed. When Saturn is related to the Arudha of
profession, the profession would be lowly. When the Moon is related to
the Arudha of profession, the profession could be related to water or
other liquids; when Mars is so related the profession could relate to
weapons, fire etc; when Mercury is related in this manner, the profession
could relate to press, writing, publishing, multiple jobs etc.
When (i) the Arudha of the X house from Saturn is related to the
Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter (Arudha of income), (ii) Saturn is
202 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

related to the Arudha of income, and (iii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha
of profession, the individual would earn much wealth through his
profession. When (i) the Arudha of profession is related to the Arudha of
the XII house from Saturn, and (ii) Saturn is related to both the houses,
the individual will experience changes in his job or profession. When (
the Arudha of the VI house from Saturn is related to the Arudha of
profession, (ii) and Saturn is related to both the houses, the individual will
face many obstacles and difficulties in his profession and the health of
the profession will not be good. When (i) the Arudha of the IX house
from the Sun is related to the Arudha of profession, (ii) Saturn is related
to the Arudha of the IX house from the Sun, and (iii) the Sun is related to
the Arudha of profession, his father would be closely related to his
profession. When (i) the Arudha of the III house from Mars is related to
the Arudha of profession, (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the III
house from Mars, and (iii) Mars is related to the Arudha of profession,
the younger siblings of the individual will be related to his profession.
When (i) the Arudha of profession is related to the Arudha of the X
house from the Sun, (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the X house
from the Sun, and (iii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of profession, the
individual will reach a high position in his profession. When (i) the
Arudha of the IX house from Rahu is related to the Arudha of profession,
(ii) Rahu is related to the Arudha of profession and (iii) Saturn is related
to the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, the individual will pursue a
profession that will have much to do with foreign countries. When (i) the
Arudha of the XII house from Ketu is related to the Arudha of profession,
(ii) Ketu is related to the Arudha of profession and (iii) Saturn is related
to the Arudha of the XII house from Ketu, the individual will pursue a
career related to the occult or spiritualism. When (i) the Arudha of
profession is related to the Arudha of the V house from natal Venus, (ii)
Saturn is related to the Arudha of the V house from natal Venus, and (iii)
Venus is related to the Arudha of profession, the individual would be in
the field of entertainment. When (i) the Arudha of profession is related to
the Arudha of the V house from the natal Moon; (ii) Saturn is related to
the Arudha of the V house from the natal Moon; and, (iii) the Moon is
related to the Arudha of profession, the individual would be an actor.
These are some illustrations to elucidate the principle.
How to Time an Event 203

A question is generally raised as to whether an individual would


have a profession or job, or he would be dependent on others. This is
particularly true for housewives. We should work out the Arudhas of the
X house from Saturn and the I house from the place of the Sun in a birth
chart. When these two Arudhas are related to each other, and the
karakas are related to the alternative Arudhas, it is an indication that the
individual would be involved with a profession or job.

XI House
A powerful planet will ensure a large circle of friends and gains to
the individual from these friends. There shall be steady income. Prosperity
to and good relations with the elder brother/sister are also indicated.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 23 verse 2 Chaukhamba edition
states that when the owner of the XI house occupies an angle, triangle,
place of exaltation or own sign in the house, it will give favourable
results, even when it is combust. Verse 3 Chaukhamba edition promises
full gains to the individual whose birth chart has the owner of the XI
house in the II house and the owner of the II house in an angle with
Jupiter. Verse 9 Chaukhamba edition states that when the owners of
the II and XI houses exchange places the individual becomes fortunate
after his marriage. The individual gains through his siblings according to
verse 10 when the owners of the III and XI houses exchange places. A
weak owner of the house will cause illness particularly in the ear, and
obstruction in income. His friends may deceive him. The individual may
develop strained relations with his friends. The elder brother/sister of the
individual or his child may fall out with him or he may suffer in life. His
elder brother/sister may cause problems. The elder brother/sister or the
individual's child may fall sick. There may be adverse communications.
According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 24 verse 11
Chaukhamba edition the individual will not gain inspite of all efforts if the
owner of the XII house in debilitation, combustion or in one of the
Adverse Trio houses has, alongwith the XII house, the influence of
malefic planets. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 51, during
the sub-period of the Sun, Mars, Saturn or Rahu in the major-period of
the owner of the house, the individual will have to bear losses. He may
also face trouble from the government. According to Phal Deepika,
204 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

Chapter 20 verse 12, there will be increase in the number of servants of


the individual during the period of the owner of the house. He will
expand his business and derive good benefits from it. There will be all
round progress for him. During the period of a weak or afflicted owner of
the house, according to verse 20 the elder brother of the individual may
face trouble. The individual may develop trouble particularly in his left
ear. He may be cheated. He may lead an unhappy life. There may be
severe financial setback. According to Saravali Chapter 34 the individual will
gain from items indicated by the karakatwa (signification) of a planet that
owns or occupies the house or has its aspect on it.
The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter is the house of gains.
When (i) the Arudha of gains is related to the Arudha of the IX house
from the natal Sun, (ii) Jupiter is related to the IX house from the Sun,
and (iii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of gains, the individual would
gain through his father. We can determine gain through any relative in
this manner. When (i) the Arudha of gains is related to the Arudha of the
IV house from Mars, (ii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the IV house
from Mars, and (iii) Mars is related to the Arudha of gains, the individual
would gain through immovable property. We can thus consider any
activity and determine whether the chart shows gain through it or
otherwise. In place of Mars, if we substitute Venus we can determine
whether the individual would gain through vehicles. When (i) the Arudha
of the XI house from Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the IX house
from Rahu, (ii) Rahu is related to the Arudha of gain, and (iii) Jupiter is
related to the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, the individual would
gain from abroad.

XII House
A powerful and beneficial planet will persuade the individual to
spend on good causes or people. There may be gains from abroad. A
weak planet may cause many problems. There may be disease and
dishonour. He may be incarcerated. His wealth and property may deplete.
According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 52, there will be tension
between the individual and his wife and children during the major-period
of the owner of the house and sub-period of Sun, Mars, or Saturn. He
will lose his wealth and reputation. The individual may be poisoned in
How to Time an Event 205

the sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of the owner of the house.


According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 13, during the period of
powerful owner of the house, he will get favours from the government.
During the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the house, according to
verse 20 there is a possibility of the individual falling ill. There may also be
incarceration, loss of wealth or dishonour. It is seen that Jupiter in the
XII house from any house will-make the relative indicated by that house
wealthy or the relative be instrumental in the individual becoming
wealthy. As an illustration, Jupiter in the IV house will either make the
children of the individual wealthy or they will help the individual turn rich.
A similar conclusion can be drawn when Jupiter is in the XII house from a
planet. The house that the planet owns or its karakatwa (signification)
shall determine the relative. When Jupiter is in the XII house from the
Sun and the Sun owns the III house, the younger siblings of the
individual will be wealthy and they may help the individual too to earn
wealth. In this case, instead of the younger siblings it could also be the
father of the individual. The Sun, Moon, Venus or Rahu in the XII house,
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 10 verse 11
Chaukhamba edition are particularly bad. However, the aspect of any of
these planets on the house shall be favourable. A malefic planet in the
house shall cause trouble to the mother in its period. The individual
takes to travelling after the death of his parents if there are two malefic
planets in the XII house.
The location of the owner of the XII house in an angle or triangle
with influence of beneficial planets indicates that the individual is happy
with his wife. The individual will have to travel much abroad if the XII
house and its owner have malefic influence. He may travel within the
country in case the influence on these two factors is of beneficial planets.
Jatakabharnam Chapter on Adversity verse 14 states that a waning
Moon and Saturn in the XII house will cause rheumatism.

The Arudha of the XII house from natal Saturn shows loss or
separation. When the (i) Arudha of loss is related to the Arudha of the
IV house from Mars, (ii) Mars is related to the Arudha of loss, and (iii)
Saturn is related to the Arudha of the IV house from Mars, the individual
would suffer losses through property. When (i) the Arudha of separation
is related to the Arudha of the VII house from karaka Venus/Jupiter, (ii)
the karaka is related to the Arudha of separation, and (iii) Saturn is
206 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

related to the Arudha of the VII house from the karaka, the individual
would be separated from his first spouse.
12. The result of the period of a planet that relates a house to another is
given below. A planet that relates a house to another house shall
cause matters relating to the house materialise in the context of the
house with which it is related. Let us take an example. Suppose the
Sun owns the IV house and it is placed in a constellation of Saturn
that occupies the VI house from the ascendant. Therefore when the
period of the Sun starts, dispute relating to a matter pertaining to
the IV house could happen. Here the aspect of signification of the
planet is not taken into account. Such analysis can therefore give
ambiguous results. The statements made below however shall be
useful when we take Factors instead of planets. Thus, if we
consider a Factor for property getting related to a Factor for
dispute, no ambiguity remains with respect to the outcome of the
major-period. Let us take another example. Suppose Jupiter owns
the X house and it occupies a sign in the navamsha chart that is the
IX house from the ascendant. The period of Jupiter could cause an
improvement in the job or profession of the individual. Here too
when we consider a Factor for profession getting related to a
Factor for fortune the result that would arise in the major-period of
either of the Factors becomes clear.
We will now try to assess the results due to linkage formed
between two houses when the owner of a sign occupies another house.
The linkage would be between the house that each planet occupies and
the houses that it owns. The effect of other kinds of linkage would also
be similar. Suppose the owner of the constellation that the owner of the
IV house occupies is placed in the XII house. It could cause a change in
residence.
The effect of such linkages is given in much detail in my earlier
work Predictive Astrology-An Insight:
How to Time an Event 207

First House

In First
The individual shall enjoy good health. He may be good to look at.
His sex life may be active and it may not be circumscribed by marriage.
His status may improve. He may become prosperous. He will lead a
comfortable life. He may marry twice. A powerful owner of the house
shall make the individual religious and of righteous behaviour. When the
concerned planet is Mercury, the period of the planet shall be productive
of great fame, learning and wealth. When the owner of the first house is
weak, the sub-period of the owner of the first house shall be adverse
with regard to wealth, status, mental equilibrium and morals of the
individual.

In Second
He will be religious. He may also be wealthy. He may put on weight.
His status will improve. He may become prominent in his family. He will
be well behaved and interested in scholarship. These happy effects will
be absent if Sagittarius is the sign in the I house. In such a case, the
individual will keep poor health, and may have trouble from or because
of his children.

In Third

The individual should have several siblings and shall become


prominent among them. His siblings will also fare well during this period.
The number of his friends will multiply. His financial position will improve.
His endeavours will be successful. He will be happy. He may travel
frequently. He may be connected with the field of writing or
communication. He may marry twice. If the VII house from natal Venus
is under adverse influence in the chart, the individual may during this
Period indulge in unnatural sex.

In Fourth

The individual will have good relations with the government and his
parents. He may have good longevity. He will look after his parents.
208 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

His parents will lead a happy life. There is possibility of some gain from
the father. He may find success in his efforts. The individual will get all
the comforts in life. He will possess good vehicles. He will lead a mental
life. He will be handsome. The location of the owner of a Dharma house
in a Moksha house is good provided the planet is in a compatible sign
and strong. In such a case, the individual will be religious and he shall try
to evolve spiritually.

In Fifth
The individual will become well known and wealthy during this
period. His status may improve. He may beget a child. He may develop
interest in music or dance. There may be some cause for worry because
of his children during this period. According to Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra Chapter 25 Chaukhamba edition verse 5 he may lose his first
child. The location of the owner of a Dharma house in another such
house is good provided the planet is in a compatible sign and strong. In
such a case, the individual will be religious and his conduct will be
blameless.

In Sixth
The individual shall maintain good health and shall be able to
overcome his opponents in case the owner of the first house is a malefic
planet and powerful here otherwise adverse results shall accrue. The
owner of the ascendant associated with or receiving aspect from a
malefic planet will give rise to trouble from enemies and disease. He will
become wealthy. According to Bhrigu this position is conducive to
acquiring property. He will have high status. This location of the owner
of the first house shall be particularly beneficial for Libra ascendant. If
the planet is in sambandha with a malefic planet here, and has no
beneficial aspect, the health of the individual will remain precarious and
he shall be heavily indebted.

In Seventh
The individual will have a well-behaved and beautiful wife. His married
life shall be cordial and happy. If the owner of the first house is powerful
here, the individual will improve his status during this period substantially.
How to Time an Event 209

This location of the owner of the I house is good for mental brilliance of
the individual. A weak or malefic planet will make him travel aimlessly.
Such a planet may also reduce the wealth of the individual.

In Eighth
The individual will be able to reduce expenses and save his money.
Bhrigu says that the individual may become miserly. He also states that
the longevity of the individual will depend on the natural nature of the
planet that owns the I house. When it is a malefic planet, the longevity
would be curtailed. If the planet is powerful and has beneficial aspect,
he will be respected. He may flower into a scholar during this period.
The location of the owner of a Dharma house in a Moksha house is
good provided the planet is in a compatible sign and strong. In such a
case, the individual will be religious and he shall try to evolve spiritually.
Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 8 Chaukhamba edition
says the individual will be a gambler, irritable, thievish and sickly. He may
indulge in extra-marital sex. There may be several deaths in the family
during this period. He may have unhappy married life. When the planet
influences the sensitive point of the house, he will be wealthy and may
get patrimony. This position is generally indicative of a difficult period.

In Ninth

The affairs of the individual will look up during this period if the
owner of the ascendant is powerful. He will be popular, religious and
friendly. He will be well known or may even become renowned. He will
become wealthy and shall live happily with his wife and children. He will
be close to his father and may gain from him. His efforts will be successful.
The siblings may also prosper and be on good terms with him. The
location of the owner of a Dharma house in another such house is good
provided the planet is in a compatible sign and strong. In such a case,
the individual will be religious and his conduct will be blameless.The
Period of the owner of the I house shall be exceedingly good for Leo or
Aquarius ascendant.
210 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Tenth
The individual will become learned. He will have good relations
with his parents. In fact according to Bhrigu, the individual will be
sympathetic to the elderly. He will be in the good books of the
government. He will hold a high position. His affairs will progress
satisfactorily. He will be successful in his endeavours. He will be wealthy.
He will be well known and shall be of good conduct. He may go on visits
to religious places. His conduct may be beyond reproach. The period
will give fame, high status, power and authority if Aries is in the ascendant.

In Eleventh

He will have steady income, and shall succeed at his enterprises.


He will be energetic, imaginative and laborious. He will be fortunate. His
ambitions will be fulfilled. He may have good relations with his elder
siblings and may gain through him. He may have contact with several
women. He will be well known. He will have a large circle of friends, (if
the planet involved is not one like Saturn that indicates constriction),
and be true to them. The period shall be very good if the ascendant is
Cancer and the Moon is beyond 72° of the Sun and away from a Node.
The individual becomes very famous if this period comes late in life.

In Twelfth

He may live away from his place of birth. He may have irritable
temper and talk unpleasantly. He may develop tendency to gamble. He
may not be on good terms with his relatives. He will have adequate
wealth to meet his requirements, but his expenses will also be heavy.
Satyacharya has emphasised expenditure of patrimony. Ii could be for
good or bad reasons according to the strength and nature of the planet.
He may become sickly or he may have to work very hard. The aspect or
association of a beneficial planet with the owner of the ascendant will
reduce the adverse results. Excessive travelling will mark this period.
How to Time an Event 211

Second House
In First
The individual will be in service. He will be wealthy but very careful
with his money. The period of the owner of the house shall be marked
by heavy expenditure if the owner is weak or associated with natural
malefics. He may appear selfish. There may be some reduction in income
or the individual may feel some restriction on his resources. He shall
have children. He will not have cordial relations with his larger family. His
libido would be strong. He will be matter-of-fact in his dealings. The
individual may get persuaded to act fraudulently during this period. His
wife may pass away.

In Second
He will be well behaved, very prosperous, and happy. His business
becomes profitable. He will become a fine orator. His family will do well in
life'. He may marry more than once. When Aries is the sign here, though
the benefits will materialise, there will be no peace in the family.

In Third

The results will depend on the influence that the planet receives
here. If a beneficial planet is involved by way of association or aspect,
the individual will be successful in his efforts. He may earn his wealth
through jobs related to communication or writing. Involvement of a
malefic and adverse influence on Venus may make him get involved
with prostitutes for earning his keep. If Mars is the owner of the II
house, the individual may indulge in smuggling; if it is the Sun, he may
fall out with his brothers.

In Fourth

The period of the owner of the II house here will be good. There ls
a possibility of getting patrimony. He may rise in status. He may have
mental peace. These good results will accrue if the planet has beneficial
influence on it. When Leo is in the II house, the beneficial results wilt be
replaced by loss of wealth, troubles to parents and loss of parental
Property.
212 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Fifth
This generates a powerful contact between two places of wealth.
The source of wealth could be through his children, nobility or religious
establishment. The individual will become powerful unless the planet
involved is weak or afflicted here. Even his children will be engaged in
earning money. He will be generous and helpful. Bhrigu has a different
opinion. According to him the individual will suffer during the period of
the owner of the II house in the V house. It will also cause the individual
to behave in a despicable way. A planet making this contact is likely to
cause birth of children since the V house is getting related to the house
of family.

In Sixth

He will be careful with his money and may have to face litigation or
dispute over his wealth. This is an indication that the individual may earn
his wealth through medical profession, theft, loans or litigation. There
may also be squabbles in the family. If the owner here has malefic
influence, the individual will have to face severe trouble from his enemies.
He may also suffer from disease in the chest or rectum according to
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 18 Chaukhamba edition.
He would be hard put to maintain an adequate bank balance. There
may also be losses through disease, servants or theft. If the influence is
favourable, he may earn by taking loans, with the help of his maternal
uncle or may benefit through his rivals. Bhrigu says that the individual
will be happy with respect to his maternal relatives.

In Seventh

The individual may develop interest in treatment of diseases and


ailments. He may start an affair of the heart. If there is adverse influence
on the planet, he and his wife may indulge in extra marital affairs. The
spouse may assist the individual in earning of wealth. When the owner
of the II house is a beneficial planet, the wife of the individual could be
wealthy. In case the planet is a malefic one her behaviour would be
troublesome. He could also acquire wealth from his father-in-law or
abroad.
How to Time an Event 213

In Eighth
There will be failures in enterprises. When there is severe adverse
influence on the planet, the individual may develop suicidal tendencies.
The planet having favourable influence will grant prosperity and legacy.
There will be reduction in marital happiness. There may develop a dispute
with a highly placed elder brother/sister. A weak or afflicted owner of the
II house in the VIII will take the individual to a far off place where he may
lead a poor existence. Bhrigu feels that the individual may develop interest
in Tantra during this period. It shall keep the bank balance of an
individual intact and growing.

In Ninth
The individual will show ability in his profession and shall succeed at
it. He will be wealthy, happy and religious. He may be a proficient speaker
on philosophical subjects. This location indicates that his children should
do well in life during this period. If this period operates after the age of
childhood is over, the individual will enjoy good health. Adverse influence
on the planet here will cause severe difficulties in earning of wealth.
According to Bhrigu a malefic owner of the II house in the IX shall cause
poverty to the individual in its period.

In Tenth

This is a position that vouchsafes a high status if the planet is


powerfully placed with no adverse influence. Such a location also makes
for very affectionate relationship with the parents. His wealth may accrue
from the government. The individual may have more than one wife. He
may not be happy with his children. Very high status and huge wealth
will be the result when Leo is the sign in the II house.

In Eleventh

The individual will be honourable, wealthy and hard working. He


may be well known. There will be gain in status in the period of the
Planet. There will be good income in the period of a beneficial owner of
the II house that occupies the XI. There may also be an addition to the
family by way of birth of a child or marriage. When Mercury or Jupiter is
lnvolved, he may earn well through talking or delivering lectures.
214 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Twelfth
He will have heavy expenditure but adequate income to take care
of his expenses, provided there is no adverse influence on the planet.
He may earn abroad or through religious pursuits. When there is
substantial favourable influence, the expenses will be limited and the
individual will lead a luxurious life with plenty of wealth. If the influence
is adverse, the expenses will be heavy and he will be hard put to arrange
for them. There may be some worry because of the eldest child. This
influence tends to cause separation from the family.

Third House

In First

The individual will be fortunate and successful in his efforts during


this period. When the owners of the ascendant and III house are friendly,
the individual may live happily in a joint family with his younger siblings.
He may earn through music or drama. He will be irritable and highly
sexed. He will travel regularly over short distances and may be involved
in writing or publishing. There is a possibility that he may get involved in
making spurious goods. When there is adverse influence on the owner
of the III house it could make the individual unpopular or notorious.
When Mercury and Jupiter are unfavourable and the IV and V
houses are under malefic influence, the individual may remain illiterate.

In Second
The individual may be inclined to marry more than once. He will be
highly sexed. Favourable influence on the planet will make the individual
very wealthy. He may start putting on weight. He may develop a timid
and lazy attitude. Adverse influence on malefic owner of the III house
could make the younger brother highly troublesome. The mother of the
individual may fall seriously sick during the period of the owner of the III
house.
How to Time an Event 215

In Third
The individual will be happy with his younger brother/sister. The
vounger siblings will prosper. The individual will become rich. There is a
possibility that the individual may get financial favours from the
government. The individual may face trouble relating to his property in
the period of a malefic owner of the III house or when the owner is
afflicted. He may not be happy with his work too during this period.

In Fourth
The individual may help his father and brother, but he may take
away some wealth of his father without his concurrence or knowledge.
He may not retain cordial relations with his mother. If the planet is under
adverse influence, the individual may become dependent on his father.
There may be some trouble from his wife. A weak owner of the IV
house could cause illness to his mother and trouble relating to property
during the period of the owner of the III house. The individual would find
passion coming in the way of his superior mind..

In Fifth

The spouse of the individual will be highly efficient. She will be


formidable if the planet is under adverse influence. When the owners of
the V and III houses are friendly, the individual may live happily in a
joint family with his younger siblings. His children will do well during this
period. When the planet is under adverse influence, the individual may
become dependent on his children or younger brother/sister. A powerful
owner of the III house will raise the status of the individual. A malefic
owner of the III house will cause problems during its period to the
individual relating to his profession. This location of the owner makes
the individual highly romantic and passionate.

In Sixth

Unless the planet has favourable influence, the results will be


adverse. The individual may have trouble from his younger brother/
sister, or his relations may get soured with them or his maternal uncle.
There may be whisper of his illicit relations with his maternal aunt. His
enemies may trouble him. He may fall sick. Under favourable influence,
276 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

he may acquire property. He could be a successful physician. His


enterprises will suffer from obstacles and disputes.

In Seventh
The wife of the individual may have to live with his younger brother
for some time. The individual may take up a job during this period. He
would be unhappy during his early years. When the owner of the III
house is under adverse influence, the individual may find himself in trouble
for a theft. He may start a partnership in communication or publishing
business if there is good influence on the planet. The individual, if
unmarried, may get married through advertising in the newspapers during
this period. The individual may develop illicit relations with the wife of
his brother who would be living abroad. This will happen when there is
a female sign in the VII house, or the owner of the III house occupies
a female navamsha, and Saturn and Mars form papakartri yoga (occupy
adjoining houses) with the owner of the III house. This location makes
for a passionate nature as the owner of a Kama house shall be placed in
another such house.

In Eighth
This period will be troublesome for the younger brother/sister of
the individual. It may not be good for him as well. There will be sickness
and charges of theft against him, particularly when there is adverse
influence on the planet. When there is substantial favourable influence,
the elder brother/sister may rise high in life during this period. The
malefic owner of the III house in the VIII could cause trouble to the
individual in his arms.

In Ninth
This period will be bad for the father of the individual. His wife or a
woman will help him in his success. He will not be happy with his father.
His children will do well. If there is favourable influence, the younger
brother/sister will also do well. When the owners of the IX and III
houses are friendly, the individual may live happily in a joint family with
his younger siblings.
How to Time an Event 217

In Tenth
The individual will be successful in his efforts. He will be a self-made
man. He will look after his mother well. He will have favours from the
government. His conduct may not be good. He will have a happy time.
He may have a job related to publishing or writing, if Mercury is powerful
in the chart. He will earn well. If there is adverse influence, the individual
may have relations with some hardhearted persons of opposite sex. He
will have several kinds of happiness due to his success in his efforts.

In Eleventh
The individual will serve somebody. He will be intelligent and bold,
but with poor education. He will have good income. His health may
remain disturbed from time to time during this period. Leo in the III
house will bring during this period wealth through younger brother/
sister.

In Twelfth

He may not be on good terms with his younger brother/sister. The


younger brother/sister may not fare well in life. He may live in a foreign
country. When there is adverse influence, there may be danger from
the State. The conduct of the father will be suspect. The individual will
owe his success to his wife or women in general. When there is Aries in
the III house, there will be fall from high position and heavy expenses
during this period.

Fourth House
In First

The individual will acquire property, vehicles and wealth during this
Period. He will keep good health. He will have all the comforts. His
mother will also be happy and healthy. He may take to studies during
this period and may become highly proficient in a field. The individual
may get married. There will be cordial relations with his father but some
relatives from the side of the father may cause trouble for the individual.
218 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

The individual may be known for his excellence and because of his
father. His children may keep indifferent health during this period if the
owner of the I house is weak or it is a malefic planet under affliction.

In Second
The individual will be rich and will lead a very comfortable life with
his family. The wealth may come from the mother or maternal relatives.
His father will also enjoy wealth earned by the individual if the owner of
the IV house is a beneficial planet. The brothers/sisters of the mother
will be extremely helpful. He will be dignified and clever. If there is
malefic influence, he may be greedy, may keep bad company and may
not have good relations with his father.

In Third
The individual will be capable of taking bold decisions. He will
successfully manage his enterprises and earn well from them. He will
employ people. He will keep good health. When the planet is under
adverse influence there is a likelihood of the individual falling out with his
parents. In such a situation, he may lose some of his property or face
trouble on its account.

In Fourth

This is in many ways a position in the period of which the results


may turn out to be severely different from the previous position. The
affairs of the house will flourish. He will have cordial relations with his
father. The father will be happy due to the honour he receives from the
government. His mother will be a happy and contented person. The
individual will be renowned, and will live comfortably. He will be very
prosperous. He will possess vehicles. There will be domestic peace. He
will be very attached to his wife.

In Fifth
The individual will become well known. He may enjoy wealth
bequeathed to him by his father. He may put his father's money to
productive use. He will turn religious. His may become popular. He will
get favours from the government. He will be capable of earning wealth
How to Time an Event 219

through his own efforts.

In Sixth
The location causes tension in relations with the parents if the
owner of the house is a malefic planet. His mother may have several
troubles one after the other. She may remain sick. His mental equanimity
may also be disturbed. He may have to work hard and may not be able
to have any leisure. He may become inclined to act in unfair or dishonest
manner. If there is adverse influence, the individual may become thievish.
He may be careless in his attitude to matters that are his responsibility.
His property may become a matter of dispute. His domestic peace may
be disturbed. His moral character may not be above board. Much will
depend on the state of various karakas concerned with the IV house. If
the Moon is weak and afflicted in the chart, the mother of the individual
may be beset with troubles; if it is Venus, he may find the vehicle
causing troubles and disputes, etc. A beneficial owner of the IV will give
wealth and property. When with this location, the IV house from the
natal Sun is related to the VI house from Saturn it could cause heart
disease. When with this location, the IV house from the natal Sun is
related to the VI house from Mars also, the heart disease would
necessitate surgery.

In Seventh

The individual will be an intellectual but he may suffer from stage


fright. He will give up his patrimony. There may be marital discord. When
there is adverse influence, his wife may cause unhappiness to his father.
He will lead a comfortable life. He may start an automobile business. He
may take up agriculture in partnership.

In Eighth

His mental equanimity may be disturbed. He may have to work


hard and may not be able to have any leisure. His domestic life will be
disturbed. There will be unhappiness from parents. He may lose his
assets. There will be trouble due to property. There may be a vehicular
accident during this period if the IV house from Venus is also related to
the IV house from the ascendant.
220 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Ninth
This period will be highly satisfying. The individual will be popular,
happy and shall be religiously inclined. He will gain from agriculture, real
estate or automobile business. There may be some tension with the
father. The individual will stay away from his father. He may live a long
distance away from his place of birth. He will acquire knowledge. The
malefic owner of the IV house shall cause trouble to the father of the
individual.

In Tenth
He will have honour from the government. He may do well
professionally. He will be happy and wealthy. He is likely to acquire property
with his own efforts. The mind will be exalted. He will be repelled by
pettiness. When there is adverse influence on the planet, there may be
separation between the parents, or he may fall out with his mother. There
may also be trouble professionally. Such a planet will cause lot of tension
due to adverse conditions in office or relating to work.

In Eleventh
It makes the individual prone to venereal disease. Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 47 Chaukhamba edition ascribes poor
health for the individual on account of this position. It may also cause
infringement of his comforts, and troubles or even death to his mother.
He will be very rich. There may be good income from agriculture or
property. He will look after his father. He may visit abroad. He will become
philanthropic. According to Bhrigu, the father of the individual will live
abroad.

In Twelfth
The individual will turn lazy and foolish. There will be no domestic
happiness and comforts. He may take to vices. He may not have a
suitable residence. His parents will also be very unhappy. He or his parents
may live abroad. In case of adverse influence on the planet, classical
authors suspect moral turpitude on the part of his mother during this
period. This is a relationship between matters relating to the IV house
with the house of loss.
How to Time an Event 221

Fifth House
In First
The individual will be an intellectual. He shall not be happy because
of his children. He may try to defraud or acquire others' wealth. He will
be known in society. A compatible owner of the V house here will
incline the individual towards religion. When the sign in the V house is
Leo, the position of the Sun in the I house is indicative of a superior
rajyoga during this period.

In Second
More than one child may be born to him depending on his age
during this period. If he has children, they will do well in life. He will be
highly placed, wealthy and known. When the planet is powerful and
under beneficial influence, he may become famous over the world. He
will look after his larger family. He may suffer from asthma or cold. He will
like music and dance.

In Third

The individual will be successful in his efforts. He will talk softly. His
children will help his younger brother/sister, or there may be close contact
between the two. The unhelpful nature of the individual will be well
known. He may be of miserly nature.

In Fourth

He will hold a high position. His mother will be happy since he will
love her. He will be rich and live in a beautiful house. The eldest child of
the individual may live away from his place of birth. He may hold an
advisory post, or he may be a teacher. The individual will follow the
example of his father.

In Fifth

He will become wealthy and eminent. This location will be important


with respect to affairs of the children. When there is malefic influence on
the planet, his children may have trouble during the period. Malefic
influence on the owner of the house may deny him children.
222 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Sixth
There will be tension between the individual and his children. If
other indications support, there may be loss of a child during this period.
This is also an indication that the individual may take a child in adoption.
When the planet has adverse influence or it is weak and afflicted here,
the individual will also be ailing. He may have pain in the stomach when
the planet or the Sun receives adverse influence in transit during the
period. This location is not good for the marriage of elder brother/sister.

In Seventh
The individual will be very careful with his money. He and his wife
will be well behaved and happy. His business dealings will be fair and he
will be truthful. He may have a heightened libido. He will be happy with
his children. There may be much love between the individual and his
wife. He may turn his romance into a long-term relationship.

In Eighth
This period will be bad for the individual. He will be disturbed in
case the owner of the V house is related to the V house from Jupiter,
because of his children or for not having them. He may suffer from cold
and respiratory trouble. He will have short temper and shall be unhappy.
There may be marital discord.

In Ninth

He will have good standing with the government. He may write


books during this period. He may go to places of religious importance.
His son will do well in life. There is no doubt that the success in life will
also bring wealth in its wake. The younger brother/sister of the spouse
may be instrumental in income of the household.

In Tenth
This period will give rise to a rajyoga. He shall not only have high
status but will also have wealth, vehicles and comforts. He will be well
known. The level of renown will depend on the favourable influence that
the planet receives here and its strength. This could be deemed
How to Time an Event 223

to be the best location for the owner of the V house. He may be a high
government official.

In Eleventh
He will become learned and may write books during this period. He
will be very intelligent and will do well academically. People will generally
like him. He will have a large circle of acquaintances. He will be rich and
highly placed. He will be happy with his children. During this period, he
will be happy and luck will favour him.

In Twelfth
There will be separation from, worries and unhappiness because of
his children. The individual may adopt a child. He may also have digestive
trouble. His expenses will mount. Money may be spent on speculation.
He may have an affair of the heart. He will have sex outside marriage.
According to Bhrigu if the owner of the V house is a beneficial planet,
the individual will be happy and live abroad.

Sixth House

In First

Parashar in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 24 verse 61 is of


the view that the period may bring fame and wealth to the individual, but
he will suffer from illnesses, and will have disputes. He may have
strained relations with his relatives. He will be honourable and enterprising.
If the period operates at the appropriate age, the individual may find
some difficulty in having children.

In Second

He will live abroad. He will be a powerful speaker. He may develop


enmity due to the manner in which he talks. He may come to harm due
to his loose talk. His finances will be in an unsatisfactory state. His family
members may remain indisposed and he may have to spend on their
treatment. He will be known in his community. He will be enterprising
224 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

and willing to take chances. He will lead a comfortable life. He will be


engrossed in his work. There may develop family disputes.

In Third
His wife may turn wayward. He may experience excessive anger.
His enterprises may engender disputes. He will avoid taking risks. His
subordinates will be troublesome. He may not be happy with his younger
brother/sister. There will be good vitality but at the same time several
bouts of sickness during this period.

In Fourth
His mother may pass away or there may be troubles on her account.
She may suffer from ill health. He will be rich. His relations with his father
will take a turn for the worse. He will be prone to fits of anger. There
may be lack of domestic happiness. His property may become a cause
or matter for dispute.

In Fifth
He will have tension in relations with his children. If there is beneficial
influence, the individual will be clever professionally and wealthy. He
may have some hidden fear in his mind. The individual will notice that
his wealth and friends are not permanent. Bhrigu suggests that when
the owner of the VI house is a beneficial planet, the individual may have
a good time during this period.

In Sixth
He will maintain good health. He may not earn well during this
period. He may pick up fights with all and sundry for no reason. He may
not pull along with his relatives. He will be able to suppress his enemies.
He will live at his place of birth. He will be careful with his money.

In Seventh
His marriage will be a failure. The wife may become sickly or she
may have repeated miscarriages. She may not conceive. He will otherwise
have all the benefits of wealth and repute. It will be difficult for him to
How to Time an Event 225

have a going partnership. There will always be trouble in such enterprises.

In Eighth
This period will demean the individual. He will not only be sick from
time to time but will show traits of poor character. He will be interested
in sex outside marriage, crave for wealth not rightfully his and shall be
quarrelsome. There will be serious family disputes. The individual may
have trouble in his right eye. A highly afflicted and weak owner of the VI
house here will tend to generate Vipareet Rajyoga and the period may
therefore see rise in status and power for the individual. The rajyoga will
not lessen the adverse nature of the period otherwise. It may only modify
results relating to wealth and status.

In Ninth
It severely restricts good fortune. His business may show profits
but it will suffer losses too from time to time. He will hardly show interest
in learning. He may take to business in stone or wood. His father will
have troubles. His relations with his father may show an adverse trend.
This is particularly bad if the Moon, Mars or Saturn owns the VI house.
It shall be favourable to some extent in the case of Mercury.

In Tenth

The individual will develop into a good public speaker. He will be


well known. He may live abroad and do well there. Patrimony may be a
matter of litigation and dispute. There is possibility of a dispute with the
government or the individual may have tense relations with his boss.
Bhrigu thinks that the period will cause trouble to brother of the individual
too.

In Eleventh

A child may be born to the individual after much difficulty. In the


alternative, he may face trouble because of his children. The individual
may mix with undesirable persons. He stands to lose by way of theft or
through enemies if there is adverse influence on the planet. When the
sign Libra is placed in the VI house, there will be continuous inflow of
wealth during this period. There may also be some sickness.
226 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Twelfth
The individual will be cruel to animals and lascivious by nature. He
will spend his money on vices. He will not like the company of cultured
people. He may keep poor health. His relations with his maternal uncle
will be prominent during this period. According to Bhrigu there is
possibility of death of the individual during a journey. A highly afflicted
and weak owner of the VI house here will tend to generate Vipareet
Rajyoga and the period may therefore see rise in status and power for
the individual. The rajyoga will not lessen the adverse nature of the
period otherwise. It may only modify results relating to wealth and
status.

Seventh House

In First
He will have prominent sex urge and may indulge in adultery. He
may suffer from rheumatism or gout. He may not be steadfast on his
word. If the planet is placed well in the house, he may be very attached
to his wife. When the planet is beneficial the individual will have a very
happy married life. In addition, he will be a capable partner. He may
travel a lot during this period. His mother may have good status in this
period. She may be involved in educational pursuits.

In Second
The individual will become prosperous after his marriage. He may
gain from women. There may be more than one marriage. He will have
prominent sex urge and may indulge in adultery. He may become lazy
and keep postponing taking decisions and action.

In Third

There may be loss of a child, perhaps a male child, in this period.


His wife will be energetic and decisive. This position many a time makes
for immoral behaviour on the part of the wife. The relationship between
two Kama houses tends to make the individual develop excessive interest
How to Time an Event 227

in sex. When Mars is the owner of the VII house placed in the III, the
individual will receive much help from the family of his wife during this
period.

In Fourth
The spouse of the individual will generally disagree with him. She
may also be immoral having relations outside marriage. The individual will
be religious. He may have dental trouble. His father may gain a legacy.
The adverse results will be toned down if there is favourable influence
on the planet.

In Fifth
The individual will be romantic. His children will be very attached to
his wife. He will have a favourable run of fortune. He will be dignified
and prominent in society. He will have large income. He will be happy.
There may be trouble in married life. He may have opportunity to
associate with highly placed persons.

In Sixth

The wife will be sickly. He may not have cordial relations with his
wife. He will be irascible and unhappy. He may be morally degraded.
There is a possibility of his contracting tuberculosis during this period.
The wife of the individual may pass away during this period.

In Seventh

He will be happy and healthy. He may have a strong sex urge. He


may have rheumatic tendency. If there is Libra or Aquarius in the VII
house, the individual may seek sex outside marriage. He will have a
happy married life. His wife will be chaste and very well behaved if the
owner of the house is the Sun. Married life may not be harmonious in
case the mooltrikona sign in the house is Aries, unlike Sagittarius that
will ensure perfect harmony. His partnership may prosper. This period
will be good for the children of the individual. They will be successful.
228 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Eighth
He may go to prostitutes. Married life will be tense and disturbed.
Wife may be disobedient, irritable and sickly. There may be inflow of
some wealth due to the wife.

In Ninth
This is a good position. The individual will experience good fortune
during this period due to the efforts of his wife. According to Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 81 Chaukhamba edition he
would have sex relations with several women. The individual may be
successful at interviews. These good results will not happen in case
Leo is the sign in the VII house. The wife may be in close contact with
her younger brother/sister.

In Tenth
He will have wealth and a child may be born to him but a disobedient
wife will trouble him. He may be in partnership with the government. If
the sign in the VII house is Aries, the individual will be troubled by a
disturbed career.

In Eleventh
There may be income through his wife. He may marry a friend or
colleague. He may have trouble due to his children. According to Parashar
the individual is likely to have daughters. His mother may suffer from
disease in the chest. When Cancer is placed in the VII house, besides a
disturbed married life, other results will also be troublesome during this
period of the planet. Saturn as the mooltrikona sign owner of the VII
house in the XI will give excellent results in its period but health will
remain unsatisfactory.

In Twelfth
There will be reduction in wealth and the individual will become
miserly. His wife will be responsible for heavy expenditure. He takes to
cloth or garment business. The individual will benefit from foreign trade
during this period. When Libra is the sign in the VII house, Venus during
How to Time an Event 229

this period will give wealth and respect. Bhrigu says that the wife of
individual will be arrogant, mean and troublesome.

Eighth House

In First
He will face a lot of opposition during this period. He may even be
charged with theft. He may fall sick with boils. He will not experience
physical felicity. He may not show interest in religion. He may benefit
from the generosity of the government. A well-placed owner of the VIII
house here will cause rajyoga. The results will be very different when
there is Libra in the VIII house. This period would develop interest in the
individual in the occult and Tantra. This period will be highly beneficial
for the individual provided it is not the first after birth.

In Second
He will earn some wealth but will not be able to regain lost wealth.
There may be serious losses or depletion of wealth. This will be
accentuated in case there is Virgo in the VIII house. In such a situation,
the individual may not be true to his word and be unreliable. When Libra
is placed in the VIII house, there may be good income but also heavy
losses. The result would be better if the owner of the house is a
beneficial planet.

In Third

He may have serious differences with his younger brother/sister.


He may get into trouble for something that he had written or signed in
case the owner of the VIII house is also related to the III house from
radical Mercury. He will not have servants. There will be serious trouble
in the neck or arms of the individual. He is likely to acquire landed
property in case Aries is placed in the VIII house.

In Fourth

This is a bad position for the parents. The individual may not have
230 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

cordial relations with them and dispute may start with them over
property. He is unlikely to have residence, property or friends, yet
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 88
Chaukhamba edition he will be totally unconcerned about such matters.
He may be mentally disturbed during this period. If the horoscope shows
adverse influence, he may develop signs of mental disorder. Location of
the owner of the VIII house in the IV cannot be considered good. There
will be trouble to the mother and the individual will have heart trouble
when Leo is placed in the VIII house. Similarly, the placement of
Aquarius in the VIII house will not give good results during this period.

In Fifth
He may be wealthy. He may have only a limited number of children.
He may not be very sharp intellectually. He will be long lived. His children
may remain unwell. There may be losses in speculation.

In Sixth
He will be successful at litigation. He may be able to put down his
enemies. He may not be healthy in his childhood. If this period occurs
during the childhood of the individual, he may suffer from snake or
insect bite, or may face danger from water. A highly afflicted and weak
owner of the VIII house here will tend to generate Vipareet Rajyoga and
the period may therefore see rise in status and power for the individual.
The rajyoga will not lessen the adverse nature of the period otherwise. It
may only modify results relating to wealth and status. The location of
the owner of VIII house in such a way in the VI house will not be
conducive to long life. Bhrigu says that when Jupiter receives aspect of
a beneficial planet in the VI house as the owner of the VIII, the
individual will be long lived.

In Seventh
There will be serious reverses in business when the owner of the
VIII house is associated with a malefic planet in the VII house. His
partnership may dissolve. He may marry twice and may have
extramarital affairs. Married life may have problems. His wife may remain
sickly. She will be miserly too. He may suffer from trouble in the
abdomen or boils. He may have some psychological or fear complex.
How to Time an Event 231

In Eighth
The wife may not be faithful but shall be a source of wealth. The
individual may fall from a high status or may find disputes developing in
the family. If the planet is powerful a legacy may come the individual's
way. He may be unreliable and shall be a person whose word cannot be
taken at its face value. This makes for a person with poor character. He
will be long lived. According to Bhrigu the individual may expect income
from foreign sources during this period. He is also of the view that the
individual would be of stout physique.

In Ninth
Fortune will not favour the individual. He may defraud.others or
steal. His will continue to be a source of trouble. His father may fall sick
or face adversities. There may be misunderstanding between the father
and son. He will be irreligious. He may be of loose morals and cruel. His
married life will be difficult due to harsh temperament of his wife. The
results will be very adverse when Sagittarius is placed in the VIII house.

In Tenth

This position too causes tension between the father and son. If
there is no beneficial influence, the individual may be unemployed. He
may face tension at work. He may face dishonour or insults. His mother
may pass away during this period. The individual will join a job much
below his expectation. However, a well-placed owner of the VIII house
here will cause a rajyoga. The result will be bad if Leo is placed in the
VIII house. It will be worse still if Aquarius occupies the VIII house.

In Eleventh

The individual will have an unhappy childhood. The individual may


be in serious financial difficulties in the major-period of a weak owner of
the house. Beneficial influence on the owner of the VIII house shall tend
to make the individual live long. The period of the owner of the VIII
house placed in the XI will give good results if it comes in the old age of
the individual.
232 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Twelfth
He may not be healthy. If this period occurs during the childhood of
the individual, and the ascendant or the eighth house has adverse
influence, he may suffer from snake or insect bite, or may face danger
from water. He may have to go to a distant place for hospitalisation. The
father of the individual may lose his property. A highly afflicted and weak
owner of the VIII house here will tend to generate Vipareet Rajyoga and
the period may therefore see rise in status and power for the individual.
The rajyoga will not lessen the adverse nature of the period otherwise. It
may only modify results relating to wealth and status. An afflicted owner
of the VIII house will reduce the longevity of the individual.

Ninth House
In First
This would be a relationship between two Dharma houses. The
individual will develop interest in religion. His status will improve. He will
be successful at whatever he attempts. He will be known in society for
his good character. He will be wealthy. He may go in for higher education.
The stated good results may not be possible if there is Cancer in the IX
house.

In Second
The results with respect to status, popularity, wealth and learning
will be similar to the position of the planet in the first house. The individual
will be happy with his wife and children. He will be truthful. When there
is Libra in the IX house the good results will be accentuated. According
to Bhrigu, the individual may expect some trouble on account of vehicles.

In Third

This is a very fine position provided the planet is powerful and free
from affliction there. The individual will be successful in his ventures. He
will have cordial relations with his younger brother/sister who may help
him. He will be wealthy. He will be extremely lucky.
How to Time an Event 233

In Fourth
This position will make the individual successful at college
examinations. He will do very well at academics. His mother may suffer
from bad health. He will gain property during this period, and may have
close cordial relations with his parents. The gain of property will be
marked if there is Aries in the IX house. He will be friendly and open
hearted. There is a possibility that he gets a high position or honour
from the government. The individual will have vehicles and he will be in
a happy and contented state of mind.

In Fifth
This again is an excellent location. The individual will be wealthy. A
high position is indicated if Leo occupies the IX house. A high financial
status is indicated if Aquarius occupies the IX house. A child will either
be born to him or his children will prosper during this period. According
to Brihat Parashar Hora ShastraChapter 25 verse 101 Chaukhamba
edition the individual will have fortunate children. He will be learned and
religious.

In Sixth

The individual will not be fortunate. His reputation will be at stake.


His efforts will not succeed. His enemies will trouble him. There may be
litigation. There may be serious setbacks in business due to the
machinations of his enemies. His father may oppose him. His elder brother/
sister will also have a difficult time. His relatives from his mother's family
will bother him. According to Bhrigu, the individual will gain from his
enemies though he will be constantly under their fear. If Aries occupies
the IX house, there will be gains from cousins and benefits due to'
enemies, but it may also cause injury to father during this period.

In Seventh

His partnership will flourish. He may gain through the efforts of his
wife. She will be dignified and well behaved, particularly so if there is
Cancer in the IX house. He will be successful and well known. He will
gain through inter-personal contacts. When the planet is placed well in
the house, there may be cordial relations between the wife of the
individual and his father. An adverse influence on the planet may make
234 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

the father sickly during this period.

In Eighth
This is adverse. He will be unfortunate, mean minded and violent.
His relations with his elder brother/sister shall be disturbed. He will be
unsuccessful at whatever he does. The health of his father may be
seriously jeopardised. There will be gain of status and wealth through
patrimony.

In Ninth
This is favourable. He and his brother/sister will be fortunate,
prosperous and happy. There will be cordial relations between them. He
will be known as a highly successful person. His father will be prominent in
his affairs. When there is Virgo in this house, the period of Mercury shall
be one of the finest in the life of the individual.

In Tenth
He will be in the service of the government and will be at a high
position. He will be happy with his parents. He will be respected in
society. He may like to go on religious journeys. His conduct would be
good and he shall be respected for his high values. There will be gain of
property and assets during this period.

In Eleventh

This position promises increasing wealth. His elder siblings will also
prosper. He may gain with the help or influence of his father. There is a
possibility that he may gain from speculation. Such a location also ensures
success and prosperity to his children.

In Twelfth
He will go abroad during this period. He will earn from abroad. He
will be successful in his venture there and will earn well from there.
When there is adverse influence on the planet, there is a possibility of
the individual incurring losses in business or profession.
How to Time an Event 235

Tenth House

In First
He will be well known and wealthy. Location of Sagittarius in the X
house will ensure excellent results during this period. If this period falls
during the childhood of the individual and the ascendant or the VI house
has adverse influence, he will be sickly. He will have high status and
authority. When Venus is powerful in the chart, the individual may show
inclination to poetry.

In Second
This is indicative of success at profession. The individual will earn
substantial wealth through his profession during this period. He may
also get wealth through his father. There will be happiness from father.
He may also improve his status. He may become reputed. He will be
learned and shall be taken to be an able and powerful orator. According
to Bhrigu the individual may suffer from cough and cold during this
period. He may show ill will to his mother if there is adverse influence on
the planet and the Moon is weak, badly placed or under adverse influence
in the chart.

In Third

There will be good relations with younger brothers/sisters and help


and support from them. His servants will behave well and he will be
happy with them. He will be able to achieve his objectives. He will talk
well.

In Fourth

This is an excellent position. The individual will be close to his mother


and solicitous of her welfare. He will be in possession of wealth and
property. He will lead a comfortable life. He will have vehicles.
When Mercury is strong in the chart, this position is indicative of a
superb performance at college. This position also confirms that in case
the period is current when the individual is seeking admission to a college
of his choice, he will be successful. He will be dignified. He may get
236 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

residential accommodation from the government. His work place may


be at his residence.

In Fifth
He will become highly proficient in several branches of learning. He
will be happy with life. He will be rich. When the period operates at the
right age, a son may be born to him. There will be filial happiness.
According to Bhrigu the individual may develop interest in music and
dance.

In Sixth
This position will cause pain, unhappiness and tension with his natural
father. His skills will not earn him a good income. His enemies will bother
him. The professional matters will be in dispute and he may not have
good relations with his boss. There may be worry because of profession
and there may be change in it during this period. He may not be happy
with his profession. His enemies may bother him.

In Seventh

He will experience happy married life. He may have high status. He


will be learned and will talk well. He will have professional success and
wealth. His wife will keep good health. She will have all the comforts.
Her mother will also be happy and healthy. She may take to studies
during this period and may become highly proficient in a field.

In Eighth

He will not be able to show good performance at work during this


period. He will talk ill of others. He will be long lived. The placement of
Cancer in the X house will show results according to the distance of the
Moon from the Sun. When the distance is more than 72°, the results
may improve. The individual may have a good position and wealth though
he may expect a fall from the position. But a weak Moon close to the
Sun shall give highly adverse results. According to Bhrigu the individual
will keep poor health and he may suffer from an undiagnosed disease.
How to Time an Event 237

In Ninth
This is an indication of high position. He will gain wealth and a child
may be born to him. He will behave well. He will be successful in his
endeavours. It is likely to give some mental tension.

In Tenth
The individual will be efficient and successful at his job. This indicates
a high position. He will lead a comfortable life. His efforts will bear fruits.
His mother will also be happy. The individual is likely to get residential
accommodation from the employer. Such accommodation shall be
imposing and large. If he is at college, he is sure to do exceedingly well
at examinations and studies. This is also indicative of much wealth in the
period of the owner.

In Eleventh
His elder brothers/sisters may be highly placed but they may leave
their places of birth. He will be wealthy and happy. He will have highly
placed children. There is a possibility of some child of his suffering from
ill health during this period. When there is Sagittarius in the X house the
results may be rather adverse.

In Twelfth

There will be unhappiness and worries. His enemies may bother


him. He may have to pay money by way of taxes etc. This location is
indicative of trouble from the government in the form of financial
exactions. The individual may attain a high position or honour abroad.
Bhrigu suggests that the individual may develop an illicit relationship
during this period.

Eleventh House
In First

The individual will notice that his ambitions are fulfilled during this
Period. He will be eloquent, happy and wealthy. The individual could be
238 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

a poet. It would not only be conducive to marital happiness, it would


also make the wife of the individual instrumental in earning of wealth.

In Second
This is an excellent location. The individual will be extremely wealthy.
He will lead a happy and successful life with his family. He may earn
through his speech. Bhrigu considers this position conducive to making
the individual miserly.

In Third
This is good for wealth and successful ventures but it may cause
colic pain. His elder brother will be an intellectual and shall be happy
because of his children; he may try to defraud or acquire others' wealth.
He will be well known. This location is not good for the mother of the
individual. She may keep poor health.

In Fourth
The individual will acquire property and assets. He may benefit
from higher education or through his mother's family. There is a likelihood
of some gain from the government during this period. The placement of
Libra in the XI house is conducive to large inflow of wealth during the
period of Venus.

In Fifth

There shall be wealth and happiness during this period. He will be


scholarly, religious and well behaved. This position is particularly good for
practice of mantras. The individual will be successful at it. His job could
be of an advisor. His children will be virtuous, able, obedient and successful.
When there is Virgo in the XI house, the matters relating to the V house
will show very adverse results.

In Sixth

There may be trouble in the left ear or general ill health. He may
earn his livelihood through service. He will live away from home, perhaps
abroad. His enemies will trouble him. Bhrigu is of the opinion that the
How to Time an Event 239

maternal uncle of the individual may have good income. The individual
may gain through his maternal uncle.

In Seventh
The individual will benefit through his wife and her relatives, but
she will guide and command him as he may lack in worldly wisdom. He
will be wealthy. He may have strong sex urge.

In Eighth
He will be unsuccessful and incur losses in his enterprises. His friends
will also be instrumental in his losses. He will be long lived. His wife will
predecease him. The individual may gain wealth during this period.

In Ninth
The individual will have favours and honour from the government.
He will be rich. He may have profits and gains from abroad. He will have
a good run of fortune. His younger brother/sister may also have good
income. The brother/sister may be prominent in the life of the individual
during this period.

In Tenth
The individual will be rich and shall gain from the government. He
will be philanthropic and genuinely interested in the welfare of the
common man. This location also makes the father wealthy. His elder
brother/sister may live away from the place of his birth.

In Eleventh

The individual will gain in whatever he does. He will become known


as a learned man. The children of the individual will be successful in life.
His elder brother/sister will also have a good time during this period.

In Twelfth

He will have to work hard to earn in small measures. The expenses


during this period will be heavy. His father may change his residence.
240 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

The individual may earn from hospitals or abroad. He may have foreigners
as friends. Such a location will also confer wealth on the elder brother/
sister of the individual. His friends may work against him. His mother will
have to face disappointments during this period. He may marry more
than once.

Twelfth House

In First
He will be low in vitality. His health may remain indifferent. He may
suffer from lung or respiratory trouble. He may be hospitalised. He may
leave home and live away from it during this period. He will be of
expensive habits. He may not be wealthy. His expenses may mount and
income may turn meagre. His conduct may be questionable. There may
be discord with wife.

In Second
He will be religious and his speech will be pleasant. He will spend on
good causes. He will be comfortable. There will be heavy expenditure
leading to depletion of his bank balance. His father may face serious
litigation and dispute over his property. Government too may be involved
in this dispute. The individual may suffer losses due to his irresponsible
talk. Bhrigu says that the individual will live away from his homeland
during this period.

In Third

He will not be happy with his younger brother/sister. He will become


self-centred. He may travel a lot and stay away from home. There may
be loss of younger brother/sister. The mother of the individual may go
abroad.

In Fourth

There may be loss of property, vehicle and assets. He may have


difficulty with his collegiate education if the period operates during the
How to Time an Event 241

relevant part of the life of the individual. His mother will be unhappy with
him. In such a situation, the individual will not have comforts or peace of
mind. He may live away from home.

In Fifth
He may spend on entertainment, his children and speculation. The
individual may have difficulty in begetting children or some other trouble
relating to his children. He may visit shrines and holy places during this
period for relief. Such a location can also lead to separation from his
children.

In Sixth
He will develop enmity with persons who have been close to him.
He may become immoral and develop illicit relations with women. He will
be unhappy and irascible. The individual may get a high position during
this period. Finances of his children may get disturbed.

In Seventh
There will be discord in married life. He may have to spend heavily
on or due to his wife. She may fall ill and may be hospitalised. His own
vitality will be at a low ebb. He may have to travel against his wish. He
may develop relations with other women. This location is not good for
educational pursuits, which will suffer during this period.

In Eighth
The individual will have profits in his business. He will be comfortable
and happy. There is possibility of an improvement in status. He may be
hospitalised due to an accident. There may be tension in married life.
He will have pleasant speech. His longevity shall be medium.

In Ninth

He may go abroad. He will be self centred and arrogant. The


individual will face losses and failures. In such a situation, there may be
trouble with or due to his younger brother/sister. He will not succeed at
interviews. He may lose interest in religion. He will not be able to pursue
242 Chapter 2: The Major-Period

higher education. If this period operates in the old age of the individual,
he will, according to Bhrigu lose his wealth.

In Tenth

He may have to spend in compliance with government orders. His


father may give him trouble. His assets and property may also be in
jeopardy. He may change residence at the orders of the government.
The individual may get a government job during this period according to
Bhrigu.

In Eleventh
He may gain from abroad. His elder brother/sister may be rich.
There will be losses in business and undertakings. In such a situation,
the elder brother/sister or children of the individual may also have trouble
due to bad health and losses. If the individual is hoping for the birth of a
child, he will have to wait for the period to end, since this will not be
conducive to that happy event to take place.

In Twelfth

The individual will face heavy expenses within the country. He is


likely to prosper abroad. He may not keep good health. He may have
enemies. His conduct will not be upright. If Libra is located in the XII
house, the results will be better.
Chapter Three

The Sub and Inter-Periods

Analysis of Vimshottari Periods and


Assessment of their Results

We will consider the sub and other finer periods in this Chapter.
The statements made for the major-period analysis in the preceding
Chapter apply mutatis-mutandis to the sub-period analysis. The changes
in analysis that should be kept in mind shall be described in the course
of the Chapter.

Sub and Inter-periods Analysis


2. We have seen in the previous Chapter that a major-period planet
shall give results relating to a house only when it is related to the
relevant karaka and the concerned houses from the ascendant,
Arudha lagna and karaka. It may also be related to the Factor for
gain or loss, physical self or for the mind as the case may be. A
confirmatory tool is its relationship with the relevant Essential Planet
and Arudha of the concerned house from the karaka.
With respect to a sub-period, the relationship has to be major-
period dependent. According to Uttar Kalamrita Chapter 6 verses 22
and 24, the sub-period planet is expected to give results of the house
that it occupies as counted from the major-period planet. If the sub-
period planet is in the IV house from the major-period planet, it will give
results of the IV house, etc. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra supports
these statements vide Chapter 50 verses 90-96. This is the reason why
results in the sub-period of a planet X in the major-period of another
planet Y are not the same as those in the sub-period of Y in the major-
244 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

period of X. The relationships to houses as taken from the major-period


planet differ. We ought therefore to be very clear about these
relationships. Broadly we can say that whatever is considered from the
ascendant in the case of a major-period, the same should be considered
from the place of the major-period planet in the case of a sub-period in
it. An event will happen in a sub-period if the sub-period planet:
(a) Is related to the concerned karaka, and the Essential Planet.
The Essential Planet shall be the strongest planet that relates
the Arudhas of relevant houses from the karaka and the natal
location of the major-period planet. Thus, we determine the
Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. We determine
the Arudha of the relevant house from the position of the
major-period planet in the birth chart. We then list planets that
relate these two houses. The strongest of them would be the
Essential Planet.
(b) Is related to the concerned house as counted from the house
occupied by the major-period planet.
(c) Is related to the same number of house as counted from the
Arudha of place that the major-period planet occupies.
(d) Is related to the same number of house from the natal position
of the karaka.
This means that the sub-period planet ought to be a Factor for the
event as taken from the major-period planet. We can call it a Sub-Factor
to distinguish it from a Factor.
The sub, inter or a finer period planet will have two things in common
with the major-period planet, viz., (a) it is related to the karaka for the
event, and the Essential Planet, and (b) it is related to the relevant
house from the karaka. It should also be related to the Sub-Factor for
gain or loss, physical self or for the mind as the case may be. Let us
suppose a male gets married for the first time in the major-period of
Saturn, sub-period of Ketu and inter-period of Jupiter. Let us also suppose
that the VII house from Venus is in Cancer. In this chart we will notice
that Saturn, Ketu and Jupiter would be related to Venus and also to
Cancer. The Essential Planet would vary for every period.
(e) The Sub-Factor must relate to the Arudha of the relevant
house from the karaka. Therefore, if we are considering birth
How to Time an Event 245

of the first child in a sub-period, the Sub-Factor concerned


should also be related to the Arudha of the V house from
Jupiter.
No planet would give results pertaining to an event in its sub-
period unless it is related to the concerned karaka. This is therefore a
very convenient tool to identify possible planets that could give a
particular result in their sub-periods.
3. The inter-period planet shall give results subject to the overall
direction and control of the sub-period planet. A planet will cause
an event to happen when it is:
(a) Related to the karaka and the Essential Planet. The Essential
Planet shall be the strongest planet that relates the Arudhas
of relevant houses from the karaka and the natal location of
the sub-period planet. Thus, we determine the Arudha of the
relevant house from the karaka. We determine the Arudha of
the relevant house from the position of the sub-period planet
in the birth chart. We then list planets that relate these two
houses. The strongest of them would be the Essential Planet.
(b) It is related to the relevant house from the sub-period planet.
(c) It is related to the relevant house from the Arudha of the place
that the sub-period planet occupies.
(d) It is related to the same number of house from the karaka.
This means that the inter-period planet ought to be a Factor for the
event as taken from the sub-period planet. We will call a planet that
qualifies according to these conditions as an Inter-Factor with respect to a
sub-period planet. This also means that even an inter-period planet will
not give results relating to an event in its period unless it is related to
the concerned karaka.
(e) Further, as in the case of a Sub-Factor, the Inter-Factor too
must be related to the Arudha of the concerned house from
the karaka. It should also be related to the Inter-Factor for
gain or loss, physical self or for the mind as the case may be.
4. From the above it is obvious that the principles in case of an inter-
period planet are the same as those relating to the sub-period
246 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

planet. In fact these principles can be taken down to the finer


periods too. In a general statement we can say that an event would
happen when the:
(a) The inferior-period planet is related to the karaka.
(b) It is related to the relevant house from the natal position of the
superior-period planet.
(c) It is related to the relevant house from the Arudha of the place
that the superior-period planet occupies in the birth chart.
(d) It is related to the same number of house from the natal place
of the concerned karaka.
We will again reiterate that an inferior-period planet will not give
results relating to an event in its period unless it is related to the
concerned karaka. This principle is a major help in determination of the
right period planet since those planets that do not have relationship with
the karaka concerned shall not be taken into consideration when we
analyse the chart for determination of the right inferior-period planet.
(e) It is reiterated that the inferior-period planet must be related
to the Arudha of the concerned house from the karaka. It
should also be related to the Inferior-Factor for gain or loss,
physical self or for the mind as the case may be.
We will explain the concept of Sub and Inter-Factors further
through the following chart of Tom Cruise. He, as we know, is a
Hollywood actor:

Chart III-1
Lagna
How to Time an Event 247

Male, July 3, 1962, 1205 hours, Syracuse, New York, USA, 43°N03',
Navamsha

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

76° W09', Time zone 0500 hours west of Greenwich, 0100 hour Day
Light Saving Time. Thus, effectively the time differential between the
GMT and the Standard Time at New York would be 0400 hours.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 2s17°54'16" Rahu Venus 3s25°57'24" Mercury
Moon 3s7°48'17" Saturn Saturn 9s16°41'21" Moon
Mars 1s2°46'33" Sun Rahu 3s15°42'57" Saturn
Merc 1s26°25'23" Mars Ketu 9s15°42'57" Moon
Jupiter 10s19°21'27" Rahu Ascdt 5s3°48'03"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
248 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

The birth chart has a very close relationship between Venus and
Saturn. This points to a possible break up of marriage. The VII house
from Venus is in Capricorn. Its Arudha is in Libra. This is the Arudha
house for first marriage. The XII house from Saturn is in Sagittarius. Its
Arudha is in Aries. This is the Arudha house for separation. Mars occupies
a sign of Venus, and Venus is in a constellation of Mercury that is
associated with Mars. The chart thus shows a strong tendency to divorce.
The individual has married twice and divorced twice. The first divorce
took place on February 4, 1990 in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub-
period of Saturn in the major-period of Mercury. This happened in the
band of years controlled by Mars.
Divorce is dissolution of marriage. Thus, it has two elements-marriage
and its dissolution. The karaka for the first is Venus and for the second,
Saturn. Divorce took place in the major-period of Mercury and in sub-
period of Saturn.
Mars, as we have seen, is related to the Arudha houses of marriage
and separation. Let us first examine Mars. Mars is related to the VII
houses from the ascendant and Arudha lagna through Venus, and it is
in Capricorn in the navamsha chart. It is related to Venus. It will therefore
give results relating to marital affairs of the individual. It is related to
Saturn. It is also related to the three XII houses. It is therefore a planet
that could bring about a divorce in the life of the individual. Mars rules
the life of the individual from July 3, 1989 to July 3; 1995. The major-
period of Mercury runs till February 17, 1992. The major-period of Ketu
starts after that. Ketu is not concerned with the marital affairs of the
individual.
Mercury is in sambandha with Saturn in the navamsha chart. It is
also related to the three XII houses. The Arudha of the XII house from
Saturn is in Aries. The Arudha of the XII house from the ascendant is in
Aries. Mars only relates the two houses. It is the Essential Planet for the
major-period for separation. Mercury is with Mars. The Arudha of the VII
house from Venus is in Libra. The Arudha of the VII house from the
ascendant is in Capricorn. The Moon, Saturn, and Rahu relate the two
houses. The Moon is the Essential Planet for major-period relating to
marriage, being the strongest. Mercury is related to the Moon. Mercury
in its major-period shall therefore cause marriage and separation. Venus
is in Aslesha constellation of Mercury. Mercury is in a sign of Venus and it
How to Time an Event 249

is related to all the three VII houses. Mercury shall cause a divorce to
take place in its major-period. The event must happen only between
July 3, 1989 and February 17, 1992, as thereafter the major-period of
Mercury shall come to an end. It must therefore happen in the sub-
period of Saturn in the major-period of Mercury.
We shall examine the sub-period planet Saturn to see if it is a Sub-
Factor for marital matters. It is related to karaka Venus. It is in the VII
house from the natal position of the karaka. The VII house from the
major-period planet is in Scorpio. Mars is in the same sign in the navamsha
chart as Saturn in the birth chart. The VII house from the Arudha of the
natal place of major-period planet is in Pisces. Jupiter is in navamsha sign
of Saturn. The Arudha of the XII house from Saturn is in Aries. The
Arudha of the XII house from the major-period planet is in Gemini. Mars
and Mercury are together. Mercury is stronger. It is the Essential Planet
for separation for the sub-period. Saturn is in sambandha with Mercury
in the navamsha chart. Saturn is a Sub-Factor for marital matters.
We should now see if it is inclined also to be a Sub-Factor for
separation. It is a karaka for separation. Since Mars is related to Saturn,
the latter is also related to the XII house from the major-period planet.
The XII house from the Arudha of the major-period planet is in Leo.
Saturn occupies the same sign in the navamsha chart as the Sun in the
birth chart. Saturn is related to the Arudha house for separation. We
notice that it is related to the Essential Planet for separation for the sub-
period. Thus, Saturn is a Sub-Factor for marital affairs and separation with
reference to the major-period planet Mercury. It should separate the
individual from his spouse.

The II house from Mercury would represent family. This is Gemini.


Saturn is in this sign in the navamsha chart. The Arudha from the natal
position of Mercury is in Virgo. The II house from the Arudha of Taurus
is Libra. Saturn and Venus are related. Thus, Saturn will also cause a
break-up in the family.

A divorce in the sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of Mercury


is due. Let us now examine the inter-period. The event happened in the
inter-period of Mercury. We will conduct a similar three-fold inquiry in
the nature of Mercury as an Inter-Factor for marital affairs and
separation.
250 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Venus is in a constellation of Mercury. Thus, Mercury is related to


the karaka and to the VII house from the sub-period planet as well. The
VII house from Venus is Capricorn. Saturn and Mercury are in
sambandha in the navamsha chart. The Arudha of the place that Saturn
occupies is in Libra. The VII house from it is Aries. Mercury is with Mars
in the birth chart. Mercury is obviously related to the Arudha house for
first marriage. Thus, Mercury is an Inter-Factor for marital matters with
respect to the sub-period planet.
Let us see if Mercury is also an Inter-Factor for separation with
respect to the sub-period planet. There is a sambandha between Mercury
and Saturn in the navamsha chart. Thus, Mercury is related to the
karaka for separation. The XII house from Saturn is in Sagittarius. Venus
is the dispositor of Mercury. It is over Jupiter in the superimposition
chart. The Arudha of the natal place of Saturn is in Libra. The XII house
from it is a sign of Mercury. Mercury is related to the Arudha house for
separation. Thus, Mercury is an Inter-Factor for marital affairs and
separation with respect to the sub-period planet.
The II house from Saturn is in Aquarius. We have already seen
that Mercury and Saturn are in sambandha. The II house from the
Arudha of the natal position of Saturn is in Libra. The II house from here
is Scorpio. Mars and Mercury are together. Thus, Mercury will also cause
a break-up in the family.
We will take up the second divorce. The VII house from Venus is in
Capricorn. The Arudha of this house is in Libra. The III house from Libra
is the house of the second wife. It is in Sagittarius. The Arudha of
Sagittarius is in Aries. Thus the Arudha house for second wife is in Aries.
The Arudha house for separation is in the same house too. Saturn and
Mars are related very powerfully to each other.
The second divorce happened on August 8, 2001. The individual
was in his 40th year. Saturn was the ruler of the band of years at that
time. Saturn is a Factor for marital affairs and also for separation. This
band started on July 3, 1997 and ended on July 3, 2003.
The second divorce happened in the major and sub-periods of
Venus and inter-period of Saturn.

>
How to Time an Event 251

Venus is related to the XII houses from Saturn and itself. A divorce
shall take place in the major-period of Venus.
Venus is the Karaka-Factor for marital affairs. It is also a Factor for
separation. It is related to Aries as it is related to Mars. The major-period
of Venus shall see a divorce. This has to happen therefore between
February 17, 1999 and July 3, 2003.
The sub-periods of Venus, Sun and Moon shall operate during this
period. Venus is a Sub-Factor for marital affairs and separation vis-a-vis
the major-period. The II house from Venus is in Leo. Venus is related to
it. The II house from the Arudha of the natal position of Venus is Taurus.
Thus, Venus is a Sub-Factor for marital affairs and separation with
respect to its own major-period and it causes a break-up in the family at
that time. A divorce appears in the offing in the sub-period of Venus in
its own major-period. We notice that Venus has substantial influence of
Mercury. Venus is in Cancer in the birth chart, a movable but
prishthhodaya sign, and in Aquarius in the navamsha chart, a fixed but
shirshodaya sign. It is in the last drekkan of the sign. Therefore, Venus
shall give the result slightly later in its sub-period.
Let us now take the inter-period planet Saturn. Saturn is related to
the karaka for marital affairs. The VII house from Venus is Capricorn.
Saturn is in this/Sign. The Arudha of the natal place of Venus is in Aries.
The VII house from it is Libra. Saturn is related to Venus. Thus, Saturn
is an Inter-Factor for marital affairs with respect to the sub-period planet.
Saturn is a karaka for separation. The XII house from Venus is
Gemini. We have seen that Saturn is related to it. The XII house from
the Arudha of the place of the sub-period planet is Pisces. We have
seen that Saturn is related to Jupiter. Thus, Saturn is an Inter-Factor for
separation with respect to the sub-period planet.
Saturn is related to the Arudha houses of second marriage and
separation.

The II house from Venus is Leo. Saturn is related to Leo through


Mercury. The II house from Arudha of the place of Venus is Taurus.
Saturn is related to Venus. Thus, Saturn shall cause a divorce in its inter-
period.
252 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

5. We know that the Arudha of a house represents the matters of the


house in a much more pronounced manner. For example, the
Arudha of the IX house from natal Rahu shall represent journey
abroad. A planet related to the Arudha of a house shall give results
relating to that house in its period. Such a planet must also be
related to the karaka for the event. Going back to the illustration
taken above in this paragraph, when a planet is related to Rahu
and the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, it should cause a
journey abroad. Since an individual travels abroad physically the
Sun and Arudha of the physical self of the individual should also be
related to this planet. A planet that is related to the Sun and Rahu
and the Arudhas of the IX house from Rahu and the I house from
the Sun should take the individual abroad in its major-period. It is
however seen that such a planet does not always give rise to the
anticipated event. It is noticed that the Arudha of the relevant
house from the ascendant also plays a major role. We therefore
take the Arudhas of the relevant house from the Karaka, and from
the ascendant. There could be one or more planets that would
relate these tow houses to each other. The most powerful planet
that so relates the two houses shall be the seed planet, and it shall
play the role of controlling the event. A factor related to the seed
planet will give the result. A sub-factor should be related to the sub-
seed planet. It can be determined by taking the relevant house from
the place of major-period planet.
We will analyse an episode of first marriage and divorce in the life
of Tom Cruise through the above method. The VII house from natal
Venus in the birth chart is Capricorn. The Arudha of the house is in
Libra. The Arudha of the XI house from natal Jupiter is in Aries.
Mars and Venus are related in the chart showing the possibility of
marriage. The individual got married the first time in the major-
period of Mercury and sub and inter-periods of Jupiter. Mercury is
related to the Arudhas and karakas and so is Jupiter. We will now
examine the first divorce. The Arudhas remain the same but now
the karakas shall be Venus and Saturn. The divorce happened in
the major period of Mercury, sub-period of Saturn and inter-period
of Mercury. Mercury we have seen is related to the two Arudhas
and Venus. Saturn is in sambandha with Mercury
How to Time an Event 253

in the navamsha chart. Thus Mercury major-period shall cause the


divorce to happen. We can easily see that Saturn is also related to
the Arudhas and karakas in the chart.
6. We have stated in the previous Chapter that some events affect the
physical self and others the mental. The Sub-Factors for the
physical and mental selves should be worked out with respect to
the position of the major-period planet. For Sub-Factor for physical
self we will consider the house occupied by the major-period planet,
the Arudha of its place, and the place of the Sun. It should also be
related to the Sun. For the Sub-Factor of the mental self we will
consider the IV houses from the Moon, the place of the major-
period planet and the Arudha of its place. The Factor should also
relate to the Moon.
We can similarly determine the Inter-Factors for physical and mental
selves.
7. Many a time, the sub-period of a planet in the major-period of the
same planet gives the desired result. This happens when the major-
period planet gets strongly related to Mercury. Mercury has the
unique tendency to give its results at the beginning of the period. It
imparts this tendency to the planet that is related to Mercury and
makes the planet give results early in its own sub-period. The
movable signs too have a tendency to expedite matters. Therefore
a planet placed in a movable sign would also be inclined to give its
result early. This has been given in more detail in paragraph 22 of
this Chapter.

It is generally observed that the normal time for marriage or first


childbirth for a female in traditional societies like in India is still after 18
years. For a male it is at least 23 years. For residents of Western countries
we may add five years to both the ages. This varies from region to
region in the world. When a planet is associated with or is in sambandha
with Saturn in the birth or navamsha chart, it defers the event by three
years, if it is related to Saturn through other means in either chart it
does so by one year. If the planet is a karaka for the event and is in
sambandha with Saturn the delay shall again be for three years. When
Saturn occupies a house in either chart it similarly defers the event by
three years. Here the occupation of a house in the navamsha chart
254 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

means that Saturn is in the same sign in the navamsha chart that is
placed in in the relevant house in the birth chart. Thus, if Cancer is
placed in the V house in a birth chart and Saturn occupies Cancer in the
navamsha chart, Saturn would be deemed to be in occupation of the V
house through the navamsha chart. This mutatis mutandis applies to
Mercury. Thus, when Mercury is associated with or is in sambandha with
a planet in a birth or navamsha chart it advances an event by three
years. If Mercury is related to a planet through other means in the birth
or navamsha chart it does so by one year. When Mercury occupies a
house in the birth or navamsha chart it advances the event by three
years.
The influence of Mercury or Saturn on a karaka will also work for
advancement or deferment as the case may be of an event in the same
way as on a planet.
When Mercury and Saturn are in sambandha in a birth chart, the
tendency of Mercury to prepone the event, and the tendency of Saturn
to postpone it are neutralised.
8. Let us take some more illustrations. We refer to Chart 1-1. The male
individual got married on February 12, 1973 in the inter-period of
Mercury in the sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of Jupiter.
This is his first marriage. The Arudha house for first marriage is in
Aquarius.
Let us first see if Rahu is a Sub-Factor for marriage in the major-
period of Jupiter. Rahu is in a constellation of the Moon. The latter is in
sambandha with Saturn in the navamsha chart. Thus Rahu is related to
the Arudha house of first marriage. Rahu is in sambandha with Venus.
The VII house from Jupiter is in Aries. Due to the sambandha between
Rahu and Venus and again between Mars and Venus, Rahu gets related
to the house. The Arudha of the natal position of Jupiter is in Sagittarius.
The VII house from this sign is in Gemini. Rahu occupies this sign in the
navamsha chart. Thus, Rahu is a Sub-Factor for marriage with respect
to Jupiter.
We should now examine if Rahu has some relationship with the
element of gain. Rahu is related to the XI house from the karaka and
major-period planet. Jupiter is in a constellation of Rahu. Rahu is also
related to the XI house from the Arudha of the place occupied by the
major-period planet. The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter is in Libra.
How to Time an Event 255

Since Jupiter is the major-period planet, the Arudha of the XI house


from the major-period planet shall also remain the same. Libra has three
planets but Jupiter is the strongest. It is the Essential Planet. We have
seen that Rahu is related to it.
Let us see if Rahu is related to the houses of family from the major-
period planet and Arudha of the place that the major-period planet
occupies. This is the II house from the two places. The II house from
Jupiter is Scorpio. Rahu is related to it. The II house from Sagittarius is
Capricorn. We know that Rahu is related to Saturn and therefore houses
owned by it. Further, the Moon is placed in Capricorn in the navamsha
chart. It is in sambandha with Rahu.
Let us now examine the inter-period planet. Mercury and Venus
are in sambandha in the navamsha chart. Mercury is related to the
Arudha house of marriage. It is related to the VII house from Rahu
through Venus. The Arudha for the natal position of Rahu is in Aquarius.
The VII house from it is in Leo. The Sun is in sambandha with Mercury
in the navamsha chart. Therefore Mercury is related to this house too.
Mercury is thus an Inter-Factor for marriage with respect to Rahu.
Mercury is an Inter-Factor for gain.
The II houses from Rahu and the Arudha of the place that it
occupies are in Gemini and Pisces. Mercury is obviously related to both
the places.

We will analyse the above chart further. A son was born to the
individual on November 27, 1974 in the inter-period of Mercury in the
sub and major-periods of Saturn. The Arudha of the place of first child is
in Sagittarius. We can easily see that birth of a child is possible in the
major-period of Saturn. The dispositor of Saturn is in a sign of Mercury.
The navamsha dispositor of Saturn is with Mercury. Saturn is in sambandha
with Jupiter. Mercury is associated with Jupiter in the birth chart. Saturn
is in Scorpio in the navamsha chart. We have Venus and Ketu there.
Ketu is in a constellation of Mercury. There is a possibility that Saturn
may give the result in its sub-period. Let us see if Saturn is a Sub-Factor
for birth of a child in its own major-period.

Let us examine the sub-period of Saturn in its major-period. The V


house from Saturn is in Scorpio. Saturn occupies this sign in the navamsha
chart. The Arudha of the natal place of Saturn is in Taurus. The V
256 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

house from Taurus is in Virgo. The navamsha dispositor of Saturn is with


Mercury. Saturn is therefore a Sub-Factor in its own major-period.
Let us now see Mercury. It is with Jupiter. Mercury is with Mars. It
thus gets related to Scorpio, the V house from Saturn. Mercury owns
the V house from Taurus. The V house from Jupiter is Aquarius. Mercury
is related to Saturn through its location in Scorpio. Mercury is therefore
an Inter-Factor for children with respect to Saturn. It is related to the
house of the first child. Saturn is a Sub-Factor for gain.
The II house from Saturn is Leo. Mars and Saturn are in sambandha
in the navamsha chart and the Sun is in Chitra constellation of Mars.
Mercury is in sambandha with the Sun in the navamsha chart. The II
house from Taurus, the Arudha of the natal place of Saturn, is Gemini.
Saturn occupies this sign in the navamsha chart. Thus, Saturn is related
to the houses of family.
9. Jatakabharnam has mentioned effects of sub-periods of planets in
certain houses in verses 2 to 5 of the concerned Chapter on Sub-
Periods. When two naturally malefic planets are together in a sign,
the sub-period of one in the major-period of the other will cause
disease, disputes, trouble from the government and loss of wealth.
The sub-period of a planet in the V, IX or X house will give comforts,
success, good health, progress and respect. The sub-period of a
planet located in the VI house shall cause ill health in its sub-period.
The sub-period of a malefic planet in the VII house spells danger to
the life of the spouse. It would give bad company, disease, loss of
wealth and disputes. The sub-period of a planet in the VIII house
will cause loss of wealth, discomfort, and taking to a bad habit.
These are obviously very general results.

10. (A) The inherent nature of the sub-planet should not be lost
sight of. Saturn when inclined to give good results relating to a
house shall reward the individual in its own way. There may
be delays and worry relating to the outcome before the good
results materialise.
How to Time an Event 257

(B) The effect of the inter-planetary linkages that are formed


between houses that the sub-period planet owns and occupies
from the major-period planet will appear during the sub-period.
Linkages forming on the basis of navamsha and constellation
should also be taken into account from the major-period planet.
The effect of the linkages has been stated separately.
Chart III-2

In the above chart, during the major-period of the Moon and sub-
period of Jupiter, taking the Moon as the ascendant, there will be linkages
between the V and XII houses, and between the V and IX houses on
the basis of ownership and occupation. Other linkages based on navamsha
positions and constellation should also be considered.
The effect shall be dominant of the house that a planet occupies when a
linkage is formed. The secondary effect will be of the house that has the
mooltrikona sign of the planet and lastly of the other house that the planet
owns. It should be noticed that the results remain vague and amorphous
since karakas are not taken into account.
(C) The result of houses, to which the sub-period planet is related,
taking the house the major-period planet occupies as the
ascendant, shall appear in the sub-period. The analysis will be
similar to the one when we consider the houses from the
ascendant. This is actually a component of the overall analysis
through Sub-Factors.
258 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

(D) The results shall be highly adverse according to Jataka Parijata


Chapter 18 verse 53 if the major and sub-period planets were
both weak and they occupied the same house. According to
the same verse the location of the sub-period planet in the VI
or VIII house from the major-period planet will cause loss of
position or death.
A similar analysis should be carried out to assess the effect
of a sub-period of a planet the major-period of which is current.
(E) Verse 16 of Jatakadeshmarga Chandrika Chapter 10 helps us
decide the direction in which matters relating to a house shall
happen or prosper. Both planets and signs are relevant in
determination of direction. The directions determined by the
owner of the house and occupant of the house should be
considered. The signs in which the karaka for the house is
placed in the birth and navamsha charts, and the signs in
which the owner of the house is placed in these two charts
too indicate directions. The directions indicated by powerful,
favourable and unafflicted signs and planets in the above list
should be the ones favourable for the purpose. A planet having
digbala (directional strength) shall take the individual in its
direction and he will prosper there. Chapter 27 verse 7 of
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that the Sun or Mars in the
X house, the Moon or Venus in the IV house, Mercury or
Jupiter in the I house and Saturn in the VII house have digbala
(directional strength).
Verse 16 of Jatakadeshmarga Chandrika Chapter 10 also helps
determine the distance involved. Matter relating to a house
shall be finalised at a short distance if the owner of the house
or its karaka occupies a common sign. The distance shall be
long if the concerned planet occupies a movable sign. It shall
be at the same place where the individual lives, if the planet is
placed in a fixed sign. A similar analysis should be made from
the navamsha chart. When the conclusions drawn are different
from different analyses, the indication given by the most
powerful and unafflicted planet shall be taken.
How to Time an Event 259

(F) Relocation, Incarceration and Direction of Journey:


This is a highly specialised area of analysis. Generally predictions
in this regard are made only on the basis of transits but period
analysis gives very clear indications. A Factor related to a Factor
for separation shall be capable of causing relocation during its
period. We illustrate this by analysing a chart.
Chart III-3
Lagna

Navamsha
260 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods
Male, April 8, 1946, 1016 hours, 25°N20', 83°E00', Time Zone

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

0530 East of Greenwich.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 11s24°38'59" Mercury Venus 0s10°47'40" Ketu
Moon 2s16°28'41" Rahu Saturn 2s25°10'25" Jupiter
Mars 3s0°54'35" Jupiter Rahu 2s0°1'47" Mars
Merc 11s4°32'46" Saturn Ketu 8s0°1'47" Ketu
JupiterR 6s 0° 00'01" Mars Ascdt 2s8°54'5"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
This individual was relocated on August 13, 1975 in the sub-period
of Venus in the major-period of Saturn. The XII house from Saturn
would show separation. It is Taurus. This is also the XII house from the
ascendant. Saturn is placed in the sign in the navamsha chart. The XII
house from the Arudha lagna is Leo. The Sun and Saturn are in
sambandha in the navamsha chart. Thus, Saturn is the Karaka-Factor for
separation. Mercury owns the IV house from the ascendant and the
Moon. It is in sambandha with Saturn. The Arudha lagna is Virgo. The
IV house from it is Sagittarius. Saturn is in a constellation of Jupiter. The
change of residence during the major-period of Saturn is clearly
established.
Venus is in sambandha with Saturn in the navamsha chart. It is the
owner of the XII houses from the ascendant and Saturn. The XII house
from Arudha of the natal place of Saturn is Leo. It is related to the Sun
How to Time an Event 261

through Saturn. Venus is related to the IV house from Saturn through


Saturn. The IV house from the Arudha of Saturn is Sagittarius. The
owner of the constellation that Venus occupies is in this sign. Venus will
therefore cause relocation.
The above individual went abroad on March 11, 1985 in the sub-
period of Jupiter in the major-period of Saturn. The IX house from Rahu
is Aquarius. Saturn and Rahu are together in the birth chart. The IX
house from Arudha lagna is Taurus. Saturn occupies it in the navamsha
chart. Thus, it is clear that the individual would go abroad during the
major-period of Saturn. Rahu and Jupiter are together in the navamsha
chart. Saturn is in a constellation of Jupiter. Venus and Jupiter are in
sambandha. This is enough evidence to qualify Jupiter as the suitable
sub-period for the event.
11. According to Jatakabharnam, Chapter on Specific Effects of Periods,
verse 4, a retrograde planet causes relocation in its period. According
to verse 7, a beneficial planet associated with Rahu could cause
trouble, loss of wealth and journey abroad in its period.
12. The following are axioms taken mainly from Brihat Parashar Mora
Shastra and in some measure from Jataka Parijat too.
According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 28 the sub-period of
a planet that is inimical to the major-period planet or to the owner of the
ascendant, occupies an inimical sign, or occupies the VI house from the
ascendant, causes loss of livelihood and relocation.

The sub-period planet will indicate the directions in which the


individual will travel during the sub-period. This would be true if the
planet has good directional strength. We have therefore not given below
the normal directions in which the individual could travel during the sub-
period. Directions have been given for a sub-period only when they are
different from the normal. We know that the Sun represents the East;
the Moon Northwest; Mars South; Mercury North; Jupiter Northeast;
Venus Southeast; Saturn West and Rahu Southwest. The first house
and houses triangular to it represent the East. The second house and
houses triangular to it represent the South. The third house and houses
triangular to it represent the West. The fourth house and houses
triangular to it represent the North.
262 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Powerful influence of another planet on a planet can cause change


in the normal direction of the influenced planet. For example, Jupiter is
known to take a person to the Northeast, but in case Venus influences it
powerfully, it will cause the individual to go to the Southeast as Venus
represents that direction.
Jatakabharnam Chapter on the Strength of Planets verse 2 states
that a planet that has digbala takes the individual in its sub-period in the
direction that it represents and brings benefit to him there.
First House: The owner of the ascendant could cause
imprisonment of the individual in its period when it is in an inimical sign,
is debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio and
has malefic influence. The event may happen especially when the owner
of the ascendant occupies a house of the Adverse Trio and is a malefic
planet or it is under malefic influence. It could also cause relocation.

Second House: A malefic owner of the II house occupying the


house will cause relocation or imprisonment in its period.

Third House: The sub-period of the owner of the III house that has
malefic influence is likely to relocate the individual or cause trouble
relating to his residence.
Fourth House: The period of the owner of the IV house will give
favourable or adverse results relating to acquisition or loss of residence.
The sub-period of a malefic planet in the major-period of a malefic owner
of the house will cause relocation.

Fifth House: The period of the owner of the house could cause
unnecessary travelling for the individual when it is in an inimical sign, is
debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio.
Seventh House: The sub-period of a malefic planet in the major-
period of the owner of the house will cause irrelevant travel and journey
abroad. If the owner is a favourable planet and is well placed, the
individual will carry out profitable journeys.

Eighth House: The sub-period of a malefic planet in the major-


period of the owner of the house will cause journeys. The individual may
go abroad during the period of the owner of the house when it is in an
inimical sign, is debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the
Adverse Trio. The sub-period of a malefic planet will cause relocation.
How to Time an Event 263

Ninth House: The individual could be incarcerated in the sub-


period of a malefic planet when the major-period of the owner of the
house is current. The individual will have to stay away from home when
the owner of the house is in an inimical sign, is debilitated or combust or
occupies a house of the Adverse Trio.
Twelfth House: The individual may be jailed in the period of the
owner of the house when it is in an inimical sign, is debilitated or combust
or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio.
Sun: The individual will travel in the hills and forest in the period of
the Sun. He could be exiled if the Sun is debilitated or it occupies a
house of the Adverse Trio, and it is afflicted or is with an adverse Node.
The sub-period of the Sun in its major-period could cause journey
abroad. He may travel in forests or hills.
The individual will travel to different countries in the sub-period of
the Moon in the major-period of the Sun if the Moon is weak or it
occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Sun. Relocation
is likely in the sub-period of Moon placed in a house of the Adverse Trio.
The individual may go to jail if a weak Rahu occupies the VIII or XII
house from the Sun. The sub-period of such a Rahu is capable of
relocating the individual too. The direction of journey could be Northwest
besides the usual Southwest.

The sub-period of Jupiter occupying the IX house could cause a


journey to West or Southwest.

The individual may have to travel at the close of the sub-period of


Saturn in the major-period of the Sun. The direction of journey could be
Southwest too when Saturn occupies the XI house.
The individual may have to travel at the close of the sub-period of
debilitated Mercury in the major-period of the Sun. The sub-period will
give the same result if Mercury occupies one of the houses of the
Adverse Trio from the Sun.

The individual will travel abroad in the sub-period of Ketu when it is


associated with a malefic planet and occupies the VIII or XII house from
the Sun. Such a Ketu may also force relocation of the individual.
264 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

The individual will travel to other cities in the sub-period of Venus if


it is exalted, is placed in an angle, triangle or in a friendly sign. There
will be relocation for the individual at the end of the sub-period of a
weak Venus placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the Sun.
Moon: The birth chart of the individual will indicate that he may go
abroad if the Moon occupies Taurus or Virgo. He may change his place
or take up a travelling assignment when the Moon is in Gemini. He may
travel for pleasure or religious reasons if the Moon is in Cancer. There
may be much and tedious travelling if the Moon occupies Capricorn.
The individual will go on a pilgrimage in the sub and major-period of
the Moon. He may be relocated when the Moon is debilitated or placed
in the VI or VIII house.

The individual will go to meet the ruler of a state in the Southwest


or West direction in the sub-period of Rahu when it occupies the III, VI,
X or the XI house in sambandha with a yogakaraka planet. The
individual will face relocation in case Rahu is weak and occupies the VIII
or XII house from the major-period planet. He will go on pilgrimages
when Rahu occupies an angle or triangle from the major-period planet
or is placed in the III or XI house from it. There is danger of imprisonment
in case Rahu is related to the VIII house. The sub-period of Rahu in the
XI house will also cause journeys.
The individual will face removal from his place in the sub-period of
Jupiter when it is placed in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from
the ascendant, is debilitated or combust. He may go abroad when
Jupiter occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Moon.
The sub-period of an exalted Jupiter or when it occupies its own sign in
an angle, or in a triangular or XI house from the Moon will cause journey
to the West.

The individual travels to the Southwest in the sub-period of Saturn


that receives aspect of a favourable Sun. When Saturn has the influence
of a malefic planet and is debilitated or is placed in a house of the
Adverse Trio, the individual may be exiled.
The individual may be jailed or transferred to an undesirable place
in the sub-period of Mercury when it is debilitated, combust or occupies
one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Moon.
How to Time an Event 265

He may live abroad in the sub-period of Venus that is associated


with a malefic planet in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the
Moon.
The journey abroad will be highly troublesome in the sub-period of
the Sun associated with a malefic planet in the VIII or XII house from
the Moon.
Mars: It is known to cause accidents involving vehicles or during
journey if it is under adverse influence in a movable sign. It could cause
accidents through water vessels if the sign is watery. In may cause
drowning too in such a situation. An air accident or trouble due to storm
could be possible when the planet is placed in an airy sign with malefic
influence. In a similar situation in an earthy sign, Mars may cause danger
due to fall, of getting buried or from an earthquake. In a fiery sign it will
cause hurt due to projectiles, electricity, lightening or fire. Mars may
take the individual abroad for service or he may be relocated if it
occupies Gemini. There may be separation from spouse and children
when it occupies Cancer,

The sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of Mars could take the


individual abroad if Rahu is exalted, occupies its mooltrikona sign, or it is
placed in an angle, triangular house or in the XI house and receives
influence of a beneficial planet through association or aspect. The
individual could be jailed if Rahu occupies the VIII or XII house and
receives influence of a malefic planet through association or aspect.

The individual could be relocated or he may go abroad in the sub-


period of Saturn if it occupies an angle, a triangular or XI house from
Mars. The individual may travel to South when Saturn is a favourable
planet for the chart and is placed in an angular or triangular house in
Libra, Capricorn or Aquarius.

The individual could go abroad in the sub-period of Mercury if it is


debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio. The
association of Mars and Mercury could produce exile for the individual in
the sub-period of such Mercury.
The sub-period of Ketu occupying an angular or triangular house
associated with a malefic planet could cause a journey abroad.
266 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

The individual may travel to the North or West if Venus is in an


angular, triangular, III or XI house in its own, exaltation or friendly sign.

He could go abroad in the sub-period of the Sun when it is exalted,


is in Leo, or occupies an angle, a triangular or XI house and is associated
with the owner of the IX or XI house.
The sub-period of the Moon occupying an angular, triangular or XI
house under beneficial influence will take the individual on a journey to
the North.
Rahu: This major-period usually causes journeys abroad. Rahu in
the III, VI, or XI house makes the person travel in Southwest direction.
Rahu in Taurus, Cancer, Virgo or Sagittarius makes the individual travel
to the West in its sub-period.
The individual will undertake a long journey in the sub-period of
Rahu. It could also be an unfavourable transfer. When Rahu is associated
with the owner of the ascendant the individual will travel very frequently
during this sub-period.
Jupiter occupying its own sign or sign of exaltation in the birth or
navamsha chart will take the individual to the Northeast or West in its
sub-period. The result of the sub-period will be the same in case Jupiter
occupies an angular or triangular house from the ascendant. In either
case, the individual will return during this period to his home after the
journey. When Jupiter occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio
from Rahu, the individual may face professional relocation.
The individual will travel to the West and return home during the
sub-period of Saturn when it is exalted or is placed in its mooltrikona
sign, in an angular or a triangular house, or in the III, VI, or XI house
from the ascendant. Saturn in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio
from Rahu under malefic influence will take the individual to various
countries during its sub-period. The individual may stay away from home
during the sub-period of Saturn.
The individual travels around or is relocated in the sub-period of
Ketu.
The individual is likely to go abroad during the sub-period of an
exalted Sun in the birth or navamsha chart that receives aspect from a
beneficial planet. The result will be identical in case the Sun receives
How to Time an Event 267

aspect from a beneficial planet and occupies Leo in the birth or navamsha
chart. When the Sun is in an angular or triangular house from the
ascendant and receives aspect from a beneficial planet then too the
individual should go abroad in its sub-period. The sub-period of the Sun
in an angular, triangular, III or XI house from the major-period planet will
cause journey abroad. The Sun in one of the houses of the Adverse
Trio from Rahu or when it is debilitated will make the individual travel
inland considerably.
The sub-period of the Moon in the major-period of Rahu could
cause a change of residence or voyage.
The individual will be relocated and face trouble in case Mars is
associated with a malefic planet and is placed in one of the houses of
the Adverse Trio from Rahu.
Jupiter: It causes change of place in the middle or end of its
major-period if it is debilitated or combust and occupies the II or VII
house from the ascendant. Jupiter in Taurus makes the individual leave
his native place.
The individual is likely to go abroad during the sub-period of an
exalted Saturn in the major-period of Jupiter. The result will be identical
in case Saturn occupies its own sign. When Saturn is in an angular or
triangular house or in the XI house from the ascendant then too the
individual should go abroad in its sub-period. He will travel to the West
during this period.

The sub-period of Mercury in one of the houses of the Adverse


Trio from Jupiter, under malefic influence that is not offset by influence
of a beneficial planet will cause journey to several countries abroad.
The individual goes on pilgrimage in the sub-period of Ketu. Ketu in
association with a malefic planet and occupying one of the houses of the
Adverse Trio from Jupiter will cause incarceration of the individual in its
sub-period.

The individual will gain from a journey to the East in the sub-period
of Venus that is associated with a beneficial planet and is exalted, placed
in its own sign, or occupies an angular or triangular house or is placed in
the XI house from the ascendant.
268 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

There shall be a possibility of relocation if the Sun is debilitated in


birth or navamsha chart or afflicted and it occupies a house of the
Adverse Trio.
The individual will go abroad in the sub-period of a weak or afflicted
Moon occupying one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the
ascendant or Jupiter. A journey overseas is a possibility during the sub-
period of a favourable Moon too.
The sub-period of a debilitated Mars or when it is placed in the VIII
or XII house from Jupiter will cause serious problems relating to home of
the individual. The result will be similar in case Mars is associated with or
receives aspect from a malefic planet.
The individual will set out on a long journey in the first five months
of the sub-period of Rahu that is associated with the owner of an
angular house or a beneficial planet or has its aspect and is exalted or is
placed in Gemini or Virgo. Rahu in an angular or a triangular house from
the ascendant with similar beneficial influence will yield identical results
in its sub-period.
Saturn: Saturn in Cancer gives gain through foreign travel. An
afflicted Saturn in Libra or when debilitated in navamsha will bring about
a relocation for the individual. Saturn in Aquarius gives highly beneficial
foreign journeys. It is noticed that the sub-period of a malefic planet in
the major-period of Saturn placed in an angular house brings about
relocation of the individual.
Saturn in debilitation or occupying the VIII or XII house and
associated with a malefic planet will send the individual out on exile in its
sub-period.

The individual will go to the sea on a religious pilgrimage in the sub-


period of Mercury occupying an angle or a triangular house. The sub-
period of Mercury generally takes the individual to new places.
Ketu when in exaltation, in the sign of a beneficial planet, or in an
angle or a triangular house and under aspect or in association with a
beneficial or yogakaraka planet will cause relocation, journey abroad or
for pilgrimage, or incarceration of the individual during its sub-period.
Venus when combust, debilitated, in an inimical sign, or placed in
one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant causes
How to Time an Event 269

relocation during its sub-period. The individual will go on pilgrimage in


the sub-period of Venus when it is in an angle or a triangular house or
occupying the XI house.
The sub-period of the Sun that occupies the VIII or XII house from
Saturn or the ascendant will cause relocation for the individual.
The sub-period of a weak Moon that occupies the VIII or XII house
from Saturn will cause relocation and much discomfort to the individual.
The sub-period of an afflicted Moon will also cause similar results.
Mars when debilitated, combust or placed in the VIII or XII house
from the ascendant and associated with or receiving aspect from a
malefic planet will cause a journey abroad in its sub-period. There may
be relocation in the sub-period of Mars.
The sub-period of Rahu generally takes the individual abroad. If
Rahu is exalted, is placed in Virgo or Aquarius, or it occupies an angle or
the XI house and it is associated with the owner of the ascendant or a
yogakaraka planet, it will cause a pilgrimage in its sub-period.
An afflicted Jupiter when debilitated or placed in one of the houses
of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant will cause a journey abroad in
its sub-period for the individual. If it is not afflicted but is weak and
occupies an adverse house, as above, it will cause a removal for the
individual in its sub-period from the place he was living at.

Mercury: It gives good results in business from the Northwest


during its major-period. Mercury in Aries or Capricorn causes much
uncomfortable travelling; in Leo the travelling takes place in mountainous
and wooded areas, and in Sagittarius the individual travels to the East.

Ketu will give good returns through travel in its sub-period if it in an


angular or a triangular house and has the aspect of or association with a
beneficial planet or the owner of the ascendant. It will give similar good
result in its sub-period if it is in sambandha with a yogkaraka planet and
occupies an angular house or the XI from Mercury.
The individual travels to the South in the sub-period of the Moon
when it occupies an angular or triangular house or is placed in Taurus or
Cancer.
270 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

The individual will be removed from his place and will have to go
elsewhere in the sub-period of debilitated Mars. Similar results should be
expected in the sub-period of Mars that occupies the VIII or XII house
from Mercury in association with a malefic planet. In both the situations,
there is a reduction in status too.
The individual will be removed from his place and will have to go
elsewhere in the sub-period of Rahu if it occupies the VIII or XII house
from Mercury in association with a malefic planet.
The individual will go abroad in the sub-period of Saturn if it occupies
the VIII or XII house from Mercury. A similar result may be expected if
Rahu joins Saturn in a house.
Ketu: The individual will do well in life in the Northwest if Ketu
occupies a dual sign in an angular or a triangular, or III or XI house
associated with or receiving an aspect from a yogakaraka planet. It will
cause tedious journey to the East if it occupies Aries, and much relocation
or sea voyages if in Cancer. Its location in Pisces too will cause journeys
overseas.
The individual travels to the sea in the sub-period of Venus in
association with the owner of the X house occupying an angular, a
triangular or the XI house. It will give similar result when, in association
with the owner of the X house, it occupies its exaltation or own sign.
The individual will go abroad in the sub-period of the Sun if it is
placed in the VIII or XII house with a malefic planet.

The individual may undertake a long journey or he may go abroad


in the sub-period of a powerful Moon when it occupies an angular, a
triangular, or the XI house from Ketu.

Mars in the II, VIII or XII house will cause much trouble in its sub-
period to the individual abroad.
Jupiter in association with a beneficial planet will cause a long journey
in its sub-period if it occupies an angular, a triangular, III or XI house from
Ketu. Such a Jupiter will also relocate the individual at the beginning of
the sub-period.
The sub-period of Saturn will relocate the individual if it occupies
the VIII or XII house. Saturn associated with or receiving aspect from a
How to Time an Event 271

beneficial planet and placed in Cancer, Libra, Scorpio, Capricorn, Aquarius


or Pisces, or in an angular, triangular, III or XI house will cause much
travelling in its sub-period.
The individual will travel on pilgrimage in the middle of the sub-
period of Mercury when it is weak and placed in one of the houses of
the Adverse Trio from Ketu.
Venus: It causes journey to the South when placed in Taurus; in
Scorpio, it makes the individual live abroad; in Sagittarius, the individual
goes on pilgrimage and in Capricorn, there would be journey abroad.
Venus in Pisces in a birth chart and in Virgo in the navamsha chart will
cause relocation.
The sub-period of Venus will cause journey to the West when it is
exalted or is in its own sign in the birth or navamsha chart.
Debilitated or combust Moon in one of the houses of the Adverse
Trio from the ascendant causes journey abroad or pilgrimage in its sub-
period. Moon in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Venus
causes journey abroad or pilgrimage in its sub-period.

The sub-period of Mars in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant
or Venus shall cause relocation.

The sub-period of Rahu occupying the III, VI, X or XI house from


the ascendant shall cause a journey to the Southwest.
The sub-period of Jupiter associated with a malefic planet in the VI
or XII house shall cause removal from the place the individual is living at.

The sub-period of Ketu associated with a malefic planet in the VIII


or XII house shall cause an unfavourable journey.

13. A sub-period-planet when placed in the VIII or XII house from the
major-period-planet will tend to give negative or unfavourable
results according to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 29, and Uttar
Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verses 22 and 24. Phal Deepika states that
the location of the sub-period planet in the VI house from the
major-period planet will also not be favourable. In practice, it is
noticed that it is not always that a planet in the VI, VIII or XII house
would cause trouble for the individual. The sub-period of Mars in
the major-period of Ketu did not cause any trouble to the
272 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

individual of Chart III-3 despite pronouncements of dire


consequences by practitioners of astrology. Phal Deepika, Chapter
20 verse 58 goes a little further. It says that in case a weak planet
owns the XII house from a house or occupies such a house, it shall
damage that house.
A planet placed in an Adverse Trio house is a strong contender for
becoming a Factor for trouble, but so long as it does not take on that
appellation, it will not cause trouble.
It is also said that if a sub-period planet is placed from the major-
period planet satisfactorily in a birth chart, but in the navamsha chart, it
is in a house of the Adverse Trio from the major-period planet, the
results in the sub-period concerned cannot be wholly happy. Further,
that a Node when placed in the VI house from the major-period-planet
will generally not be adverse unless there is severe adverse influence on
it.
These statements, and the ones given below, only indicate the line
of inquiry. They are not always true. However, they should alert the
astrologer for a deeper analysis through the Factors.
14. Some special results are stated for the distance of the sub-period
planet from the major-period planet. The I house distance between
the two planets would mean that the planets are in the same
house. The II house distance means that the sub-period planet is
in the II house from the major-period planet, etc. These results are
given below:

I House There may be trouble to the family and setbacks in


profession.
II House The individual will get good food. He will lead a luxurious
life. He will be happy.
III House He will gain wealth through the government. Results may
also be similar to the ones for the II house.
IV House The individual will gain conveyance, wealth, property, and
he may get married.
Contd.... on next page
How to Time an Event 273

Contd.- from last page


V House A child may be born to the individual if the sub-period
planet is favourable. If it is an adverse planet, the children
may face trouble.
VI House The individual may face losses through theft if the sub-
period planet is a malefic. He may fall sick. He may develop
boils. He may have to face removal from his place of
residence. If the sub-period planet is beneficial and
powerful, the individual may lead a happy life.
VII House The result will be highly unfavourable if the sub-period
planet is a malefic. There will be trouble from the
government, unhappiness or trouble to wife and losses in
business. The individual may also keep poor health.
VIII House The result will be highly unfavourable if the sub-period
planet is a malefic. There will be trouble from the
government, thieves or fire. The results will not be
unfavourable if the sub-period planet is beneficial, but
even then, the close of the sub-period will definitely cause
unhappiness.
IX House When the sub-period planet is a malefic it will cause
removal from the place of residence, and an inclination to
commit misdeeds.
X House When the sub-period planet is a malefic, it will cause
disgrace and trouble at profession.
XI House When the sub-period planet is a malefic, it will cause the
individual to stay put at the place of his residence. The
results will be good for both a malefic and a beneficial
planet.
XII House This causes curtailment of independence of the individual.
He may live at a bad place. He will incur losses.

The analysis of a sub-period shall take into account the results of


the operation of significations of the sub-period planet on the
significations of the major-period planet.
274 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Further Observations on the Nature of a Sub-


period
16. (A) A planet will give good results in the sub-periods of naturally
friendly planets to it or in the sub-periods of such planets that
are temporal friends to it according to Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra, Chapter 50 verses 88 and 89.5. Clearly, a sub-period
of intimately friendly planet will be highly beneficial and one of
highly inimical planet will be grossly adverse. These would
certainly show an intensification or otherwise of the results of
a Factor, Sub-Factor or Inter-Factor in its period.
(B) We know that a Factor shall give results according to the
influence that it receives from other Factors. A Factor for wealth
under influence of a Factor for depletion cannot give good
income in its major-period. Such a major-period shall see heavy
outgo of wealth. The same principle applies to a Sub or Inter-
Factor. The nature of result in a sub or inter-period would be
defined accordingly.
(C) A planet that is related to an Adverse Trio planet, viz., Mars,
Saturn, and Rahu, shall be inclined to cause such effects to
arise in its period for which these three planets are the karakas.
A planet associated with or in any way related to Mars would
be inclined to cause enmity, injury, damage, accident, etc.;
one related to Saturn would be inclined to cause worry, disease,
death, dissipation, loss, danger, depletion, end, etc.; and, the
one related to Rahu could cause frauds, vices, sinful behaviour
and incarceration. We know that mere relationship with any of
these three planets would not cause these unpleasant effects
to develop. The concerned planet should also be a fit
receptacle for one or the other of these facets of life. It is
however noticed that a planet that is not related to these three
planets ensures a much happier state of mind and health in its
period than the one that is related to one or more of these
three planets. A planet that is not a fit receptacle for an
unpleasant effect but yet it is related to its karaka would
How to Time an Event 275

cause a disturbed state of mind relating to those matters


though nothing untoward may happen in its period. Let us
take a concrete illustration. Suppose the sub-period of Venus
is going on. Suppose it is related to Saturn but it is not a fit
receptacle for disease. In such a sub-period, since Venus is
not a Sub-Factor for disease, the health of the individual would
remain satisfactory, yet he would always be worried over it for
no reason at all. In an extreme case, he may behave as a
hypochondriac during that time. In case, Mars is related to
Venus but the latter is not a fit receptacle for any event that
Mars indicates, nothing adverse shall happen to the individual
but he would always be worried about getting involved in an
accident, fracas, dispute or enmity.
17. Varahmihir in his Brihajjatakam, Chapter VIII verses 5 to 7 gives a
set of criteria to judge the effect of a period. These are generally
based on the strength of the planet. (1) A planet that is
approaching its maximum exaltation will give good results in its
period. The point of maximum exaltation for each planet is give
below in a table. (2) A planet that is approaching its maximum
debilitation will give bad results in its period. (3) When a planet is
so placed but occupies the sign of its friend or intimate friend in the
navamsha chart, it will give mixed results. (4) A very powerful
planet or the one at the point of its maximum exaltation will give
wealth and good health. (5) An exalted planet too will give similar
results to a large extent. (6) The results will be the reverse of
above when the planet is weak. (7) A planet occupying the sign of
its debilitation or an inimical sign in the navamsha chart will give
losses and poor health. (8) A planet occupying its sign of exaltation,
mooltrikona sign, own or friendly sign but placed in debilitation in
the navamsha chart or in an inimical sign in that chart will give
mixed results. (9) The reverse is also true. When the planet
occupying its sign of debilitation or inimical sign is placed in its sign
of exaltation, mooltrikona sign, own or friendly sign in the navamsha
chart will give mixed results.
276 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Point of maximum exaltation for each planet


Sun 10° Aries Jupiter 5° Cancer
Moon 3° Taurus Venus 27° Pisces
Mars 28° Capricorn Saturn 20° Libra
Mercury 15° Virgo

Each point of maximum debilitation shall be exactly 180° from the


point of maximum exaltation.

On Certain Major and Sub-periods


18. (A) Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra is replete with details on sub-
periods of planets. According to Parashar when a planet is
weak, or is afflicted by a naturally malefic planet or when it is
placed in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant or the
major-period planet, it is likely to give adverse results in its
sub-period. The location of a planet in the VI house does not
always give adverse results. In case the sub-period planet is
the owner of the II or VII house, or in the case of a Node, if it
is placed in one of these houses, the sub-period may cause
sudden or accidental death, or trouble. We will mention only a
limited number of specific, but important and selected
conditions taken from Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra for planets.
The sub-period of each of these planets is expected to give
unusual results in a stated major-period. The same can be said
for the inter-period. The statements made below for the effect
of sub-periods in major-periods are also true for inter-periods
in sub-periods.
Remedial measures for toning down adverse results of each sub-
period have also been given by Parashar. These have however not
been included in this work since this is a vast and specialised area of
study by itself.
The following are stated effects of a sub-period in the major-period
of a planet. These are indicative. It should persuade the astrologer to
look deeper into the planetary relationships and see if the stated result
How to Time an Event 277

is likely to materialise. Each statement should be examined on the lines


of Factors based on relationships and karakas and those should be picked
out that fulfil the conditions.
Major-period of the Sun: {Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter
52): The major-period shall always be troublesome if the Sun receives
influence of a malefic planet. Detailed statements relating to the
negativity or otherwise of each planet have already been given.
Sun: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. When the Sun occupies the II or
VII house from the ascendant even then the sub-period will not be
favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of accidental
death. The sub-period will be adverse if the Sun is debilitated or it is
placed in an adverse house or in an unfriendly sign.
Moon: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Gemini or Capricorn in the ascendant. When the Moon owns or occupies
the II or VII house from the Sun, even then the sub-period will not be
favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of accidental
death. The sub-period will be adverse if the Moon is weak or is associated
with a malefic planet. The Moon in a house of the Adverse Trio will
cause danger from water, imprisonment, and loss of position or disease.
Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. When Mars owns or occupies
the II or VII house from the Sun, even then the sub-period will not be
favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of mental or
physical distress. Mars in association with the owner of the I, IX or XI
house shall give excellent results. When this planet is in a house of the
Adverse Trio from the Sun, it may cause imprisonment and other adverse
results.

Rahu: Rahu placed in an angle or triangle, in the first two months


of its sub-period, will cause loss of wealth, fear, theft, boils, and trouble
to wife and children. It will give good results thereafter. If Rahu is placed
in the III, VI, X or XI house, the sub-period will be good. When Rahu is
weak or placed in the VIII or XII house from the Sun, there would be
danger of imprisonment, loss of property, tuberculosis or diarrhoea. The
sub-period shall however be favourable for wife and children.
278 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Jupiter: Jupiter in the VI or VIII house from the Sun, debilitated or


associated with a malefic planet shall cause ill health, trouble to wife
and children, trouble from the government, failures, mental distress and
loss of wealth.
Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. When Saturn
owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Sun, even then the sub-
period will not be favourable. In both these situations there would be
danger of accidental death. It shall give good results if it is associated
with a friendly planet. It will cause disease, imprisonment, loss of wealth,
enmity with family members and failure if it is placed in the VIII or XII
house. It shall give similar results in case Saturn is associated with a
malefic planet. When Saturn is debilitated, in addition to the above
results, the individual will be separated from his parents and shall have
to do excessive travelling. The enmity with family members shall be
seen at the beginning of the sub-period. The sub-period shall be slightly
favourable in the middle. It shall be most distressful at the end.
Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. When Mercury owns
or occupies the II or VII house from the Sun, even then the sub-period
will not be favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of
illhealth and fever. If Mercury is placed in the V, IX or X house, it will
confer honour on the individual. The individual will turn wealthy. He will
be religious. He will do good deeds. He may get married or a child may
be born to him. If it is associated with the owner of the IX or XI house, it
will cause gain to the individual. He will become prosperous. Mercury
when debilitated or placed in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from
the Sun shall cause mental tension, trouble to wife and children and
bodily discomfort and disease to the individual. The sub-period shall
cause unhappiness and sorrow in the beginning; it shall be slightly
favourable in the middle; and, in the end, it is likely to cause tedious
journeys for the individual, and fear from the government.
Ketu: This sub-period shall be bad, as it will cause losses, trouble
from the government, disease, and enmity with the family members and
mental distress. It shall only be good in the beginning if Ketu is
associated with the owner of the ascendant. It shall be uniformly good if
Ketu is placed in the I, III, VI, X or XI house. If it is associated with a
How to Time an Event 279

planet that owns an angle and a triangle, the sub-period shall again be
qood. The sub-period of Ketu shall also be good in case it occupies a
favourable navamsha.
Venus: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Aries or Scorpio in the ascendant. When Venus owns the VII house
from the Sun, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. In both
these situations there would be danger of loss of mental or physical well
being. The sub-period shall be average in the beginning when weak
Venus is in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Sun. In the
middle, it shall give favourable results, but it will reserve the worst for
the end of the period. The individual will lose his position, and reputation.
He will also incur enmity with his family members then.
Major-period of the Moon: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter
53): Debilitated or waning Moon will cause loss of wealth. The Moon will
cause loss of wealth, trouble from employees and mother and mental
tension in case it is associated with malefic planets.
Moon: When the Moon is debilitated, associated with a malefic
planet or it is placed in the VI or XII house, the sub-period shall at the
very beginning destroy the wealth and position of the individual. He will
become inactive and mentally distressed. The government will cause
problems for him. His larger family will face severe setbacks. His mother
will be very unhappy. He may be imprisoned. The sub-period will give
very adverse result if the Moon is the owner of the II or VII house from
the ascendant and it is associated with the owner of the VIII or the XII
house. It can cause accidental death.

Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. When Mars owns or occupies
the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period will not be
favourable. Mars in the VIII house for a birth chart with Aries in the
ascendant too shall give adverse results. Mars placed in an angle or
triangle ensures success in all efforts of the individual. Similar good results
may be expected if Mars is exalted or it is placed in its own sign.

Rahu: When Rahu is in an angle (other than the X house) or


triangle, it will give some good results at the commencement of the sub-
period but later it will cause trouble to the individual through enemies and
government. He may suffer from thefts. His larger family and friends
280 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

may face severe setbacks. His friends may turn inimical. His status and
reputation will take a downward course. He will be very disturbed. If it is
associated with or receives an aspect from a beneficial planet, or it is in
sambandha with the owner of an angle and a triangle, the results shall
be dramatically altered. The sub-period will be very beneficial. The
individual will be successful in his efforts. Rahu in the VIII or XII house
from the Moon or when it is very weak will cause trouble for the individual
through the government and he will be prone to lose his position or be
bitten by snake or scorpion.
Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio and Aquarius in the ascendant. When Jupiter
owns the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period will
not be favourable. It may cause death by accident. When Jupiter is
weak, or it occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the
Moon, it will give some good results at the commencement of the sub-
period but later the results will be adverse. The individual may also go
abroad.
Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Saturn in the II, VII or VIII house. The beginning of the sub-period of
Saturn placed in the II house shall make the individual go on a pilgrimage
or to a sacred river for a holy dip, but later a number of persons will
cause troubles for the individual. He may suffer from injuries inflicted
with a weapon. Saturn will give some happiness and wealth to the
individual if it is in an angle or triangle from the Moon, or when it is
powerful, but his wife and children will be opposed to him.

Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for an individual having


Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. When Mercury owns
or occupies the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period
will not be favourable. The individual may suffer from fever. The
individual will be imprisoned or lose his property in the sub-period of
Mercury that is debilitated or placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from
the Moon.

Ketu: Ketu in an angle, triangle, III or the XI house from the


ascendant or when it is powerful, shall be extremely beneficial in its sub-
period. The sub-period will be marked by loss of wealth at the beginning.
The good results will manifest later in the sub-period. The results will be
How to Time an Event 281

just the opposite in the sub-period of Ketu placed in an angle, triangle or


the XI house from the Moon. There shall be some good results and
happiness at the beginning of the sub-period. There shall be loss of
wealth later towards the end of the sub-period.
Venus: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. When Venus owns or occupies
the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period will not be
favourable. It may cause accidental death. The sub-period of Venus will
cause much happiness and comforts when it is associated with the owner
of the ascendant. The individual will acquire property, very good
reputation and wealth during this period. The sub-period of Venus placed
in the II house from the ascendant, when it is associated with the owner
of the IX or X house from the ascendant, or when it occupies an angle,
triangle or the XI house from the Moon, shall also cause similar result to
happen. The sub-period of Venus that is combust shall cause much loss,
distress to or death of wife and trouble to the individual. Venus in a
house of the Adverse Trio from the Moon associated with a malefic planet
will make the individual live in a foreign country. He will be very unhappy.

Sun: This sub-period will cause fever if the ascendant has Cancer
or Aquarius. When the Sun owns or occupies the II or VII house from
the Moon, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. In both the
cases the individual may suffer from fever. The sub-period of the Sun
placed in the II, III or XI house from the ascendant shall help the
individual to recover his high position or wealth. He will have some
indisposition or suffer from fever at the end of the period. The Sun in the
VIII or XII house from the Moon associated with a malefic planet will
cause fever in its sub-period. The individual will go abroad during this
period but he will have trouble there.

Major-period of Mars: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter


54): Mars when badly placed, weak or under malefic influence shall
cause loss of wealth and distress.

Mars: This sub-period will cause bodily trouble and mental distress
to the individual having Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant, or
when Mars owns the II or VII house from its natal position. Mars in the
I, III or XI, in an angular or triangular house associated with beneficial
282 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

planet and the owner of the ascendant shall ensure favour from the
government, wealth and recovery of lost position or wealth during its
sub-period.
Rahu: Rahu in the VIII or XII from the ascendant associated with
or in aspect of a malefic planet shall cause the individual to be imprisoned
during its sub-period. Rahu shall destroy wealth in its sub-period if it is
placed in the II house from the ascendant.
Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio and Aquarius in the ascendant or when Jupiter
owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars. It may cause fever or
accidental death. The sub-period of Jupiter shall confer favour of the
government on the individual if it is placed in the II, XI, or angular or
triangular house from the ascendant. The sub-period of Jupiter that is
exalted or placed in its own sign in the navamsha chart shall also give
similar results. The individual shall enjoy good reputation. He shall be
wealthy. He will acquire property and shall be happy with his wife and
children. It will give similar results when it is associated with the owner
of the ascendant. Jupiter with a malefic planet or under its aspect,
occupying a house of the Adverse Trio from Mars in debilitation or
combustion shall show adverse results. Weak Jupiter in a house of the
Adverse Trio from Mars shall also give adverse results. In both these
situations the individual will keep poor health. He will suffer at the hands
of the government or thieves. His employees will misbehave. His siblings
will face severe setback. He will also have trouble from astral entities.
Saturn: This sub-period of Saturn associated with a malefic planet
will not be good for the individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or
Capricorn in the ascendant or when Saturn owns or occupies the II or
VII house from natal Mars. The individual could lose his liberty. He may
lose due to theft or fire. He may spend on travelling. There may be
trouble from the government. His younger siblings may find life difficult.
His wife and children may remain unhappy. Saturn when placed in its
own sign, in an angle or a triangle, in its mooltrikona sign, in its sign of
exaltation in the navamsha or in its own navamsha associated with or
receiving an aspect from the owner of the ascendant or a beneficial
planet shall give excellent results in its sub-period. The individual is likely
to receive honour from the government on a Saturday. A child may be
How to Time an Event 283

born to him or his children may be successful in their ventures in a


month of Saturn. The months of Saturn are from 15th January to 15th
February and from 15th February to 15th March approximately when the
Sun is in the signs of Capricorn and Aquarius respectively according to
Indian ephemeris. When Saturn is debilitated, in an enemy's sign or in
the VIII or XII house from the ascendant, there is danger of imprisonment
or disease in the sub-period of Saturn. Saturn placed in an angle, triangle
or in the XI house from Mars gives very adverse results. The individual
may suffer from urinary disorder. He may lose his reputation. He may
commit bad deeds. He may be violent and cruel. He may lose in trade or
property transaction. He may lose his position. He may suffer from mental
anguish. He may be defeated. He may go abroad. He may be relocated.
Mercury: This sub-period will cause critical illness to the individual
having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant or when
Mercury owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars. The individual
will suffer from heart trouble, loss of wealth, or trouble to his family or he
may be imprisoned if Mercury is debilitated, combust, or is placed in a
house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant. He will face disgrace.
His siblings, wife and children will face severe setback in life. When
Mercury is associated with Mars, the individual will go abroad, the number
of his enemies will multiply, he will suffer from disease, he will face the
ire of the government and his own people will oppose him. Mercury in
an angle or triangle from Mars or when exalted, shall make the individual
wealthy, powerful, comfortable, and successful in academic field and
fond of musical instruments. The individual may be waylaid or he may
lose his reputation if Mercury associated with a malefic is in a house of
the Adverse Trio from Mars.

Ketu: Ketu associated with a malefic planet in a house of the


Adverse Trio from Mars shall cause teeth trouble. A tiger or wild animal
may maul the individual. He may suffer from leprosy or diarrhoea. He
may be involved in disputes. His things may be stolen. When Ketu is in
the II or VII house from Mars, the individual will fall sick, shall face disgrace,
will be mentally disturbed and shall suffer losses.

Venus: This sub-period will not be good for physical well being of
the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio sign in the ascendant or
when Venus owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars.
284 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Sun: This sub-period will cause fever, fear from snake or other
venomous creatures, and trouble to the children of the individual having
sign Cancer or Aquarius in his ascendant or when the Sun owns or
occupies the II or VII house from Mars. The Sun shall cause disease in
the head, discomfort, mental distress, failure, fever and diarrhoea if it is
associated with a malefic planet in a house of the Adverse Trio from
Mars.
Moon: This sub-period will cause accidental death of the individual
having Gemini or Capricorn in the ascendant or mental distress to him
when the Moon owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars. The
Moon, when exalted, in its own sign, associated with the owner of the I,
IV, IX or X house in an angle shall raise the individual to a very high
status. He may get married. His parents, wife and children shall be very
happy and comfortably placed. He will be rich and successful. If the
Moon is waning, the results will be diluted.

Major-period of Rahu: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter


55): Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra lays much emphasis on the exaltation
of Rahu. It happens in Taurus. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra also says
that Rahu in an angle, III or XI house is very good and in VIII or XII very
troublesome. Rahu with a maraka planet, in its debilitation or under
malefic influence is bad.

Rahu: Rahu in Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio or Sagittarius in the III, VI, X


or XI house shall give excellent results in its sub-period. The sub-period
shall yield great success, wealth and honour. The individual will travel
westwards. He will have gains and vehicles. When Rahu is, associated
with or receiving aspect from a beneficial planet, placed in the navamsha
of a friendly planet, associated with a yogakaraka planet or exalted in
the navamsha, shall give excellent results. The individual will get high
position, favours from the government, wealth and happiness. His wife
and children too shall prosper. Rahu occupying the VII house shall cause
much trouble and illness.

Jupiter: This sub-period may cause accidental death of an individual


having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant or when
Jupiter owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. The sub-period
of Jupiter that is debilitated, combust, placed in the VI, VIII or the XII
house, placed in an inimical house, or when it is associated with a malefic
How to Time an Event 285

planet shall cause heart trouble. It will also cause obstructions, loss of
wealth, loss of reputation and unhappiness and trouble to the wife and
children of the individual. He will however get some responsibility from
the government. When Jupiter is powerful and it is placed in an angle or
triangle, in the II, III or XI house from Rahu, it shall give good results.
However for two months at the end of the sub-period, the individual will
have trouble from the government and he will suffer from disease. His
elder sibling shall face severe setback. His parents shall be unhappy.
Saturn: This sub-period will cause accidental death of the individual
having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant or when
Saturn owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. When Saturn is
in the III or XI house, in an angle or triangle, in exaltation or in Aquarius,
it is inclined to give excellent results. However, if the individual travels to
the west, he will suffer losses and face trouble before he returns home.
Saturn in an adverse house from Rahu or when it is associated with a
malefic planet shall cause heart trouble and journey to foreign countries
besides other sufferings.

Mercury: This sub-period could cause accidental death to the


individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. A
similar result could be anticipated when Mercury owns or occupies the
II or VII house from Rahu.

Ketu: The individual will be successful in the sub-period of Ketu if


it is in sambandha with the owner of the ascendant. If it is associated
with the owner of the VIII house, it shall cause physical and mental
distress. When Ketu is weak or it occupies the VIII or XII house from the
ascendant, it shall cause severe sickness, trouble from thieves,
separation from parents, enmity with siblings and mental tension.

Venus: This sub-period will cause trouble to wife and children of


the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. It will
make the individual apprehensive of some untoward mishap happening
to him. A similar result may be expected in the sub-period of Venus
when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. Venus with a
malefic planet in a house of the Adverse Trio from Rahu shall see the
individual imprisoned in its sub-period.
Sun: This sub-period will cause serious illness to the individual having
Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. Similar result may be foreseen for
286 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

the sub-period of the Sun when it owns or occupies the II or VII house
from Rahu.
Moon: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Gemini or Capricorn "in the ascendant. Similar result may be foreseen for
the sub-period of the Moon when it owns or occupies the II or VII house
from Rahu.

Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. Similar result may be foreseen
for the sub-period of Mars when it owns or occupies the II or VII house
from Rahu. When Mars is in an Adverse Trio house from, Rahu the early
part of its sub-period shall be adverse but the middle and later part shall
give some happiness.
Major-period of Jupiter: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter
56): A Jupiter that is debilitated, under malefic influence, in VI or VIII
house or combust is prone to cause some trouble at the beginning of its
period.
Jupiter: Jupiter in its own sign, sign of exaltation, in an angular or
triangular house, shall improve the status of the individual in its sub-
period.
Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. There could be
untimely death. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of
Saturn when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter.

Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. Similar result may be
foreseen for the sub-period of Mercury when it owns or occupies the II
or VII house from Jupiter. There may be untimely death of the individual.
If Mercury receives aspect from Mars, the sub-period will cause loss of
comforts, increase in enemies and reverses in business. The individual
will suffer from fever and diarrhoea. The sub-period of Mercury shall
cause good results at the beginning if it is under aspect of or associated
with a beneficial planet. The individual will keep good health and shall
lead a comfortable life. He will have vehicles and wealth. He will suffer
losses and bodily discomforts towards the end.
How to Time an Event 287

Ketu: This sub-period is generally not favourable. Ketu will give


good results if it occupies the IV, V, IX or the X house from Jupiter.
Venus: This sub-period will cause losses, heavy expenditure, and
trouble due to women to the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in
the ascendant. There may be fear of accidental death of the individual.
Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of Venus when it
owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter. Venus in a house of
the Adverse Trio from the ascendant or Jupiter and associated with
Saturn or Rahu will cause trouble from the government during its sub-
period. The individual will have severely strained relations with his wife,
parents-in-law and siblings. There will be loss of wealth.
Sun: There will be physical distress when the ascendant has Cancer
or Aquarius. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of the
Sun when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter. The Sun
placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant or Jupiter
shall cause disease or pain in the head, fever, sudden quarrels, separation
from siblings and friends, and popular opposition. The demeanour of
the individual shall be objectionable. He will commit bad deeds.
Moon: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Gemini, Capricorn or Aquarius in the ascendant. He will keep poor health
and will not have leisure during this period. Similar result may be foreseen
for the sub-period of the Moon when it owns the II, VI or VII house from
Jupiter.

Mars: This sub-period will not be good for an individual having


Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. The individual will experience
mental and physical distress. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-
period of Mars when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter.
Mars in the VIII or XII house from Jupiter, or in debilitation and
associated with a malefic planet or under its aspect, shall make the
individual fall sick with various diseases, he will suffer losses, he shall be
unhappy, and he may have eye trouble. The early part of the sub-period
shall cause much trouble. The latter part shall give some happiness.
Rahu: The first five months of the sub-period shall be excellent if
ahu is exalted, placed in its own or an angular or triangular house, or in
its mooltrikona sign under influence of a beneficial planet and associated
288 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

with the owner of an angle. The individual will go on a very long journey.
He may go on a pilgrimage. There shall be distinct spiritual advancement
during this sub-period. There may be physical distress when Rahu occupies
the II or VII house from Jupiter.

Major-period of Saturn: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter


57): Saturn in a sign of Jupiter will give very good results. It will also give
good results if it is in an angle or triangle and receives influence of a
beneficial planet.
Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for an individual having
Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. The individual will
face danger to life. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of
Saturn when it owns the II or VII house from itself. The sub-period of
Saturn in its major-period shall cause trouble through the government at
the commencement if Saturn associated with a malefic planet is
debilitated, or placed in the VIII or XII house. The individual will suffer
injury by weapon. There may be loss of blood. He may be poisoned. He
may have diarrhoea. In the middle of the sub-period the individual will
be depressed, he may leave his homeland, and there may be danger
from thieves. The sub-period will give good results at the end.

Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for an individual having


Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant or when Saturn
occupies one of these signs. He will not keep good health. Mercury
placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant or Saturn,
debilitated or combust and associated with the Sun, Mars and Rahu,
first raises the individual to a very successful and high position. In the
middle and end, the individual falls sick, all the gains are lost, he is a
failure and the individual is extremely apprehensive.
Ketu: The sub-period of Ketu shall be extremely adverse if it is
associated with or receives aspect from a beneficial or yogakaraka planet,
it is exalted, placed in a beneficial sign, or in an angle or a triangle. The
individual may be relocated, he may lose his position, suffer loss of wealth
and liberty, his wife and children may face adversity, he may have to go
abroad and his superior may cause harm to him. Adverse results shall be
experienced even when the planet is in the VIII or XII house from the
ascendant or Saturn. The individual shall lose his position. He will be
terrorised. He will be poor. There will be danger of imprisonment. His
How to Time an Event 289

wife and children shall be unhappy. He will have trouble from his
qovernment. He may escape abroad. When Ketu is associated with the
owner of the ascendant, there may be some relief at the commencement
of the sub-period. Ketu in an angle or triangle from the major-period
planet or in the III or XI house from it shall give good results in its sub-
period.
Venus: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. It will cause much unhappiness
to him. Similar result may be expected in the sub-period of Venus that
owns or occupies the II or VII house from Saturn. There will be mental
and physical distress. The sub-period of Venus shall raise the status of
the individual and make him wealthy. The individual will maintain good
health. He will get married or a child may be born to him. He will lead a
very happy life. His ambitions will be fulfilled. He will be honoured. These
good results will take place if Venus is associated with a beneficial planet
or has its aspect and is exalted, placed in its own sign, placed in an angle
or a triangle, or in the XI house. The good results will materialise when
Jupiter or Saturn is favourable in transit. Venus shall give good results if
it is placed in an angle, IX or XI house from Saturn. The individual will
write books. It will not give noticeable results if it is placed in the V
house from Saturn. He may have worries and mental tension. The
individual may fall from a height or he may drown. He may suffer from
fever, eye or teeth trouble, heart or rectal disease or ire of the
government. There may be popular opposition to him or his siblings may
fall out with him. These adverse results will take place if Venus is placed
in a house of the Adverse Trio from Saturn.
Sun: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. It will cause discomfort and physical
unease to the individual. Similar result may be expected in the sub-
period of the Sun that owns or occupies the II or VII house from Saturn.
The sub-period will cause loss of position, disgrace, loss of an article
dear to the individual, death in the family, heart trouble or fever besides
other adverse results if the Sun is placed in the VIII or XII house from the
ascendant or Saturn.

Moon: This sub-period would not be favourable for persons having


Gemini or Capricorn in the ascendant. The individual will suffer from
290 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

discomfort during this period. Similar result may be expected in the sub-
period of the Moon that owns or occupies the II or VII house from
Saturn. The Moon under malefic influence will cause disfavour of the
government and much trouble.

Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual who has
Taurus or Libra in the ascendant. The individual will be defeated and will
face troubles. He may meet with accidental death. The results will be
similar if Mars is in the II house from the ascendant or owns the VII or
VIII house from Saturn.
Rahu: The sub-period will generally be adverse. The individual will
have mental distress. He will be involved in quarrels. He will have physical
trouble. His children will have adverse relations with him. There will be
heavy expenditure. There may be some trouble from the government.
His relatives will turn against him. He may have to go abroad. He may
lose wealth and property. The results will be much improved if the owner
of the ascendant or the owner of an angle and triangle joins Rahu. The
results will similarly be good if Rahu is exalted or it occupies its own sign.
Rahu will give good results in its sub-period if it is placed in an angle or XI
house from the ascendant or Saturn. When Rahu is so placed as
described in several ways above, it will give much happiness and
comforts in the beginning of the sub-period. The individual will have
good income and he will gain property. He may go on pilgrimages and
shall turn religious. There will be several auspicious happenings at his
home. However, in the middle of the sub-period he may have fear from
the government. His friends and children will turn against him. In the
above circumstances, Rahu will give very good results if it occupies
Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Sagittarius or Pisces. The sub-period of
Rahu shall be bad if it is associated with the owner of the II or VII house.
Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant. It may cause death
of a relative, mental disturbance and discomfort. Similar result will appear
in the sub-period of Jupiter if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from
Saturn. There will be fear of imprisonment or loss of position if Jupiter is
weak or placed in an adverse house from Saturn.
How to Time an Event 291

Major-period of Mercury: {Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter


58): Mercury causes trouble from government, journey abroad and
problems due to kinsmen if it is under malefic influence. It causes loss of
wealth due to sexual activity if it is in a house of the Adverse Trio.
Mercury: There will be trouble in marriage or to his wife for the
individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant.
One of his relatives may pass away. Similar result will appear in the sub-
period of Mercury if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from its
location. Mercury will give adverse results if it is debilitated, combust, or
placed in a house of the Adverse Trio under malefic influence. The
individual may suffer from rheumatism or colic. The individual will
experience loss of wealth, opposition from his relatives and friends, colic
pain and apprehension and anxiety in the discharge of his duties if he is
a government servant.
Ketu: Adverse results are likely in the sub-period of Ketu placed in
a house of the Adverse Trio from Mercury. The individual may fall from a
vehicle. His children may face trouble. There may be apprehension of
trouble from thieves or the government. He will commit misdeeds. A
snake or scorpion may bite him. There may be disputes with lowly
persons or he may have to suffer their company. He may have to face
sorrows. He may fall sick.

Venus: The individual will be under threat of accidental death if the


ascendant has Aries, Virgo or Scorpio. Similar result will appear in the
sub-period of Venus if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from
Mercury. The sub-period shall be adverse if weak Venus occupies a
house of the Adverse Trio from Mercury. The individual may suffer from
heart disease, fever or diarrhoea. He may be disgraced. He may have to
go away from his family and friends. He will be unhappy and mentally
disturbed.

Sun: The sub-period will give adverse results to persons having


Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. Similar results will appear in the
sub-period of the Sun if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from
Mercury.

Moon: The sub-period will give adverse results to persons having


Gemini or Capricorn in the ascendant. Similar result will appear in the
292 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

sub-period of the Moon if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from


Mercury.
Mars: The sub-period may not be favourable for the individual who
has Aries, Taurus, Virgo or Libra in the ascendant. Similar result will
appear in the sub-period of Mars if it owns or occupies the II or VII
house from Mercury. The sub-period of Mars associated with a malefic
planet in the major-period of Mercury shall cause a lot of distress in the
beginning when Mars occupies the VIII or XII house from Mercury.
There will be trouble from siblings, government and thieves. The individual
will experience opposition from friends and children. There will be danger
of loss of position. The individual will be happy and shall have good
income in the middle of the sub-period. In the end, there will again be
fear from the government and loss of position.
Rahu: Rahu in Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Aquarius, an angle, triangle
or the XI house shall give favourable results. The commencement of the
sub-period will cause discomfort or disease. The individual shall be
happy at the end of the sub-period. The sub-period will improve the
status of the individual. He will be well known. His income will improve.
He may go on pilgrimages. His ambition will be fulfilled. Rahu in the VIII
or XII house shall cause at the commencement of the sub-period sickness
like rheumatism, indigestion or fever. The individual may be imprisoned
if Rahu associated with a malefic planet is in the VIII or XII house from
Mercury. He may lose his position. He may suffer from heart disease or
he may fall sick otherwise. His reputation may be harmed. He and
members of his family may have mental distress.
Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant. It will cause
discomfort and illhealth. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of
Jupiter if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mercury. When
weak Jupiter is in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Mercury it
shall cause physical distress, souring of relations with wife, relatives and
friends in its sub-period. There will be displeasure of the government. He
will lose wealth. There may be fear due to sudden quarrels. He may
become inattentive. Brahmins may cause him harm.
Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. Similar result will
How to Time an Event 293

appear in the sub-period of Saturn if it owns or occupies the II or VII


house from Mercury. The individual suffers much at the hands of his
enemies when Saturn occupies the VIII or XII house from Mercury.
Major-period of Ketu: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter
59): The period of Ketu shall be favourable if it is placed in an angle or
triangle in a beneficial sign, in exaltation or own sign. It is good in HI, VI
or XI house. It is bad in the II, VIII or XII house under malefic influence.
Ketu: When Ketu is associated with a debilitated or combust planet
or it is placed in the VIII or XII house it will cause heart trouble, loss of
status and reputation, trouble to wife and children, loss of wealth and
property, and a disturbed mind. Ketu occupying the II or VII house or in
sambandha with the owner of one of these houses, shall cause sickness,
a lot of trouble and separation from family and friends.
Venus: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. The individual keeps indifferent
health and remains mentally disturbed. Similar result will appear in the
sub-period of Venus if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu.
Adverse results will be experienced in the sub-period of Venus
associated with a malefic planet in the major period of Ketu if Venus is
associated with a debilitated planet, or it occupies the VI or VIII house
from the ascendant. The sub-period will cause heart trouble, loss of
status and reputation, trouble to wife and children, loss of wealth and
property, adverse relations with friends and relatives, disease in the eye
or head. There may be boils. The individual will have to travel continuously.
Sun: The sub-period of the Sun shall be adverse for individuals
who have Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. It is not good for the
longevity of the individual. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of
the Sun if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. The sub-
period will again be adverse if the Sun associated with a malefic planet
is placed in the VIII or XII house from Ketu. There will be apprehension
in the mind of the individual. He will lose his wealth and property. He will
feel some relief from adverse results only at the close of the sub-period.

Moon: This sub-period will not be good for the individual if the
Moon owns or occupies the VIII house or is associated with the owner
of the II or VII house from the ascendant. When powerful Moon
occupies an angle, triangle, or the XI house, it will give good results at
294 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

the commencement and middle of its sub-period. The individual will be


successful in all his endeavours. He will have favours from the government
in the middle of the sub-period. However, at the close of the sub-period,
the individual will have fear from the government, and he may have to
undertake long journeys including to other countries. The results will not
be favourable if the Moon is weak.
Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. He may suffer from fever or ill
effects of poisoning during this period. He will also have to face marital
discord or his wife may face trouble. He will be mentally disturbed.
Similar result will appear in the sub-period of Mars if it owns or occupies
the II or VII house from Ketu. The sub-period of Mars will be dangerous
for the longevity of the individual, his welfare while abroad or health
when Mars is placed in the II, VIII or XII house from Ketu. The individual
will also have urinary tract infection, loss of wealth through thefts and
trouble from the government. He will be involved in disputes. He will be
unhappy too. There will however be some favourable results also.
Rahu: If it is exalted, occupying a friendly or own sign, placed in an
angle, triangle, II, III or XI house, the individual will have immediate gain
of wealth. He may go on journeys. There will be some adverse results
at the commencement of the sub-period but the rest of the period shall
be favourable. Rahu under influence of malefic planet in the VIII or XII
house from the ascendant shall cause great suffering. The individual
may develop diabetes. He may suffer from remittent fever or colic. He
may be involved in sudden disputes.
Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant, or when Jupiter
owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. This sub-period will give
favourable results in the beginning but adverse results towards its close if
Jupiter is debilitated in the chart or it is placed in a house of the Adverse
Trio from Ketu. There will be danger of thefts and of developing boils. The
wealth and assets of the individual will deplete. He may be separated
from his wife and children. The individual may travel abroad if Jupiter is
associated with a favourable planet or it is placed in an angle, III or XI
house or a triangle from Ketu. However, the sub-period will begin with
sickness and end with removal from the place of residence and sudden
quarrels.
How to Time an Event 295

Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant, or when Saturn
owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. Saturn when under the
influence of a beneficial planet will give favourable results in its sub-
period if it occupies Cancer, Libra, or Scorpio. Saturn under influence of
a beneficial planet in its own sign, an angle or a triangle, the III or XI
house, or the sign of a beneficial planet in the navamsha will again give
good results. The individual will be successful in all of his ventures. He
will be happy and shall undertake favourable journeys. He will have
connections with highly placed powerful persons. He will acquire wealth
and property in his place of residence. The result will be just the reverse
when Saturn associated with a malefic planet occupies a house of the
Adverse Trio from Ketu. He may also lose his parents during this period.
Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant, or when Mercury
owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. It will give very
unfavourable results at the close of the sub-period, when under the
influence of Mars, Saturn or Rahu, particularly to the wife and children
of the individual if it is placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the
ascendant. He may have to live in somebody else's house. There will be
loss of wealth and property. The worst results will be seen at the close
of the sub-period. Weak Mercury in a house of the Adverse Trio from
Ketu will also be troublesome. In this case the beginning of the sub-
period will show the worst results. Here too the results will be similar to
those when Mercury occupies a house of the Adverse Trio from the
ascendant. Such Mercury may however take the individual on a pilgrimage
in the middle of the sub-period.

Major-period of Venus: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter


60): The period of Venus shall be troublesome if it is the owner of the II
or VII house from the ascendant.

Venus: The sub-period could be troublesome if Venus owns or


occupies the II or VII house from itself. It couId also be adverse if the
ascendant has Aries, Virgo or Scorpio. The individual will construct a
new house in the sub-period of Venus that is in exaltation in the sign or
navamsha, or occupies its own sign or navamsha. The individual will avail
of and extend hospitality too often. He will travel to the west. The sub-
period of Venus associated with a malefic planet occupying a house of
296 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

the Adverse Trio will give highly adverse results.


Sun: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having
Aquarius in the ascendant or when the Sun owns or occupies the VII
house from Venus. The sub-period will cause tension with family members
if the Sun is placed in the sign of a malefic planet. It will also cause
trouble from the government.
Moon: There will be trouble towards the end of this sub-period if
the Moon is placed in an angle, triangle, III or XI house from Venus. The
remainder of the sub-period shall be good. The individual is likely to go
on a pilgrimage or for a dip in the Ganga during this period.
Mars: The individual may suffer from poor health in case the
ascendant has Taurus, Libra, or Pisces. The result will be similar in case
Mars owns or occupies the II or VII house from Venus. The individual
may suffer from fever with rigours in case Mars occupies the VIII or XII
house from the ascendant or Venus.
Rahu: The first five months of the sub-period of Rahu when placed
in the III, VI, X or XI house shall be very good. The individual will have
favours from the government and he will be able to suppress his enemies.
The individual may suffer from indigestion or fever at the close of the
sub-period. He may also face worries and hindrance in his ventures. The
result will be excellent even when Rahu occupies an angle, triangle, its
sign or sign of exaltation, or the XI house with beneficial influence and in
association with a yogakaraka planet.
Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the health of the
individual having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant.
The sub-period will give similar result when Jupiter owns or occupies
the II or VII house from Venus.
Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the health of the
individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant.
The result will be similar when Saturn owns or occupies the II or VII
house from Venus. The sub-period of Saturn in exaltation in sign or
navamsha, in its own sign or navamsha, or in an angle or triangle will
cause the promotion of the individual. A debilitated Saturn will cause-
much trouble. When Saturn occupies the VIII or XII house from Venus
the individual will experience all kinds of trouble right from the start of
How to Time an Event 297

the sub-period. His parents, wife and children will lead an unhappy and
disturbed life. He will have to leave home and go away to a distant
place. His business will have serious reverses. He will lose his wealth and
assets.
Mercury: When Mercury occupies one of the houses of the Adverse
Trio from Venus, if Mercury is weak, or when it is associated with a
malefic planet or receives aspect from it, the individual will experience
good results at the start of the sub-period. The middle of the sub-period
will also give average results but the closing part will be extremely
troublesome. The individual may have to live in somebody else's house.
His wealth and assets will deplete considerably. He will be mentally very
disturbed. His business will suffer severe setbacks. He may fall sick with
cold, fever or rheumatism. This sub-period will not be good for the
physical well being of the individual having Sagittarius or Pisces in the
ascendant, or when Mercury owns or occupies the VII house from
Venus.
Ketu: Ketu in exaltation, or in Scorpio or Pisces, and placed in a
powerful house in sambandha with a planet that owns an angle and a
triangle will give unusual results. This sub-period will be good for wealth
and ventures but in between from time to time the sub-period will cause
much hardship and trouble.
(B) (1) (a) For a person born during the major-period of Venus, the
major-period of Jupiter in life can prove to be
adverse.

(b) For a person born during the major-period of Ketu,


the major-period of Mars in life can prove to be
adverse.
(c) For a person born during major-period of Mars, the
major-period of Saturn in life can prove to be adverse.
(d) For a person born during the major-period of Mercury,
the major-period of Rahu in life can prove to be
adverse.
(2) (a) The combined major and sub-periods of the owners of
the II and XII houses can be troublesome.
298 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

(b) The combined major and sub-periods of the owners


of the VI and VIII houses can be troublesome.
(3) The major-period of Rahu or its sub-period in the major-
period of Mercury will be troublesome if Mercury owns
the ascendant.
(4) The sub-period of Jupiter in the major-period of Venus,
or vice-versa.
According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 27, when these
planets are powerful, receiving aspects from beneficial planets or placed
in good houses, the native may reach a high position and become
wealthy. If unmarried he may get married to a rich female, a son may be
born to him and he may have a comfortable, luxurious, happy and
contented life.
When these planets are owners of bad houses, as in the case of
Taurus ascendant, and are weak and badly placed from the ascendant
or each other, the results will be just the reverse of what has been
recorded above.
(5) The sub-period of Jupiter in the major-period of Mars, or
vice-versa.
When the two planets own good houses, are powerful and well
placed, the individual may get married, have long lived children, material
comforts and happiness according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse
32.

When these planets are owners of bad houses, as in the case of


Taurus ascendant (Mars owns the VII and XII, and Jupiter VIII and XI
houses. The mooltrikona sign of Mars is in the XII house and that of
Jupiter in the VIII), and are weak and badly placed, the results will be
just the reverse of what has been recorded above.
(6) The sub-period of Jupiter in the major-period of Mercury,
or vice-versa.
When the two planets own good houses, as in the case of Virgo
ascendant, are powerful and well placed, the individual may become a
scholar of high repute and of spotless character, a fine businessman and
may have happy and peaceful life with his wife and children. This is
according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 33.
How to Time an Event 299

When these planets are badly placed and afflicted, the results will
be just the reverse of what has been recorded above.
Note: The statements recorded above for Jupiter and Mercury
apply equally to the major and sub-periods of the Sun and Mercury, the
Sun and Mars, the Sun and Jupiter, the Moon and Venus and the Moon
and Jupiter according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 33.
(7) The sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of the Sun,
or vice-versa.

The individual may obtain favours and position from the government
during the major-period of Saturn in the sub-period of the Sun; and
success, wealth and comfort in the major-period of the Sun in the sub-
period of Saturn in the following situations:
When the two planets own good houses, as in the case of Taurus
ascendant; or,
if they are powerful and well placed in their own signs or navamshas;
or,
in the alternative, if they are exalted, or
are in angles or triangles, according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6
verse 31.

The sub-period of one planet in the major-period of the other will


be highly troublesome and distressful if the two planets are owners of
bad houses, as in the case of Pisces ascendant, or are badly placed and
weak.

(8) The sub-period of Venus in the major-period of Saturn or


vice-versa.
Saturn gives results of Venus in Saturn sub-period in the major-
period of Venus; and Venus, similarly, gives results of Saturn in the
major-period of Saturn and in Venus sub-period.
When Saturn is an adverse planet for a horoscope and it has
sambandha with a maraka planet, the maraka planet loses its potency
to kill to Saturn. In such a situation, Saturn assumes the responsibility to
end the life, if such a Saturn has sambandha with Venus as well, the
death will take place in the major-period of Venus and sub-period of
300 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Saturn, or vice-versa.

According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verses 29-30, when both


the planets are powerful, well placed and owners of good houses, the
sub-period of one planet in the major-period of the other shall be highly
distressful. The individual will be hard put to meet his expenses, as his
finances will be in disarray.

When one of the two planets is powerful and well placed but the
other is weak, badly placed and is owner of a bad house, the above
results will not take place. When both the planets are owners of bad
houses, are weak and placed badly, the major-period of one planet in
the sub-period of the other will be highly beneficial.
(9) The sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of Saturn,
and vice-versa, will be adverse. This may bring about a
fall from position for the individual, and if Mars is also
involved, the fall may entail violence.
When Rahu and Saturn are good planets, even then the
individual may face some adversity in this combined period.
(10) According to Uttar Kalamrita, Second Kanda, Chapter 2
verse 25, when the Moon and Venus are associated, and
their dispositor is in an angle or triangle, the individual will
have wealth and good vehicles through out his life.

On Periods in General and Principles to Fix


Timing
19. Even in astrological analyses, some degree of common sense is
called for. Nowadays, the age of marriage is rising and there is
feeling that marriage should take place only when the individual
has economic independence from the family. The family size is
shrinking and the number of children per family has gone down
drastically. However, morals are becoming lax and pre, extra and
post-marital relationships are becoming more frequent. Women are
now rivalling men in professional and intellectual excellence. A
How to Time an Event 301

general reading of the horoscope will reveal the sphere of life in


which if at all, the individual is likely to deviate from the normal.
Here an analysis of the horoscope will be necessary. Thus, when
we look for employment or financial self-sufficiency for the individual,
we should analyse the major-period that is likely to run at the
appropriate age. If we are to predict the time of marriage, one
should, in a male horoscope, normally look for a major-period that
will be current after the individual takes up a vocation. In all
horoscopes, the questions whether marriage will take place at all
and if yes, whether it will be early or late should be determined. In
a female horoscope, it should be further examined whether the
individual is going to take up a vocation, which may be the cause
of delay in marriage, etc.

When Will an Event Happen


20. When we look for the timing of events inter-periods prove their
worth. We may take recourse to the selection of right inter-period
in narrowing down the time span in a sub-period that promises to
be favourable.

The major-period in the life of the individual extends over a number


of years and covers a large part of his life. The sub-period covers a much
smaller part and the inter-period is still more specific. We can therefore
say that the inter-period is the trigger that brings about the event. It
usually extends over a few months at the most. If the inter-period is
correctly identified, with the assistance of annual chart and transit results
prediction can be made to the day. However, from our experience we
would like to caution the reader that it is not always true that the inter-
periods worked out for a horoscope are correctly done. Even a deviation
of one minute in the longitude of the Moon from the accurate and true
position is likely to send the inter-periods in several cases haywire.
Therefore, if one is not sure of one's data, it is a waste of time to go into
the details of inter-periods. In such a case, it would be better to work out
the major and sub-periods and thereafter base one's further analysis on
annual chart and transits. If the position of the Moon is
302 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

accurate and the inter-periods are correct, it will be easy to locate the
right combination of major, sub and inter-periods and correctly predict
the event.
21. We know that the Vimshottari major and sub-period planets get
into contact with one other in transit when they are about to give
the result. This gives a good clue to timing the events. The event
will in all probability take place while the two period planets are in
contact. We will discuss this in greater detail and from a practical
point of view in the chapter on transits.
22. Certain statements in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra indicate as to
when a planet is likely to give its results in its period. These are
reproduced ahead. If a planet is not likely to operate in the
beginning of its period, a sub-period in the beginning of its major-
period may appear very promising to materialise an event, but it
may not be able to do so. A sub-period that is likely to take place at
the right time when the period of the planet is operational shall be
capable of giving the result.
We have already seen in Chapter One paragraph 29 that the
strength of a house and its owner are of pivotal interest when we
determine the time of an event. The strength plays a crucial role in
timing and must always be carefully determined.
(i) Parashar has mentioned in his Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra,
Chapter 47 verses 3 and 4 that a planet becomes operational
according to its location in a drekkan. When in direct motion
and in the first drekkan (1/3rd of a sign), a planet will give
results at the beginning of its period. It will give results in the
middle of the period if it is placed in the second drekkan; and,
at the end of the period if placed in the last drekkan. This
order will be reversed if the planet is retrograde. It will give
results at the end of the period if it is placed in the first drekkan.
It will become operational in the middle of the period when it is
in the second drekkan, and at the commencement of the
period when it is placed in the last drekkan. Since Rahu and
Ketu are always in retrograde motion, they will yield results in
the same manner as a retrograde planet.
How to Time an Event 303

(ii) When a planet is placed in a movable sign, it is likely to give


results early; in a fixed sign, late; and, in a common sign in the
middle of its period.
(iii) Parashar has mentioned in his Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra,
Chapter 50 verses 88, 89 and 89.5 that a planet will become
operational depending on the category of sign that it is placed
in. When placed in a shirshodaya (rising headfirst) sign it will
give results at the beginning of the period. The shirshodaya
signs are Gemini, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, and Aquarius. All
the fixed signs, except Taurus, fail to influence the timing as
they by nature being fixed delay matters but being shirshodaya
try to advance it. The two tendencies cross each other out.
When in an ubhayodaya sign (head and hind quarters both
rising at the same time) it will give results in the middle of the
period. The ubhayodaya sign is Pisces. Since the sign as a
common one is also inclined to give the result in the middle,
Pisces has a very powerful influence to defer the result to the
middle of the period. When in a prishthhodaya sign (rising
hind quarters first) it will give its results at the end of the
period. The prishthhodaya signs are Aries, Taurus, Cancer,
Sagittarius and Capricorn. Taurus fully delays matters. All the
movable signs, except Libra, fail to influence timing, as being
movable they try to advance matters but being prishthhodaya
they try to delay them at the same time. Libra expedites
matters. It takes matters to the very beginning. Thus only
Taurus among fixed signs, and Libra among movable signs,
should be taken into account when considering the influence
of a sign on timing. Among common signs Gemini and Virgo
take the timing to the first quarter of the period; Sagittarius
takes it to the last quarter, and Pisces keeps it in the middle.
The net effect of signs on timing can be summarised in the following
manner:

Brings the event to the beginning of the period-Libra


Takes the event to the first quarter of the period-Gemini and Virgo
Takes the event to the middle of the period-Pisces
304 Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Takes the event to the third quarter of the period-Sagittarius Takes

the event to the end of the period-Taurus

Other signs are immaterial. They have no effect on timing.


(iv) We have already seen that a planet under powerful influence of
Mercury tends to give its results in the very beginning of its
period. When the planet is under influence of Saturn it delays
matters. When Saturn and Mercury are in sambandha, this
consideration becomes ineffective, as Saturn loses its tendency
to cause delay, and Mercury does not remain inclined to cause
undue haste and urgency. Therefore this consideration should
not be taken into account in a chart that has these two planets
in sambandha.
(v) Then there is the inherent inclination of a planet. The Moon is
inclined to give its result immediately in its period; Mars after a
very short while of the beginning; Mercury a little later than
Mars; Venus in the first quarter of the span of time; Jupiter just
before the middle of the span; Sun after the middle of the
span in the third quarter; and, Saturn towards the end in the
fourth quarter of span or even later. Rahu and Ketu are
equated to Saturn and Mars respectively.
(vi) The event would happen early when the concerned house is
strong and does not have the influence of Saturn on it. It will
be delayed if the house is weak and does not have the influence
of Mercury on it.

Strong influence of Saturn on the planet would delay the result,


strong influence of Mercury on the planet would expedite matters. The
above six statements together are sufficient to decide the inclination of a
planet, but we will list other statements in this regard too for the sake of
information.
(vii) Barring the Sun, Moon and the Nodes all other planets own
two signs. According to Phal Deepika Chapter 15 verse 11 of
the two signs that a planet owns, it will give the result of a sign
that comes first as counted from the ascendant. The result of
the second sign shall be experienced later. The author
How to Time an Event 305

goes on to state that some astrologers are of the view that a planet
placed in an even sign will give results of the even sign that it owns
at the beginning of the period, and of its odd sign later. The same
mutatis-mutandis applies to an odd sign that the planet owns when
the planet occupies an odd sign, (viii) According to Jataka Parijata,
Chapter 18 verse 58, a planet will show results of the house that it
occupies at the beginning of the period. Such results owing to the
occupation of a house should appear in the beginning of the
period. The planet will give the results of its location in a sign in the
middle of the period. If it is debilitated in a sign or in an inimical
sign, the planet will give adverse results. In a friendly or exaltation
sign the results will be good. Such results will be seen in the middle
of the period. In addition, when a planet occupies a sign, it
generates certain specific results. These too shall be observed in the
middle of the period. The planet will give the results of aspects in
the end of the period. It will give the results of the aspect that it
receives at the end of the period. It will also give the results of the
aspects that it projects at the end of the period.
(ix) We can also refer to Bhavartha Ratnakara (BV Raman's
translation, 1974, Raman Publications) Chapter XIII, verses 10
and 11. It says that a planet occupying an even sign produces
results relating to its mooltrikona signs first. Results relating to
the other sign shall appear later. A planet in an odd sign shall
give results relating to its mooltrikona sign after the middle of
its period.
(x) A planet tends to give its results in its period just before or after
its retrogression in transit, if any. According to Brihat Parashar
Mora Shastra, Chapter 50 verse 86 the period of a beneficial
planet will produce good results when it is in direct motion after
retrogression in transit.
PRACTICAL HINT: A planet under strong influence of Mercury, in a
movable sign or navamsha, and in a shirshodaya sign will give results
early in its period.
Chapter Four

The Annual Horoscope

It is easy to get a glimpse of what is in store for an individual during


any one year through an annual horoscope for that year. The annual
chart is a fairly accurate map of events that are likely to happen during
the year. These events can also be timed through such a chart, but care
has to be taken while reading it. It is fully dependent on the birth chart,
and events will take place only when the right combination of periods
operates in the birth chart. The annual chart is also called the annual
horoscope.
2. A year is taken to commence when the Sun, in transit during the
year, reaches the exact position it held at the time of birth. This
happens once every year. It should be the nirayana or sidereal
position. The ayanamsha should be the same for both the birth and
yearly positions. It may be Lahiri's, Krishnamurti's or any other
ayanamsha, but if the position of the Sun at birth is determined
with the use of Lahiri's ayanamsha, the position of the Sun in any
year should also be determined with the use of the same ayanamsha.
If the ayanamshas are different for the two positions, the time of
commencement of the year will be incorrect.
3. The most important first pre-requisite is the availability of accurate
nirayana position of the Sun at the time and date of birth. If this
datum is not available, it will not be worthwhile to spend time over
analysis of a yearly chart.
The Sun travels over approximately a degree of arc in 24 hours. It
thus takes nearly 24 minutes of time to cover a minute of arc, and 24
seconds to cover a second of arc. If the position of the Sun at the time
of birth is calculated wrongly by even one second of arc, there will be
How to Time an Event 307

an error of 24 seconds in the time of commencement of the year. So,


the annual horoscope is apt to go awry and fail with even the slightest
of error in calculation of the position of the Sun at birth.
We come across tables of Solar Return in ephemerides that
supposedly give data with which the time when the Sun would be at the
same position as it held at the time of birth could be calculated. These
details many a time do not lead to the exact equality of the longitudes of
the yearly position of the Sun and at the date and time of birth. The use
of these tables is best avoided.
4. Once the exact time is determined when the Sun shall be at the
same position that it had occupied at the time of birth, we should
calculate the ascendant rising at that moment, and the positions of
various planets. The ascendant should always be calculated for the
place of birth of the individual and not for the place where the
individual was on any of his birthdays. We shall thus get a chart for
the instant in any year when the Sun in its transit had reached the
exact position that it had held at the time and date of birth.
5. We will work out the annual chart for Chart 1-2 for 1988-89. The
exact position of the Sun at the time of birth according to Lahiri's
ayanamsha is 23° 37' 13" in Libra. The Sun reaches this position at
05h 18m 21s on November 9, 1988. The ascendant at this moment
is at 1°31'10" in Libra at the place of birth. The positions of planets
in the annual chart are as follows:

Chart IV-1
Annual chart
308 Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

Navamsha

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 6s23°37'13" Jupiter Venus 5s19°4'13" Moon
Moon 6s22°38'36" Jupiter Saturn 8s6°0'50" Ketu
Mars 11s7°8'28" Saturn Rahu 10s18°12'11" Rahu
Merc 6s 10°52' 7" Rahu Ketu 4s18°12'11" Venus
Jupiter 1s 9°9' 40" Sun Ascdt. 6s1°31'10"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
6. (A) Having erected the annual chart it can be considered in the same
manner as any birth chart. The various aspects of life can be
determined through the use of karakas as has been described
in the earlier chapters. We can proceed further and fix the time
of an event through a modified version of
How to Time an Event 309

Vimshottari period framework that is adapted for the annual


chart. We proportionately divide the duration of a solar year
among nine planets. The Sun will therefore get 6*365.2564/
120=18 rounded off days, the Moon 10*365.2564/120=30
days, Mars 7*365.2564/120=21 days, Rahu 18*365.2564/
120=55 days, etc. The proportion for each planet is strictly
according to its share in the over all Vimshottari duration of
120 years. The order of the major-periods shall also be the
same, i.e., starting with the Sun the periods to follow shall be
of the Moon, Mars, Rahu, Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury, Ketu and
Venus. The year shall start with the major-period of a planet in
the constellation of which the Moon is found in the annual
chart. In chart IV-1 above the year starts with the major-period
of Jupiter since the Moon is a constellation of Jupiter. As in
the case of Vimshottari period system in a birth chart, the
balance of major-period shall depend on the longitude of the
Moon in the constellation in the annual chart. This is not an
original concept. This system has been in vogue. Most of the
good Vedic astrology softwares have the facility to calculate time
frames for this period system. We have only refined the use
on a more rational and scientific basis. It is used on exactly the
same lines as the Vimshottari periods in a birth chart. It gives
very accurate results but for one failing. The length of a major-
period in an annual chart is not in round number. The
beginning and close of a major-period is therefore sometimes
inaccurate by fraction of a day. We will use this for timing in a
few charts in this chapter to show its universal applicability.
There is however an equally elegant method of timing that is
independent of the dasa system. It is given below.
(B) The timing of events in an annual chart is done through a more
ingenious transit method that shall be explained presently.
An annual chart is valid for only one year. It deals with a very short
span of time. It is in a manner a magnification of a birth chart relative to
that year. The annual chart will show results under the overall guidance
of the birth chart and Vimshottari period analyses. If a Vimshottari period
in a birth chart does not promise a result, it cannot happen in that year
even if it were strongly indicated in the annual chart. We should therefore
first determine the broad time frame through the Vimshottari period
310 Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

system that would give the result and then analyse that span of time
more minutely through the annual chart.
7. A child was born to the individual of annual Chart IV-1 on June 26,
1989. The birth chart of the individual is Chart 1-2. A child was born
in the Vimshottari major-period of Venus, sub-period of the Moon
and inter-period of Jupiter. This inter-period runs from June 4, 1989
to August 24, 1989.
8. (A) An event will take place in a year when Arudha for the event
is related to the Arudha for gain, loss, self or mind, etc., in the
annual chart; the karaka for the event is related to the Arudha
for gain, loss, self or mind as the case may be; and, the karaka
for gain, loss, self or mind, etc., as the case may be is related
to the Arudha for the event. Let us take first marriage. It will
take place in the year when the Arudha for marriage (Arudha
of the VII house from karaka in the annual chart) is related to
the Arudha for gain (Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter in
the annual chart); the karaka for marriage is related to the
Arudha for gain; and, Jupiter is related to Arudha for marriage.
This marriage will break up when the Arudha for marriage
(Arudha of the VII house from karaka in the annual chart) is
related to the Arudha for loss (Arudha of the XII house from
Saturn in the annual chart); the karaka for marriage is related
to the Arudha for loss; and, Saturn is related to Arudha for
marriage. The individual will go abroad when the Arudha for
journey abroad (Arudha of the IX house from Rahu) is related
to the Arudha for self (Arudha of the sign the Sun occupies in
the annual chart); Rahu is related to the Arudha for self; and,
the Sun is related to the Arudha for journey abroad. The
individual will die when the Arudha for longevity (Arudha of the
VIII house from Saturn) is related to the Arudha for loss/ end
(Arudha of the XII house from Saturn); and, Saturn is related
to both the Arudhas. An individual will be happy when the
Arudha for happiness (Arudha of the IV house from Jupiter in
the annual chart) is related to the Arudha for the mind (Arudha
of the IV house from the Moon in the annual chart); Jupiter is
related to the Arudha of the mind; and, the Moon is related to
the Arudha of happiness.
How to Time an Event 311

(B) We have seen in the Chapter on Major-Period analysis that


each house in a birth chart stands for one year in the life of an
individual. We can time an event in the annual chart for that
year in a unique way. We have taken this principle from Chapter
74 verse 19 to 23 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. In an annual
chart each house stands for a month. The year starts from the
moment the Sun reaches the exact longitude it had occupied
at the time of birth. This is either on the date of birth or very
close to it. The I house of the annual chart represents the first
month of the year. The II house represents the second month
and so on till the twelfth house is reached. The XII house
represents the twelfth month. When we say that a house
represents a month what precisely do we mean by that? It
means that if we take that house as the ascendant without
altering the positions of planets in the annual chart it would tell
us the events that are likely to happen in that month.
Therefore, the I house will work as the ascendant for the first
month; the II house will function as the ascendant for the
second month, and so on. We will study this method further. It
is stated on similar lines as in paragraph 4 (C) of Chapter
Two. (a) Take a house corresponding to a month of the year
and take it as the monthly ascendant. Each house shall stand
for equal duration of 30.438 days. For example, we can take
the VII house as the ascendant in an annual chart for the
seventh month (of 30.438 days) of the year. The chart so
considered shall indicate the events that are likely to happen
in the seventh month, (b) We then take up the karaka for the
event in the annual chart and see if it is related to the Arudha
of the relevant house from its position. If it were so related
only then the event would take place in the year. If it is not
related it would not happen, (c) We take up the monthly
ascendant and see if the karaka becomes the Karaka-Factor in
the annual chart for that ascendant. This means, as we know,
that the karaka is not only related to the relevant house from
its position in the annual chart, it should also be related to the
relevant houses from the ascendant and the monthly Arudha
lagna. The monthly ascendant and its Arudha shall change for
each month but the relevant house
312 Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

from the karaka shall be constant. It will not change. In


whichever month the karaka becomes Karaka-Factor, it will
most likely cause the event to take place in that month. We
can determine the month of the event in this manner, (d) If the
Karaka-Factor is also related to the Arudha for gain, loss, or
physical or mental self, etc., (depending on the expected
event) in the annual chart, that event will materialise in that
month. One gains or acquires a spouse on marriage, younger
brother or sister due to birth, child due to birth, an educational
qualification, property, vehicle etc. Here Arudha of the XI
house from Jupiter should be considered. One loses a parent
on death, and a spouse through divorce or death, etc. Here
Arudha of the XII house from Saturn should be considered.
One physically goes abroad, suffers injuries, meets with an
accident, etc. Here Arudha of the first house from the Sun
should be considered. One experiences humiliation, anger,
enmity, romance, love, etc. Here Arudha of the IV house from
the Moon should be considered, (e) It is possible that more
than one month qualifies according to the previous statement.
How do we select the right month out of the several probable
ones? The Karaka-Factor should also be a Factor for gain,
loss, or physical or mental self for the ascendant in
consideration. In case this is not so in a selected month, we
move to the next qualified month and examine it. (f) The
selection of the month will also be determined by the
movement of the Sun and Moon. We will discuss this in the
Chapter on Transits.
We will take the above illustration annual Chart IV-1 to explain
these methods. A child was born to the individual on June 26, 1989.
This is the eighth month from the start of the year. The month of birth is
Taurus. It starts on June 10 and ends on July 10, 1989.
Birth of a child has taken place in the major Vimshottari annual
period of the Sun. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter in the annual
chart is in Scorpio. Jupiter is related to this house through the Moon.
Jupiter shall give results relating to children of the individual. The major-
period of the Sun started on June 24, 1989 and ended on July 13, 1989.
The Sun is over Jupiter in annual navamsha chart. The Arudha of the V
house from Jupiter in the annual chart is in Scorpio. The Moon
How to Time an Event 313

and Mars are in sambandha in the annual navamsha chart. The Sun and
Moon are together in the annual chart. The V house from Jupiter in the
annual chart is in Virgo. Mercury and the Sun are together. The Arudha
lagna is in Leo. The V house from it is in Sagittarius. Jupiter and the Sun
are related. The V house from the ascendant is in Aquarius. The Sun is
with Saturn in the navamsha chart. The Moon is the Essential Planet. It
is with the Sun. The Sun is a Factor for matters relating to children.
The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter in the above chart is in
Cancer. The Sun is related to it. The XI house from Jupiter is in Pisces.
The Sun is related to it. The XI house from the ascendant is in Leo. The
XI house from the Arudha lagna is in Gemini. The Sun is again related to
it. The Essential Planet is Jupiter. The Sun is thus a Factor for gain too.
Birth of a child in the major-period of the Sun in the annual chart is likely.
We can further refine the time frame by considering sub-periods in the
major-period of the Sun.
Jupiter in the yearly chart is clearly related to the Arudha of the V
house from its position. Jupiter is in Taurus. The Arudha lagna for the
month of Taurus is Capricorn. This means that if we treat Taurus as the
ascendant, the Arudha lagna would be in Capricorn. The V house from
it is Taurus again, and Jupiter is placed there. Therefore Jupiter is the
Karaka-Factor for the event for the month of Taurus. We shall now see
whether Jupiter is also a Factor for gain. The Arudha for gain is in Cancer.
Jupiter is in a constellation of the Sun. The Moon and Sun are together
in the annual chart. The Moon is in a constellation of Jupiter in the
annual chart. Jupiter is in sambandha with Venus. Venus is in a
constellation of the Moon. Mars is in sambandha with the Moon in the
navamsha chart. Jupiter is related to Mars. Jupiter thus shows gain of a
child in the month. Once we have determined the right inter-period, we
know that the event would happen between June 4 and August 24,
1989 in the inter-period of Jupiter in the sub-period of the Moon in the
major-period of Venus. The determined month falls within this inter-
Period. Birth of a child should take place between June 10 and July 10,
1989.

We will see that with the use of the annual chart, we can reduce
the time span of one month even further. We have given this method a
little ahead in this chapter.
314 Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

We will take up another chart. This lady went abroad to meet her
paramour on July 26, 2000. The event happened when she was in her
50th year. The birth chart is given below.
Chart IV-2
Birth Chart

Navamsha

Female, October 5, 1950, 1540 hours, 34°S55', 138°E35', Time


Zone 0930 hours East of Greenwich.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 5s18°15'57" Moon Venus 5s8°5'40" Sun
Moon 2s28°45'22" Jupiter Saturn 5s 1°52'53" Sun
Mars 7s13°26'32" Saturn Rahu 11s5°7'9" Saturn
Merc 5s0°42'13" Sun Ketu 5s5°7'9" Sun
Jupiter 10s5°1'21" Mars Ascdt. 10s15°30'22"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
How to Time an Event 315

We will now see if the annual chart shows the approximate period
of the visit abroad and its purpose. There are two related events
happening here. The first is a visit abroad; the second, she meets her
paramour during the visit abroad. In fact the journey abroad was to
meet the paramour. The annual chart is drawn up for the time when the
Sun had reached the position it had occupied at the time of her birth.
The chart of heavens drawn for that moment is given below:
Chart IV-3
Annual Chart

Navamsha
316 Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

The year begins on October 6, 1999 at 0509 hours. The


coordinates of the place remain the same as for the birth chart.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 5s18° 15'57" Moon Venus 4s4° 4739" Ketu
Moon 4s4° 29'6" Ketu Saturn 0s22° 11'0" Venus
Mars 7s28° 837" Mercury Rahu 3s17° 26'28" Mercury
Merc 6s7° 1'45" Rahu Ketu 9s17° 26'28" Moon
Jupiter 0s8° 253" Ketu Ascdt. 5s2° 2'07"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
She had gone abroad on July 26, 2000. The event happened in the
inter-period of Rahu in the sub and major-periods of Venus between
June 12 and December 12, 2000. It thus covers a period that overlaps
into two yearly charts. Since we know the details of the event we will
consider the annual chart that relates to the year 1999-2000.
The IX house in the relevant annual chart from Rahu is Pisces. The
Arudha of Pisces is in Taurus. Rahu is in Cancer in the annual chart. The
Moon and Venus are together in the chart. Therefore Rahu shall give
results relating to long journey abroad during the year. The Moon is in a
constellation of Ketu. The year shall therefore start with the annual
major-period of Ketu. The journey took place in the annual major-period
of Saturn. Saturn is related to Rahu through Mercury. It is also related to
the IX house from Rahu in the chart. Saturn is a Factor for journey
abroad.
The event took place in the tenth month of Gemini for this chart.
The IX house from Gemini is Aquarius. The navamsha dispositor of Rahu
is with Saturn in the annual chart. The Arudha of the monthly ascendant
Gemini is in Aquarius. The IX house from the Arudha is in Libra. Mercury
occupies it. Rahu is in a constellation of Mercury and the latter is with
Rahu in the navamsha chart. Rahu is related to the IX house from its
position in the annual chart. Therefore Rahu is the Karaka-Factor for
journey abroad when the monthly ascendant reaches Gemini. The
individual should go abroad between July 5 and August 5, 2000. Since
going abroad means the journey of the physical body, we should also
examine the relationship with the physical self, if any, that Rahu has in
How to Time an Event 317

the month in the annual chart. Rahu is related to the Sun in the chart. It
is related to Gemini since Mercury and Rahu have close relationship.
Rahu is related to the Arudha of the monthly ascendant. Thus, Rahu is
also a Factor for physical self in the annual chart. It is certain that the
individual would travel abroad in the month of Gemini.
The V house from Venus shows romance. It is in Sagittarius in the
annual chart. Its Arudha is in Leo. Venus occupies the sign. Thus Venus
shall cause romance in the year. Rahu occupies Sagittarius in the navamsha
chart. The V house from the monthly ascendant is Libra. Mercury and
Rahu are very closely related. The Arudha of the monthly ascendant is
in Aquarius. The V house from it is Gemini. Rahu, we have seen, is
related to Gemini through Mercury. Rahu is also related to Venus. Thus,
the journey abroad is concerned with romance.
9. We have seen that we can determine the month in which a stated
event is likely to happen through the annual chart. The month
that is expected to give the result is the one in which the karaka
for the event turns into the Karaka-Factor and also satisfies certain
stated conditions. Is it possible to use the annual chart to determine
the time of an event even closer to the date of its happening than
to within a month? The answer is in the affirmative.

Here we use the transit of the Sun and Moon over the annual
chart. The Sun in transit is found related to the Karaka-Factor in the
annual chart through sign, constellation or navamsha when the event
takes place. We have stated the transit conditions for the Sun and
Moon in an annual chart in the Chapter on Transits. We will study this
through some charts.

10. We go back to Chart IV-1. The chart is being considered for birth
of a child. The month in which the event should happen is found
to be between June 10 and July 10, 1989. We have already seen
that Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor during the stated period. The Sun
was in Gemini in transit when the event happened. Mercury is
related to Jupiter in the annual chart. The Sun was in Capricorn
navamsha in transit. Saturn is in Taurus in the navamsha annual
chart. Jupiter is in Taurus in the annual chart. The Sun is in a
constellation of Rahu. Rahu is with Jupiter in the annual navamsha
chart.
318 Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

We next take Chart IV-3. Gemini is the month for the chart when
the event had happened. Rahu was the Karaka-Factor. The Sun should
relate to Rahu in the annual chart through sign, constellation or navamsha
when the event is to materialise. The Sun was in Cancer when the
event happened where Rahu is placed in the annual chart. The Sun is in
a constellation of Saturn. Jupiter is in sambandha with Rahu in the
annual navamsha chart. Jupiter and Saturn are associated in the annual
chart. The Sun occupies Libra in the navamsha chart. Mercury occupies
this sign in the annual chart. Rahu and Mercury are in sambandha in the
annual chart.
The Sun thus brings the time span within which an event should
take place to about three days.

11. We will take some more charts to illustrate the method. This
appears necessary since we have to link the transit with the annual
chart in this technique. We will first take up the events that have
been analysed for Chart 1-1 above. The individual got married on
February 12, 1973. He was in his 27th year. The year started at 02h
40m 44s on October 16, 1972. The annual chart for that year is as
follows:

Chart IV-4
Annual chart
How to Time an Event 319

Navamsha

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 5s 29° 7'41" Mars Venus 4s18°42'20" Venus
Moon 9s 3° 2'57" Sun Saturn 1s26°57'23" Mars
Mars 5s 16° 1016" Moon Rahu 9s27°47'31" Sun
Merc 6s 16° 11'59" Rahu Ketu 3s27°47'31" Jupiter
Jupiter 8s 8° 54'51" Ketu Ascdt 4s 10° 9'5"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.

Marriage took place in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub-period


of Rahu in the major-period of Jupiter. The inter-period lasts from
November 16, 1972 to March 20, 1973. This covers monthly ascendants
from Virgo to Capricorn. Marriage was solemnised in the month of Scorpio.
The Arudha of the VII house from the position of Venus in the annual
chart is in Taurus. Venus is related to it and is inclined to give results
relating to the marriage of the individual. Venus is the Karaka-Factor for
marriage for this month and is also related to the Arudha of gain.
We will fix the span of time further by studying the movement of the
Sun in the month of Scorpio. The Sun in transit on the date of marriage
is related through sign, constellation and navamsha in transit to the
Karaka-Factor Venus in the annual chart.
A son was born to the above individual on November 27, 1974. He
was then in his 29th year. The year started at 14h 54m 54s on October
16, 1974. The starting annual major-period is that of Rahu. The chart is
as follows:
320 Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

Chart IV-5
Annual chart

Navamsha

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.


How to Time an Event 321

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 5s 29° 7'41" Mars Venus 5s 23° 43'2" Mars
Moon 6s 10° 35'19" Rahu Saturn 2s 25° 11'0" Jupiter
Mars 5s 28° 31'23" Mars Rahu 7sl7°41'16" Mercury
Merc 6s 16° 41'27" Rahu Ketu lsl7°41'16" Moon
Jupiter 10s 15° 1'49" Rahu Ascdt 10s 1° 01'36"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
Since birth has taken place in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub
and major-periods of Saturn, the event had happened between
September 11, 1974 and February 13, 1975. The event happened in the
annual major-period of Jupiter. Jupiter is the karaka for the event. The
Arudha of the V house from Jupiter is in Aquarius where Jupiter is
placed in the annual chart. Jupiter is a Karaka-Factor for the event. It is
also the Essential Planet for it. The event happened in the second
month of the year. The second month is Pisces. The monthly ascendant
is Pisces. The V house from the position of Jupiter in the annual chart is
in Gemini. Its Arudha is in Aquarius where Jupiter is placed in the chart.
Hence Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the V house from its position
in"the annual chart. Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor for children in the annual
chart for this month. It is related to the Arudha of the house of first child
in the annual chart. The XI house from Jupiter in the annual chart is in
Sagittarius. Its Arudha is in Aries. Saturn relates Mars to Jupiter. Birth of
a child should happen in the month of Pisces. Let us reduce the span of
time further through transit of the Sun.
The Sun occupies Scorpio at the time of birth. Jupiter is in a
constellation of Rahu in the annual chart. The latter is in Scorpio. The
Sun occupies a constellation of Saturn. Jupiter has very close relationship
with Saturn in the annual chart. The Sun occupies a navamsha of Venus.
Venus is with Rahu in transit. Jupiter in the annual chart is in a constellation
of Rahu. The time is ripe for the birth of a child in the second month of
the year.
Chapter Five
Timing of Events Through
Transits
There are numerous methods to foretell an event and its nature,
and to time it. Transit analysis is one such method. Transits are the
easiest to make use of, but it is noticed that predictions based on
consideration of transits alone many a time do not hold true. The
Vimshottari period system gives a band of time within which an event
may take place. Having shortened the span of time to a few months for
an event to happen in by the application of Vimshottari period system
further pinpointing in time can be done with the assistance of an annual
chart and transits. Transits, annual chart and the Vimshottari period
system have to be used together to come to a firm and correct
conclusion. The conjunct use of the three appears adequate to predict
the nature of events and to time them satisfactorily.

Traditional Transit Rules for Fixing the Time of


an Event
2. We will first study important rules that classics provide for timing
the events through transit analysis. Matters relating to a house
fructify according to Phal Deepika Chapter 16 verses 31-32 when
in transit:
(a) The owner of the first house reaches the natal position of
the owner of the house, or a position triangular to it in a birth
chart. In Chart 1-2 we notice that on the date of birth of a
child to the individual the owner of the ascendant being Venus
was in Cancer. The owner of the V house is Mercury. It occupies
How to Time an Event 323

the VII house in the birth chart in Scorpio. Cancer is a triangular


sign to Scorpio. Venus had entered Cancer at 0324 hours
GMT on June 24 and remained there till July 19, 1989.
(b) The owner of the concerned house reaches the natal position
of the owner of the first house, or position triangular to it in the
birth chart. In Chart 1-2 the owner of the V house is Mercury.
It was in Taurus at the time of birth of a child to the individual.
Since Venus, being the owner of the ascendant was in Virgo
in the birth chart, Mercury in transit was in a triangular sign at
the time of the childbirth. Mercury had entered Taurus on April
25 and it remained there till July 2, 1989. The two transits
determined in the paragraphs (a) and (b) above limit the span
of time during which birth should take place between June 24
and July 2, 1989.
(c) The owner of the first house and that of the concerned house
associate or aspect each other in transit.
(d) The karaka for the event joins or occupies a triangular position
from the radical or transit position occupied by the owner of
the first house or Moon sign in a birth chart. The karaka for
children is Jupiter. In Chart 1-2 the karaka Jupiter was occupying
a triangular house from Venus at the time of birth of a child.
(e) The owner of the first house transits through the concerned
house as reckoned from the ascendant or the Moon.
Jatakadeshmarg Chandrika in Chapter 10 verse 25 is of the view
that the owner of the house can also produce the event when it transits
over its radical position or a sign triangular to it.

Jatakadeshmarg Chandrika gives a useful tip in verse 18 of Chapter


10. According to this verse any of the three planets, namely the owners
of the ascendant and concerned house, and the karaka for the house is
capable of producing the result in transit. It says that matters relating to
a house shall materialise when one of these three planets transits
through the concerned house or a house triangular to it. In Chart 1-2 the
owner of the V house Mercury occupies Taurus at the time of birth of a
child. Taurus is a triangular sign from Virgo.
According to Jatakadeshmarg Chandrika the matter may also
materialise in the alternative when one of these three planets transits
324 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

through the house occupied by the owner of the concerned house in the
birth chart or a house triangular to it.
According to verse 20 the transit of the owner of the house over
the owner of the ascendant or through the ascendant shall produce the
result. Mercury transits through the ascendant in Chart 1-2 at the time of
birth of a child. The event can take place when the owners of the
ascendant and the house associate in transit or project aspects to each
other.
(f) Jupiter transits through a position triangular to the one
occupied by the owner of the house in the birth or navamsha
chart. Since, in Chart 1-2 Jupiter is in Virgo navamsha in transit
at the time of birth, this condition we see is satisfied. The
analysis of transit through the navamsha chart shall give us a
finer time frame for the event to happen.
Jupiter transits through the concerned house or a house triangular
to it. We have seen that this is true for Chart 1-2.
(g) According to Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 36 favourable
results will be experienced in a period when the Sun or Jupiter
transits through the mooltrikona, exaltation, friendly or own
sign of the period planet. In Chart 1-2 the Sun was traversing
Gemini and Jupiter Taurus at the time of birth of the child.
The major-period was of Venus. Gemini is a friendly sign to
Venus. Adverse results will be experienced in the period when
the Sun transits through a sign inimical to the period planet or
the sign of its debilitation.
(h) The Moon will give good results in a period with respect to the
house it is travelling through if the house contains a sign
belonging to the period planet or one that is friendly to the
period planet, its sign of mooltrikona or exaltation. In Chart I-2
the Moon was travelling through Pisces at the time of birth of
the child. A child was born to the individual in the major-period
of Venus. Venus is exalted in Pisces.
The Moon according to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 61 shows
favourable results in transit when it travels through the sign that the
period planet occupies or a sign that is friendly to the period planet. In
Chart 1-2, the Moon was travelling through Pisces at the time of birth.
How to Time an Event 325

It will also give favourable results when it travels through III, V, VI,
VII IX, X or XI house from the period planet. At the time of birth of the
child in Chart 1-2 the Moon was in the VII house from Venus.

On Transit of a Ruler of Band of Years


3. (A) We know that each planet rules a number of years. This has been
given in the Chapter on Major-periods. The table of years and
planets is being reproduced here for convenience.

Saturn-(1st-6th) Jupiter-(16th-21st) Venus-(25th-27th)


(36th-41st) (51st-56th) (60th-62nd)
(71st-76th) (86th-91st) (95th-97th)
Rahu-(7th-12th) Sun-(22nd-23rd) Mars-(28th-33rd)
(42nd-47th) (57th-58th) (63rd-68th)
(77th-82nd) (92nd-93rd) (98th-103rd)

Ketu-(13th-15th) Moon-(24th) Mercury-(34th-35th)


(48th-50th) (59th) (69th-70th)
(83rd-85th) (94th) (104th- 105th)

We take up the ruler of the band of years that is running at any


given moment of time when an event is expected to happen. This
means that the ruler in the birth chart shall be a Factor for the event,
and shall be related to the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka
concerned. We shall now consider its transit.

We determine the three relevant houses from the ascendant,


Arudha lagna and the concerned karaka. We then see (i) as to in which
spans of time the ruler of the band of years would be related to the
concerned karaka in transit. The karaka shall also be in transit. To illustrate,
suppose in a birth chart we wish to examine through transit if a first child
is likely to be born in the 26th year of an individual. Venus rules this year
in any chart. Venus as the ruler of this band of years can only
vouchsafe birth of a child when it is a Factor for the event and for gain
in the birth chart, and it is related to the Arudhas of the V and XI houses
from natal Jupiter. Let us assume that Venus fulfils these conditions.
Both Venus and Jupiter (the karaka) would occupy places in transit
during the year. Venus may occupy several houses through the
326 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

year. Jupiter may occupy a house or more than one house during the
year. We have to see as to when Venus would be related to Jupiter in
the year. It could be, in fact, several times in the course of a year.
These would be the spans of time when a birth is possibie.We will pick
out those spans during which Venus is related to the Arudhas of the V
and XI houses from natal Jupiter. The birth of a child would happen
during one of these spans, (ii) Having determined the spans of time,
we should examine as to when the ruler of the band would turn into a
Factor during transit. This means that the ruler in transit shall be related
to (a) the moving Essential Planet, (b) the three relevant houses, (c)
the moving karaka and (d) the Arudha of the relevant house from the
karaka. Taking the illustration given in the previous point, the span of
time in which Venus in transit is related to the V and XI houses from the
ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter (natal); and to the Arudhas of the
V and XI houses from Jupiter and Essential Planets (for a child and gain),
would give the individual a child. There could be more than one such
span of time, (iii) We now relate these spans to the inter-period that
we have determined separately that is likely to give the result. We
select only that span of time that lies within the duration of the
determined inter-period.
The ruler of a band of years is the most important planet in the
chart for those years. It shall materialise whatever influence it comes
under. When the ruler of a band of years turns into a Factor in the
above manner for a particular event, and it gets related to the Essential
Planet and the Arudha of the concerned house from the natal karaka,
the event happens.
It must be kept in mind that a ruler of band of years shall
give a particular result in transit only in case it is capable of
giving that result in the birth chart. This means that it ought to be a
Factor for that event in the birth chart and should also turn into a
Factor for the event in transit at the time of happening of the event. It
also means that it must be related to the Arudha for the concerned
event in the birth chart, and it must get related to that Arudha in
transit. For example, if the event is marriage, the ruler of the band of
years shall be related to the Arudhas of marriage and gain in transit;
when it is death, it shall be related in transit to the Arudhas of the VIII
and XII houses from Saturn.
How to Time an Event 327

Let us study a few illustrations. We will first take Chart 1-2. Saturn
was operational as the ruler of the band of years when a child was born
to the individual. Saturn and karaka Jupiter are related in transit. The
Arudha for child is in Scorpio. Saturn is in a constellation of Venus in
transit. The latter is with Mars in transit. The V house from the ascendant
is Virgo. Saturn occupies it in the navamsha transit chart. The V house
from natal Jupiter is Cancer. Saturn is in a constellation of Venus. The
latter is in Cancer. The Moon in transit is in a constellation of Saturn. The
V house from Arudha lagna is Taurus. Saturn is related to Venus as it
occupies its constellation. Thus, Saturn is a fit receptacle for matters
relating to children and it is associated with the karaka in transit. It is a
Band-Transit-Factor (the ruler of the band of years that in transit has
become a Factor) for a child. It can easily be confirmed from the birth
chart that Saturn is also a Factor for matters relating to children. Now let
us examine the aspect of gain. The Arudha for gain is in Taurus in the
birth chart. Saturn is related to it. The XI house from natal Jupiter
belongs to Saturn. The XI house from the ascendant is in Pisces. Saturn
and Jupiter are together in transit in the transit navamsha chart. The XI
house from the Arudha of the ascendant is in Scorpio. We have seen
that Saturn is related to it.
Let us now study Chart IV-2. The lady had gone abroad for romance
on July 26, 2000. Rahu is a karaka for journeys abroad. She was in her
50* year and thus was ruled by Ketu. Let us examine its transit. The
Arudha of the IX house from natal Rahu is in Leo. Ketu is related to
Rahu through the Sun and Venus in transit when the event took place.
The IX house from the ascendant is Libra. Ketu is with Venus in the
navamsha transit chart. The IX house from the Arudha lagna is Sagittarius.
The dispositor of Ketu is with Jupiter in transit. The IX house from natal
Rahu is Scorpio. Mars is related to Ketu through Venus and the Sun.
Ketu is very strongly related to the Sun. It is thus related to the Arudha
of journey abroad. Thus, Ketu is a Band-Transit-Factor and shows journey
abroad. The Arudha of physical self is in Gemini. Ketu is related to the
Sun as it occupies a constellation of the Sun. It is in a sign of Saturn. It
is thus related to the ascendant. It is also related to the Arudha lagna.
Ketu is related to Mercury through Venus. Ketu is related to Venus,
which is the karaka for romance. We also notice that Venus is a Karaka-
Factor for romance in transit. Thus, the journey was for romance.
328 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transit*

The transit of ruler of the current band of years is capable of


showing various events that would develop one after the other.
(B) It has been stated in paragraph 4(C) of Chapter Two that the
transit of the ruler of the band of years can be used to
determine the exact date of happening of an event.

The transit of the ruler is the most important transit during the
years the planet rules. All other transits are subservient to it during this
period. This transit has two components: (a) the events that the ruler is
capable of giving; and, (b) the events it would materialise during the
transit. Insofar as the first element is concerned, we must first see the
karakas with which the ruler is in relationship in the birth chart. The ruler
shall give results relating to these karakas only when it develops
relationships with them in transit.
Having determined the karakas we will have to decide as to for
which events the ruler is a fit receptacle in the birth chart. The event
would happen when the ruler becomes a fit receptacle for that event in
transit.
Thus, the ruler in its transit through the zodiac during the years it
rules the band shall continue to materialise those events one after the
other for which it is capable of doing so. Since through sub-paragraphs
(A) and (C) of paragrapah 4 of Chapter Two we had already determined
the year in which the event would happen, the transit of the ruler shall
help us in deciding the date on which it is likely to take place.

On Transit of the Period Planets


4. We will now study the phenomenon of transit of period planets
through the method of relationships that we have studied in this
work and that applies uniformly to all analyses.

Once we have fixed a short band of time through inter-period


determination and through the movement of the Sun in annual chart, we
can reach the day of the event through transits.
(A) It is noticed that the Vimshottari superior and inferior-period
planets usually get into relationship with one another in transit
when they are about to give the result. Let us take Chart 1-2
How to Time an Event 329

again. A child was born to the individual in the major-period of


Venus, sub-period of the Moon and inter-period of Jupiter. At the
time of birth of the child Venus was Vargottama in Cancer. The
Moon was in Pisces. Mercury was associated with Jupiter and it was
in a constellation of the Moon. The Moon was thus related to Jupiter.
(B) Each major-period planet in transit will give results relating to a
house that it is inclined to give in the birth chart when it gets related
to the karaka, the relevant Arudha from the karaka, the Essential
Planet and the relevant houses from the karaka, ascendant and
Arudha lagna through sign, constellation or navamsha in transit.
Further, it should also be related to the Arudha of the concerned
house. Here again it must be emphasised that a planet will give
results relating to an event in transit only when it is a Factor
for that event in the birth chart.
We should keep it in mind that the period planet gets related
in transit to the transit karaka, but the relevant house from the
relevant karaka has to be taken from the natal position of the
karaka.

The major-period planet will give the result in transit when it turns
into a Factor for the event. It must also be related in transit to the
Arudha of the relevant house from the concerned karaka. If we consider
the chart of any moment in transit as a birth chart we will immediately
realise that the major-period planet must fulfil the same conditions in
transit to give the result as it does when it is being considered in a birth
chart. Since the transit positions are subsidiary to the birth chart, we will
fix the three houses through the birth chart and then determine if the
major-period planet is a Factor for the event in transit. We can call this a
Superior-Transit-Factor. We will explain this through an illustration. We
will examine the birth of a child in Chart 1-2.

Let us study Venus, the major-period planet, in Chart 1-2 to see if it


is inclined to ensure birth of a child at that time of its transit. Let us
study its transit. Venus is in a constellation of Jupiter. Jupiter is the
karaka for the event. Jupiter was in a constellation of Mars. The latter
was with Venus. Thus, Venus and Jupiter are closely related in transit,
The V house from the ascendant is Virgo. Mercury and Venus are together
330 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

in the navamsha chart. The natal position of Jupiter is in Pisces. The V


house from it is in Cancer. Venus in transit is in Cancer. The Arudha lagna
is in Capricorn. Venus is the owner of the V house from Arudha lagna.
The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter is in Scorpio. Mars is with Venus
in Cancer in transit. Mercury is the Essential Planet. It is with Venus in
the navamsha chart in transit. Thus, Venus was a Factor for matters
relating to children in transit when the event happened.
(C) Each inferior period planet shall materialise an event when it
gets related to the karaka, Arudha of the relevant house from
the karaka, Essential Planet and the three relevant houses
from the natal position of karaka and of the superior-period
planet and its Arudha. As above, this would mean that the
inferior period planet must become an Inferior-Transit-Factor
in transit with respect to the superior period planet to give the
result. It must also relate in transit to the Arudha of the
relevant house from the karaka. The inferior period planet
must be a Factor for the event with respect to the superior
period planet in the birth chart. It must also be related to the
Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. These conditions
are, as we have seen time and again, universally applicable. As
stated above, since the transit planet is subservient to the
birth chart positions, the three houses shall be determined
from the birth chart and transit positions would then decide if
the inferior-period planet is an Inferior-Transit-Factor in transit
at any moment with respect to the superior-period planet.
A child was bom to the' individual of Chart 1-2 in the major-period
of Venus in the sub-period of the Moon and inter-period of Jupiter.
The Moon is a Sub-Factor for birth of a child with respect to Venus
in the birth chart. Let us study its transit. It is related to Jupiter through
Mercury in transit. The V house from the natal position of Venus is in
Capricorn. The Moon in transit at the time of the event was in a
constellation of Saturn. The Arudha of the natal place of Venus is in
Capricorn. The V house from it is in Taurus. The dispositor of the Moon
in transit is in Taurus. Venus is Vargottama in Cancer. The V house from
natal position of the karaka Jupiter is in Cancer. The Moon owns the sign
and the navamsha dispositor of the Moon is in Cancer. The Moon is in
Scorpio in the navamsha transit chart. Thus, the sub-period planet satisfies
How to Time an Event 331

all the conditions necessary for being an Inferior-Transit-Factor for children


in transit with respect to the major-period planet.
The event had happened in the inter-period of Jupiter. Jupiter is
the karaka. The V house from the natal position of the Moon is in
Cancer. The dispositor of Jupiter in transit is Venus. It is in Cancer. The
Arudha of the natal place of the Moon is in Sagittarius. The V house
from it is in Aries. Jupiter was in Mrigshira constellation of Mars at the
time of birth of the child. The V house from the natal Jupiter is in
Cancer. The dispositor of Jupiter is placed in this sign in transit. Thus,
the inter-period planet satisfies all the conditions necessary for being a
Factor for children in transit with respect to the sub-period planet.
Thus, all the three period planets are clearly indicating birth of a
child in transit.
Let us take another illustration. We will consider Chart III-3 given
above. The individual went abroad on March 11, 1985 in the major-
period of Saturn sub-period of Jupiter and inter-period of the Sun. The
IX house from Rahu is in Aquarius. Its Arudha is in Libra. Saturn is a
Factor for journey abroad in the birth chart. The sub and inter-period
planets too are Sub and Inter-Factors respectively. All the three planets
are related to Libra. Let us study the transit of these planets.
Saturn and Rahu are related to each other in transit through Mars
and Rahu is in Scorpio navamsha where Saturn is in transit. Thus, the
major-period planet is related to the karaka in transit. Saturn is related
to Libra through Mars. The IX house from natal Rahu is in Aquarius. So
is the IX house from the ascendant. Saturn is in Leo navamsha in transit.
The Sun is travelling through Aquarius. Further, Saturn is in its own
Anuradha constellation in transit. Thus, Saturn is related in transit to the
IX houses from the ascendant and natal Rahu. The IX house from the
Arudha lagna is in Taurus. Venus is in Pisces in transit. Saturn and Jupiter
are in sambandha. Further, Jupiter is in Taurus navamsha in transit. Venus
is with Mercury. The latter is in a constellation of Saturn in transit. Thus,
Saturn is related to the three IX houses and the karaka in transit. The
Arudha of journey abroad is in Libra. We have seen that Saturn is related
to the house. Saturn is thus a Superior-Transit-Factor for going abroad
when the event happened. The Sun is in Aquarius. Saturn owns it.
Saturn is in Leo in the navamsha transit chart. Saturn is related to the
332 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

ascendant and Arudha lagna since Mercury is in a constellation of Saturn.


The Arudha for physical self is in Virgo. Saturn is related to it. The
transit of Saturn is fully indicative of a journey abroad.
Now, let us take up Jupiter. Jupiter and Saturn are in sambandha.
Rahu in transit is in Bharani constellation of Venus. Venus and Jupiter are
in sambandha in transit in navamsha. We have seen that Rahu is over
Saturn in navamsha. Mars is with Rahu in transit. Mars is in sambandha
with Saturn. Saturn and Jupiter are related. Thus, Jupiter is strongly
related to the karaka Rahu in transit. Jupiter in transit is in Sravan
constellation of the Moon. The Moon is in Libra in transit. The IX house
from natal Saturn and Rahu is in Aquarius. Jupiter is related to the
house in transit since Jupiter and Saturn are in sambandha. The IX
house from the Arudha of the natal place of Saturn is Taurus. Jupiter
occupies this sign in transit in navamsha. Thus, Jupiter too clearly indicates
a journey abroad with respect to Saturn. Jupiter is a Sub-Transit-Factor
for journey abroad with respect to the major-period planet when the
event happened.
The inter-period planet is the Sun. Saturn is the owner of the sign
that the Sun occupies in transit. We have seen the relationship between
transit Rahu and Saturn. Thus, the Sun is related to the karaka in transit.
The Sun is in Gemini navamsha. Mercury and Venus are together in
transit. The IX house from natal Rahu is in Aquarius. The Sun is in a
constellation of Jupiter. Jupiter and Saturn are in sambandha. Further,
Saturn is in Leo navamsha. The IX house from natal Jupiter is Gemini.
The Sun is in this sign in transit in navamsha. The IX house from the
Arudha of the natal place of Jupiter is Pisces. The Sun is in a constellation
of Jupiter in transit. Thus, the inter-period planet is also indicating the
event. It is a Factor in transit with respect to the sub-period planet for
journey abroad when the event happened.
Let us take one more illustration. We will consider Chart IV-2. The
lady went abroad in the inter-period of Rahu in the sub and major-
periods of Venus. The purpose was romance.
Venus is with Rahu in Cancer in transit. The Arudha of the IX
house from Rahu is in Leo. Venus is with the Sun. The IX house from
natal Rahu is in Scorpio. Venus is with Mars in transit. The IX house from
the ascendant is in Libra. Venus is with the Sun. The latter is in Libra,
How to Time an Event 333

the IX house from the ascendant, in navamsha in transit. The Arudha


laqna is in Aries. The IX house from it is Sagittarius. Jupiter is in a sign of
Venus. Saturn and Venus are in sambandha in transit. Jupiter and Saturn
are associated. Venus is in a sign of Saturn in navamsha. Thus, Venus is
related to Jupiter. Venus as a major-period planet is inclined to give the
result in transit. It is a Factor for the event in transit.
Let us now examine Venus as a sub-period planet. We have already
seen that Venus and Rahu are related. The IX house from natal Rahu is
in Scorpio. Venus is with Mars in transit. The IX house from the natal
position of Venus is in Taurus. The Moon in transit is in sambandha with
Venus and it is in Taurus in transit. The IX house from the Arudha of the
natal position of Venus is in Aquarius. Venus and Saturn are in sambandha
in transit. Thus, Venus as a sub-period planet too shall give the same
result. It is a Factor for going abroad in transit with respect to the major-
period planet.
We will now consider the transit of the inter-period planet Rahu. It
is the karaka. It is with the Sun in transit. The IX house from natal Venus
is in Taurus. Rahu is with Venus in transit. It is in a constellation of Jupiter.
The latter is in Taurus in transit. The IX house from the Arudha of the
natal position of Venus is in Aquarius. The owner of the constellation
that Rahu occupies in transit is with Saturn. Saturn and Venus are in
sambandha in transit. The latter is with Rahu. The IX house from natal
Rahu is in Scorpio. Rahu and Mars are together in transit. Thus, Rahu is
a Factor for going abroad in transit with respect to the sub-period planet.

Let us see if the transit of these three period-planets indicates


romance. The karaka for romance is Venus. The Arudha of the V house
from natal Venus is in Taurus. Both Venus and Rahu are intimately related
to Taurus in transit at the time when the event happened.
The above transit analysis is very simple and would help us determine
the time of happening of an event in an easy manner.
(D) It is noticed that a period planet relates to the relevant karaka
and the Arudha of the relevant house in transit. When more
than one house is involved, the planet in transit relates to all
the concerned Arudhas and karakas. Thus if we are considering
death of the father, the houses that are relevant are the XII
334 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

house from Saturn and the IX house from the Sun. We


determine the Arudhas of both these houses. The major, sub
and inter-period planets would, each in transit, be related to
these two houses and karakas at the time when the event is
likely to happen. We will take an illustration. We will consider
Chart 1-1. The individual got married on February 12, 1973.
The major-period of Jupiter was operating. The inter-period
Mercury in the sub-period of Rahu was current when the event
happened. The Arudha of the VII house from natal Venus is in
Aquarius. The individual gains a spouse. The Arudha of the XI
house from Jupiter should also be considered. It is in Libra. We
will first take Jupiter in transit. It is with Venus. It occupies
Aqurius in navamsha in transit. We now take the sub-period
planet Rahu. It is in a constellation of Venus. It is in Libra in
the navamsha with the Sun in transit. The Sun is in sambandha
with Saturn in transit. Venus is with Jupiter. We now take the
inter-period planet. Mercury is in Aquarius in sambandha with
Saturn. It is with the Sun in the sign in transit and the Sun
occupies Libra navamsha in transit. Jupiter is over Mercury in
transit navamsha. Mercury is over Venus in the navamsha transit
chart.

A son was born to the above individual on November 27, 1974 in


the inter-period of Mercury in the sub and major-periods of Saturn. The
Arudha of the V house from natal Jupiter is in Sagittarius. The Arudha of
the XI house from natal Jupiter is in Libra. Saturn is in sambandha with
Jupiter in transit in the birth chart and with Venus in the transit
navamsha chart.

On Transit of a Karaka
5. (A) We have already referred to this transit in paragraphs 19(B) and
19(M) of Chapter One. The principle is very simple. Any
karaka in a chart at any moment in the life of an individual is
not inclined to give results relating to all its significations. It will
materialise results pertaining to only a few of its significations.
We should therefore be able to say whether the timing that we
have determined through period analysis for an event is
How to Time an Event 335

correct by analysing the movement of the concerned karaka.


We will take up Chart III-3 to clarify the transit principle. The first
child of this individual was born on February 25, 1976. The Arudha for
the first child in this birth chart is in Libra. Jupiter is in Revati constellation
of Mercury. Mercury and Venus are together in transit. Therefore Jupiter
in transit is related to the Arudha for the first child. Jupiter must now
transfer this inclination to the period planets. The major-period current
was that of Saturn. Saturn and Venus are in sambandha in transit. The
sub-period was that of Venus. The relationship is obvious.
We can thus verify the validity of our conclusion with respect to the
period time frame. We can thus check through transit if the three period
planets that we have determined for an event have been correctly
identified.
(B) The location of Jupiter has been doubted in this chart as the
planet has entered Libra only two hours back, and on certain
ayanamshas/calculations Jupiter should be in Virgo and not in
Libra. We can settle the question through the transit of karaka.

The principle is that at the time of happening of the event, the


concerned karaka is related to the Arudha for the event, and passes on
its inclination to materialise a particular event to the period planets.
Since the event is of birth of the first child, the Arudha shall be in Libra if
Jupiter is taken to be there at the time of birth of the individual. When
the child was born Jupiter is vargottama in Pisces. It is not in
sambandha with any planet. It is in Revati constellation of Mercury.
Rahu is in Vishakha constellation of Jupiter. Rahu is in Libra and is with
Venus in navamsha transit chart. Mercury is in sambandha with Venus
and Saturn. Thus Jupiter shows extensive relationship with Libra and its
owner in transit.

We will now presume that Jupiter at birth was in Virgo. This would
mean reducing its longitude by 2". The Arudha for first child becomes
Scorpio to which as we have just seen Jupiter is not related in any
manner in transit at the time when the event took place.
(C) We can make day to day predictions very easily for a birth
chart by analysing the movement of various karakas on the
above lines.
336 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

On Transit of the Sun


6. (A) (i) We have already used the transit of the Sun to determine
the time of an event through an annual chart.

(ii) The transit of the Sun in an annual chart is also interesting


in another way. It is noticed that the Sun is related to the
karakas and Arudhas of the houses that are relevant for
the happening of an event. Suppose we are studying
death of the father of an individual. The Arudhas involved
are those of loss and father in the annual chart (Arudha
of the XII house from Saturn and Arudha of the IX house
from the Sun). When the Sun relates to these two
Arudhas and Saturn in transit, the father would pass away.
(B) We will now study the transit of the Sun in a birth chart. The
Sun takes a month approximately to cover a sign in transit.
Therefore, it is used to fix the month in which an event is likely
to take place. The transit of the Sun according to the method
described below shall also be able to help us fix the
approximate date of the event. For exact date and hour we
will have to depend on the movement of the Moon.
The Sun gives its results under exactly the same conditions except
one as a major-period planet in transit. The Sun is not required to be a
Factor for an event in the birth chart before it should be considered for
the happening of the event in transit. We shall state the conditions in the
modified form for the Sun. The Sun in transit shall cause an event to
take place when:
1. It is related to the moving karaka in transit.
2. It is related in transit to the relevant house from the birth
ascendant.
3. It is related in transit to the relevant house from the birth
Arudha lagna.
4. It is related in transit to the relevant house from the natal
position of the karaka.
How to Time an Event 337

The Sun is also related to the Arudhas of the relevant houses from
the concerned karakas. This means that if we are looking for the first
marriage of a male individual, Venus shall be the karaka for this event.
The VII house from the karaka shall be the house that will represent
wife. The Arudha of this house shall be the house for the first wife. The
individual would gain a wife. Therefore the Sun will be related to Venus
and Jupiter and the Arudhas of the VII house from natal Venus and XI
house from natal Jupiter.
The difference between the transit of the Sun and Moon and of a
period planet is that whereas a period planet must indicate the event in
the birth chart before it can indicate it in transit, the Sun or the Moon
does not necessarily indicate it in the birth chart. These two Luminaries
indicate the event only in transit at the time when the event is to fructify.
They are therefore merely agents to time the event more closely.
Let us consider Chart II-3. The individual had got married on January
23, 1984. The transit positions at the time of marriage (20h 55m) are as
follows:

Chart V-l
Transit chart
338 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

Navamsha

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 9s 9° 10'53" Sun Venus 8s3°44'54" Ketu
Moon 5s 19° 07'45" Moon Saturn 6s 21° 53'03" Jupiter
Mars 6s 12° 3834" Rahu Rahu 1s 21°08'59" Moon
Merc 8s 14° 55'41" Venus Ketu 7s 21°08'59" Mercury
Jupiter 8s7°13'11" Ketu Ascdt 9s 0° 31'27"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
The Sun is related to Jupiter in transit when the event happened.
Jupiter is the karaka for marriage in a female birth chart. The Arudha of
the VII house from Jupiter is in Leo. The Sun was transiting over the
natal position of the Sun. It is thus related to the sign Leo in transit. The
VII house from natal Jupiter is in Gemini. The navamsha dispositor of
the Sun is with Mercury in transit. The VII house from the ascendant is
in Cancer. The Moon in transit navamsha is with Jupiter, which is the
navamsha dispositor of the Sun. The dispositor of the Moon in transit is
with the owner of the navamsha dispositor of the Sun. The VII house
from Arudha lagna is in Taurus. The dispositor of the Sun is in sambandha
with Venus in transit. The Arudha of the VII house from natal Jupiter is
in Leo. The Sun is in its own constellation in transit at the time when the
event took place. Thus, the Sun was a Factor for the event in transit at
the time when the event happened. The Sun is thus indicating marriage
of the individual at the given time.
How to Time an Event 339

Let us see if the Sun indicates birth of a son on April 26, 1985 in
Chart II-3. Jupiter is the karaka for the event. The Sun and Jupiter are
toqether in transit in navamsha. The Arudha of the V house from natal
Jupiter is in Leo. Jupiter is over the natal Sun in transit. The dispositor of
the Sun is Mars. It is in sambandha with Saturn. The latter is in sambandha
with Jupiter. Thus, the Sun is related to the karaka. The V house from
the natal position of the karaka is in Aries. The Sun occupies it. The V
house from the ascendant is in Taurus. The dispositor of the Sun is in
this sign. The V house from the Arudha lagna is in Pisces. We have seen
that the Sun is related to Jupiter in transit. Thus, the Sun is a Factor for
birth of a child in transit.

Transit of the Moon


7. (A) The transit of the Moon in an annual chart is very important. It is
noticed that the Moon is related to the karakas and Arudhas of the
houses that are relevant for the happening of an event. Suppose
we are studying death of the wife of an individual. The Arudhas
involved are those of loss (Arudha of the XII house from Saturn in
the annual chart) and wife (Arudha of the VII house from Venus in
the annual chart). When the Moon relates to these two Arudhas,
Venus and Saturn in transit, the wife would pass away. (B) Finer
tuning of date and time can be done through the transit of the
Moon in the birth chart. It too follows the same conditions as the
major-period planet or the Sun. We can state the conditions
necessary for the Moon to give results as follows:
1. It is related to the karaka at the time of happening of the event.
2. It is related in transit to the relevant house from the karaka.
3. It is related in transit to the relevant house from the ascendant
at the time of happening of the event.
4. It is related in transit to the relevant house from the Arudha
lagna at the time of happening of the event.
340 Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

5. Like the Sun, the Moon too shall relate at the time of happening
of the event to the concerned Arudhas and karakas.
It is not easy, though eminently possible, to determine the transit
position of the Moon, due to its fast movement, that could give us the
time of the event correct to the hour. The fixation of the day through the
movement of the Moon is easy, as the day when the Moon gets into a
relationship with the concerned karaka and Arudha could be the day of
the event.
The rules for determination of an event through the transit of the
Moon are the same as those for the Sun. Since the Sun is a slower
planet, it shall determine a longer span of time for the event as compared
to the Moon. The latter can in fact give us the hour of the happening of
the event.
Here we will take an illustration from the charts that we have
studied so far and clarify that the statement made above for the
movement of the Moon is actually true in real life situations.
Let us consider Chart II-3. The individual had got married on January
23, 1984. The transit positions have been detailed above. The dispositor
of the Moon was with the karaka Jupiter in transit. The dispositor is in
Leo in the navamsha transit chart. Jupiter and the Moon were together
in navamsha. Rahu was in a constellation of the Moon. It occupied
Cancer in navamsha. This is the VII house from the ascendant. The VII
house from natal Jupiter is in Gemini. The Moon is in this sign in navamsha.
The VII house from the Arudha lagna is in Taurus. Rahu relates the
Moon to this sign. The Arudha of the VII house from natal Jupiter is in
Leo. The dispositor of the Moon in the transit chart is placed in Leo in
the navamsha transit chart.
We notice that the transit analysis of the Moon takes us to almost
the exact hour of the event.
Chapter Six
Applied Astrology
We will now work out some illustrations in full details to show as to
how these principles that have been given in the work operate.
CASE I: A question was asked as to whether the date of marriage
of this individual could be told through astrology, and whether his
profession could be told as well. The birth chart is as follows:
Chart VI-1
Lagna

Navamsha
342 Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Male, September 15, 1944, 0703 hours, 22N34, 88E24, 0530 hours
East of Greenwich.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 4s28° 57'34" Sun Venus 5s20° 387" Moon
Moon 4s 1° 44'46" Ketu Saturn 2s16° 23'39" Rahu
Mars 5s 17° 57'4" Moon Rahu 3s3° 19'41" Jupiter
Merc 4s 15° 3733" Venus Ketu 9s3° 19'41" Sun
Jupiter 4s 17° 49'25" Venus Ascdt 5s 7° 23'1"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
Venus is the karaka for marriage in a male chart. The Arudha of the
VII house from Venus is in Capricorn. The XI house from natal Jupiter is
in Gemini. The Arudha of Gemini is in Libra. The two houses are related.
Each karaka is also related to the other Arudha. The chart does not
show a very late marriage. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is in
a sign of Saturn but Mercury and Saturn are in sambandha. The house
has Ketu. The latter is in a constellation of the Sun. The individual should
get married at little later than the normal time. Therefore the planets the
bands of which should be considered are Venus and Mars. Any planet
that is to give results relating to the marriage of the individual has to be
strongly related to Libra, Capricorn, Jupiter and Venus. Venus do does
not qualify. Notice the close relationship Mars has with Jupiter, Venus
and Saturn. Therefore Mars should be the owner of band of years that
would see the individual getting married. The Essential Planet is Jupiter.
Mars is a Factor for marriage. Mars is also a Factor for gains as Venus is
the Essential Planet for it

The Essential Planet for marriage is Saturn. We take up the


progression of Mars as given in paragraph 4 of Chapter Two. Mars is at
17°57'4" in Virgo. It starts operating from September 15, 1971. Mars
must contact Saturn and Venus simultaneously to bring about the event.
When Mars reaches Aquarius, it comes across Saturn in the navamsha
chart and contacts Venus through natal Mars. Hence it appears that
marriage should take place between November 26, 1973 and May 28,
1974. We will confirm this in the following manner.
How to Time an Event 343

Mars as a planet is inclined to give its results very early in its period.
It is in common signs of Gemini and Virgo in the navamsha and birth
charts. This would cause Mars to give its results in the first half of the
band. It is in the second drekkan. This would cause the result to appear
towards the middle of the band of years. Mars is over Saturn through
the navamsha chart. The signs that Mars occupies in the two charts are
those of Mercury. All these elements will make Mars give its results not
later than the middle of its band of years. Thus Mars should cause the
event to materialise by the 30th year of life. We must therefore study
these three years. The event should take place between September 15,
1971 and September 15, 1974.
The major-period of the Sun will operate during these years. The
Sun is related to Venus through several strands. It is related to the VII
house from the ascendant. The Arudha for marriage is in Capricorn.
Ketu occupies it. It is in a constellation of the Sun. The Sun is related to
the Arudha of gain. This is a pointer to the possible marriage in the
major-period of the Sun. It is with Jupiter in the birth chart. The Sun
appears to be a Factor for marriage of the individual.
The sub-periods of Mars to Mercury run during the period under
review. We notice that when we apply the six conditions given for fixing
time for the operation of a planet we find that the Sun would give its
results late in its period. We have to therefore confine our choice to sub-
periods of Saturn and Mercury. The VII house from the major-period
planet is in Aquarius. Saturn is related to Mercury, Mars, and itself. It is
the strongest of the three. The progression of Mars points to the sub-
period of Saturn.

The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is in Capricorn. The VII
house from the Arudha of the I house from the Sun is in Scorpio. The
VII house from the Sun is in Aquarius. The VII house from Venus is in
Pisces. Saturn is very powerfully related to these houses.

The individual should acquire a spouse through marriage. Therefore


the Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter, the XI house from the major-
period planet and Jupiter should be related to one of these three planets.
Saturn and Mercury are powerfully related to Jupiter. Mercury owns the
XI house from the Sun but Saturn occupies it. Mercury is not that strong
as Saturn. We should expect the event to take place in the sub-
344 Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

period of Saturn in the major-period of the Sun.


Saturn is inclined to give its results late in its period. It is in the
second drekkan of Gemini. This pushes the event somewhat to the
middle of the period. Gemini is a common shirshodaya sign. This influence
will persuade Saturn to yield the result definitely in the middle of the
period. It is in sambandha with Mercury. It should tend to give its results
early in its sub-period but not in its own inter-period. The result should
appear by the middle of the sub-period latest. It shall be safer to consider
the first five inter-periods in the sub-period of Saturn. These are of
Saturn, Mercury, Ketu, Venus and the Sun. We have already ruled out
the inter-period of Saturn. We will consider those of Mercury, Ketu,
Venus and the Sun. The VII house from Venus is Pisces, and that from
Saturn Sagittarius. Mercury, Ketu and Venus do not occupy any of these
two signs. The Sun occupies Sagittarius in the navamsha chart. However,
Mercury is very strongly related to the owner of both of these signs.
Ketu is ruled out, as it does not relate to Jupiter directly. In case of
Venus it has a relationship with Jupiter. We have therefore to consider
Mercury, Venus and the Sun as the probable candidates. We know that
the Arudha for the first wife is Capricorn. Mercury is in sambandha with
Saturn. Venus is indirectly related to Saturn. The Sun is very closely
related to Capricorn through Ketu. The choice therefore seems to be
between the Sun and Mercury. The Arudha of the place that Saturn
occupies is in Libra. The VII house from it is in Aries. Mars is in a sign and
navamsha of Mercury and the latter is in a constellation of Venus that is
associated with Mars. The relationship of the Sun with Mars is tenuous.
Mercury owns the XI house from Jupiter, it is related to the XI house
from Saturn and it occupies the XI house from the Arudha of the place
of Saturn. Therefore, we should accept Mercury as the inter-period
planet capable of giving the result.
From the above it is clear that the event should happen in the inter-
period of Mercury in the sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of the
Sun. This period runs from October 15, 1973 to December 4, 1973. This
is the 30th year in the life of the individual. As a measure of cross check,
we should take the corresponding ascendant for the 30th year and see if
the chart shows marriage.
Aquarius in the chart represents the 30th year. We should see if
Venus is a Karaka-Factor for this year in the chart. The VII house from
How to Time an Event 345

the natal position of Venus is related to it. Venus is very strongly related
to the VII house from Aquarius.The Arudha of Aquarius is in Libra. The
VII house from it is Aries. Mars and Venus are associated in the birth
chart. Thus, Venus is a Karaka-Factor for this year. Venus is showing gain
in the year since it is related to XI houses from Jupiter, yearly ascendant
and the yearly Arudha lagna. Therefore marriage in the 30th year is
likely.
It is thus clear that marriage will happen in the set of three periods
we have determined in the 30th year of the individual. We shall now take
recourse to the annual chart to further refine the timing. Having used
the annual chart, we will' then consider the transit.
We will consider the annual chart for this year first. The 30th year
starts at 17:26:57 hours on September 15, 1973. The annual chart is as
follows:
Chart VI-2
Annual Chart

Navamsha
346 Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 4s28° 57'34" Sun Venus 6s8° 56'20" Rahu
Moon 0s4° 11'40" Ketu Saturn 2s10°20'40" Rahu
Mars 0s15° 37'37" Venus Rahu 9s10°36'29" Ketu
Merc 5s9° 32'50" Sun Ketu 2s10°36'29" Rahu
Jupiter 9s9° 4'32" Sun Ascdt 10s6° 28'24"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.

Venus is related to the Arudha of the VII house from its position in
the annual chart. According to Vimshottari analysis the event is likely to
happen in the second or third month. The annual major-periods of
Venus and the Sun shall run during this period. Venus is a Factor for
marriage but not the Sun. Therefore the event should happen between
October 15 and November 30, 1973 while the major-period of Venus is
current. Since Venus is in the VII house from the ascendant for the third
month, this prima facie appears a very likely month for the event. We
should examine it first. The VII house from Venus is in Aries. Mars is in
Bharani constellation of Venus. Therefore Venus is related to the VII
houses from the ascendant and karaka. The Arudha lagna for the month
is in Capricorn with Jupiter occupying it. The VII house from it is in
Cancer. The Moon is in Taurus navamsha of Venus. Venus is in a
constellation of Rahu. Rahu occupies Cancer in the navamsha annual
chart. Thus, Venus turns into a Karaka-Factor in the third month of the
year. This is the month in which marriage should take place. The likely
span of time thus gets restricted to November 15 to November 30, 1973.
We will now consider transit of the karaka during this period.

The Arudha for first wife is in Capricorn. The Arudha for gain is in
Libra. Venus should relate to Jupiter and vice-versa for the event to
happen. We will first study the transit of Venus. Venus is in Sagittarius
on November 15, 1973 and its dispositor is in Capricorn. This relates
Venus to the Arudha for wife. Jupiter enters Taurus navamsha from
November 22, 1973. Venus is in a sign of Jupiter. Venus enters Sagittarius
How to Time an Event 347

navamsha on November 26. The two planets were in an exchange in


the navamsha transit chart from November 26 to November 30, 1973.
We will now study the transit of the Sun in the annual chart during this
period.
The Sun is in a sign of Mars during these days. The latter is in a
constellation of Venus in the annual chart. The Sun is in a constellation
of Saturn. Saturn and Venus are related through Rahu. The Sun is in
Libra navamsha between November 26 and 29. This is the most likely
period when marriage should take place. We will check it further through
transits.
Let us consider the movement of the Moon. It joins Venus between
November 27 and 29, 1973. These are the most probable dates. The
VII house from the ascendant and Venus is in Pisces and the VII house
from the Arudha of the ascendant is in Capricorn. The Moon is in a
navamsha of Jupiter in the last navamsha of Sagittarius. This would
mean that marriage would take place on November 29, 1973.

This was actually the date on which the individual got married.
We now consider the profession of the individual. The X house
from Saturn is Pisces. Its Arudha is in Capricorn with Ketu. Saturn is the
indicator of service. Ketu is in a constellation of the Sun. The individual
should be in a government service. The X house from the Sun is Taurus.
Its Arudha is again in Capricorn. Thus the Arudha for high status and
Arudha for service are coincident. The Sun and Saturn are both related
to this sign. His service will give him status and authority. The Moon is in
a constellation of Ketu. The Moon is with Jupiter, Mercury and Sun. The
job should involve, reading, writing, correspondence, giving advice and
authority. Since Saturn owns the sign, the job would be old, well
established and involves discipline and hard work. The individual was an
officer in the Indian Administrative Service.

CASE II: Let us determine the date of birth of the first child of this
individual. The birth chart is as follows:
348 Chapter 6: Applied A strology
Male, October 2, 1951, 1945 hours, 30° N54', 75°E51', Time zone

Chart VI-3
Lagna

Navamsha

0530 hours East of Greenwich.

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 5s15°23'29" Moon Venus 4s9°59'42" Ketu
Moon 6s4°26'19" Mars Saturn 5s12°40'45" Moon
Mars 4s5°19'20" Ketu Rahu 10s16°27'46" Rahu
Merc 5s6°48'9" Sun Ketu 4s16°27'46" Venus
Jupiter 11s16°2'17" Saturn Ascdt 0s18°52'30"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.
Jupiter is the karaka for children. The V house from Jupiter is in
Cancer. The Arudha of Cancer is in Libra. The XI house from natal Jupiter
How to Time an Event 349

is in Capricorn. Its Arudha is in Taurus. Jupiter is related to both the


houses. It is inclined to give children. It is reasonably strong. The owner
of the V house from the ascendant is weak. The V house from the
ascendant is weak but the Arudha of the V house from Jupiter is strong.
There shall be some delay in birth of children but it shall not be inordinate.
Jupiter is very closely related with Mars. Looking to some delay in
birth of children the band of years ruled by Mars should be the right one
to look into. Mars is related to the Arudhas of the V and XI houses from
Jupiter. Therefore the years of Mars should contain the event.
The V house from Jupiter is Cancer. Mars is in sambandha with the
Moon. The V house from the ascendant is in Leo. Mars occupies it. The
V house from the Arudha lagna is in Aries. Mars owns it. Mars is thus a
very strong Factor for birth of children.

The Essential Planet is the Moon. When Mars reaches Sagittarius


through progression it shall get in sambandha with the natal Jupiter that
is the karaka for the event. The Moon is very closely related to Jupiter
and Mars in the navamsha chart. This would be the period of birth of a
child. Mars progresses through Sagittarius between August 30, 1980
and February 28, 1981. The sub-period of Venus in the major-period of
Jupiter shall be running between this period. We will confirm and work
on this finding further.

Mars is in Leo in the birth chart. It does not influence the timing.
Mars is in Taurus in the navamsha chart, (a) It will to try to take the
result of Mars to the end of the period. Mars is with Venus and the Sun
in the birth and navamsha charts respectively. These two planets virtually
cancel out the influence of each other, (b) The inherent tendency of
Mars is to give the result shortly after its period starts, (c) The planet is
in the first drekkan of the sign. The net result of these three influences
from (a) to (c) would be to make Mars give its result in the middle of the
band. The middle third of the band is formed of 30th and 31st years. These
are the likely years in which birth of a child is possible. The likely period is
from October 2, 1980 to October 2, 1982.

The major-period of Jupiter runs in the likely period. Jupiter is the


karaka for the event. It is related to the V house from the ascendant and
to the Arudha for children. When we analyse further we notice that
Jupiter is a Karaka-Factor for the event. This major-period shall
350 Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

cause birth of children.


The sub-periods of Venus, the Sun and Moon run during the
identified period.
The XI house from the ascendant is in Aquarius. Jupiter is related
to it. The XI house from the Arudha lagna is in Libra. Jupiter is related to
it. The XI house from natal Jupiter is in Capricorn. Jupiter is related to it.
Thus Jupiter is also a Karaka-Factor for gain.
We should now examine the sub-periods. We have seen that the
Arudha for the first child is in Libra. The Arudha for gain is in Taurus. The
karaka for both is Jupiter. Thus the sub-period planet should relate to all
these three elements. Venus is clearly related to these three. It should
be our first choice.
The Moon owns the V house from Jupiter. It is in sambandha with
Mars in the navamsha chart. Mars and Venus are together in the birth
chart. The Arudha of the place of Jupiter in the natal chart is coincident
with the Arudha lagna. The owner of the V house is Mars that is
associated with Venus. Venus is related to the Karaka-Factor through
Mars. Thus, Venus is a Sub-Factor. A child would be born to the individual
in the sub-period of Venus in the major-period of Jupiter. The span of
time within which the event should happen is during the sub-period of
Venus from October 15, 1980 to June 15, 1981.
Let us now study the inter-periods in the given span of time. These
are of Saturn, Mercury and Ketu. Venus is in Leo. This does not influence
timing. Venus is in Gemini in the navamsha chart, (a) This would bring
the result to the middle of the period, (b) Venus is inclined to give the
result in first quarter of the span of time, (c) Venus is with Mars in the
birth chart. This would tend to bring the result to very early part of the
period. The nest result should be birth in the first half of the sub-period
but not at the beginning of it. The obvious choice should be Mercury
inter-period. We will study this inter-period first.
Mercury is related to both the Arudhas and the karaka. The V
house from Jupiter is in Cancer. Mercury is related to the Moon through
Jupiter. The V house from Venus is Sagittarius to which Mercury is related.
The V house from the Arudha of the place of Venus is in Aquarius.
Mercury and Saturn are together. Thus Mercury is an Inter-Factor. The
How to Time an Event 351

event should therefore happen while this inter-period runs from


December 2, 1980 to Aprill9, 1981.
We will now study the annual chart and through transits try to
determine the date of birth of the first child. The above span of time falls
in the 30th year of the individual. The year starts at 06hllm47s on
October 2, 1980. We will study the third to seventh months of the year.
The Arudhas of the first child and gain in the annual chart are in
Taurus. Jupiter is related to Taurus through the Sun. This confirms birth
of first child in the year. Jupiter is a Karaka-Factor for the first child and
gain in the fifth month of the annual chart. The event should happen in
the fifth month.
Annual Chart VI-4
Lagna

Navamsha
352 Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 5s15°23'29" Moon Venus 4s3°3'29" Ketu
Moon 2s26°10'23" Jupiter Saturn 5s7°43'34" Sun
Mars 6s29°11'51" Jupiter Rahu 3s25°28'28" Mercury
Merc 6s8°58'43" Rahu Ketu 9s25°28'28" Mars
Jupiter 5s1°10'58" Sun Ascdt 5s12°38'5"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.

We will check this from the transit of the major-period planet.


Jupiter should be strongly related to Aries, Cancer and Leo in transit.
From February 11, Jupiter in retrograde motion shall be in a constellation
of the Moon and navamsha of Venus. It is thus related to Cancer and
Leo. Mars is in Aquarius in transit at that time and Saturn is with transit
Jupiter. Thus, Jupiter is inclined to cause birth of a child in this period. It
remains favourable till April 11. Let us now consider the transit of the
sub-period planet Venus. The relevant houses that Venus must relate to
are Aries and Cancer. Venus must also relate to Jupiter. Jupiter is in
Virgo in transit. Venus shall be in Virgo navamsha when it crosses 26°40'
in Capricorn. This will happen on February 20, 1981 at 1700 hours. It is
now related to Mars (being in its constellation) and Jupiter. It has yet to
relate to the Moon. The Moon enters Virgo at 0200 hours on February
21. The Moon moves out of Virgo on February 23 at 1300 hours. Birth
should take place between 0200 hours on February 21 and February 23
at 1300 hours.
Let us now refine the time of birth by studying the movement of the
Moon. The Moon must be a Factor for matters relating to children at the
time of birth. It means it must relate to Jupiter (karaka), Leo, Cancer and
Aries (three V houses). We have seen that the Moon is related to Jupiter
while it moves through Virgo. During this movement through Virgo the
Moon is related to the Sun and Mars through Mercury as these three
planets are together in transit. The Moon shall be in Aries navamsha and
Hasta constellation of the Moon when it is between 10° and 13° 20' of
Virgo. The Moon remains in this span of longitude between 2045 hours
on February 21 and 03hl9m20s on February 22, 1981. Birth will take
place during these hours.
How to Time an Event 353

CASE III: This is Madonna's chart. She is an American pop singer


and an actress. In this chart the female individual fell off her horse in
England on her 47th birthday and suffered fractures. Her chart is as
follows:
Chart VI-5
Lagna

Navamsha

Female, August 16, 1958, 0705 hours, Bay City, USA, 43°N36',
83°E53', Time zone 0500 hours West of Greenwich.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 3s29°49'53" Mercury Venus 3s7°15'25" Saturn

Moon 4s18°15'47" Venus Saturn 7s25°51'37" Mercury

Mars 0s22°6'17" Venus Rahu 6s0°45'19" Mars


Merc 4s12°22'31" Ketu Ketu 0s0°45'19" Ketu
Jupiter 6s3°6'53" Mars Ascdt 4s14°58'11"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


Placed.
354 Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Let us examine her Mars. It is in Bharani constellation. This is a cruel


constellation. The VI house from Mars is Virgo. The Arudha of Virgo is in
Cancer. Mercury is in a constellation of Ketu. The latter is with Mars.
Mars is in a constellation of Venus. The latter is in Cancer. Mars as a
karaka is inclined to cause minor injuries. The 47th year is represented by
the XI house from the ascendant, Mars is a Karaka-Factor for injury in
this year. It is also a Factor for physical self.
The injury in the year shall be physical. The ruler of the band of
years is Ketu. It is a Factor for injury. The band of years for Ketu starts
with the 48th year. Ketu and Mars are together in the birth chart. Thus
the period while Ketu is in Aries till it regresses out to Pisces shall be
capable of causing injury to her. Ketu shall move out of Aries within two
and a quarter days. Within this time she would suffer an injury. Let us
see the transit of Ketu on her day of injury. Mars is in Bharani constellation
of Venus. The latter is with Ketu in Virgo. Mercury is in Cancer. This is
the Arudha of the house of injury. Ketu is in the VI house from natal
Mars. The VI house from birth ascendant is in Capricorn. Mercury and
Saturn are associated in transit in Cancer. Mars and Saturn are in
sambandha in transit. Mars, we have seen, is related to Ketu. Saturn in
transit navamsha is over Ketu. Thus, Ketu is related to the VI house
from the ascendant. The Arudha lagna is in Gemini. The VI house from
it is Scorpio. We have seen the relationship that Mars has with Ketu.
The ruler of the band of years shall cause injury on the given date.
The inter-period of Saturn in the sub-period of Ketu in the major-
period of Rahu was current when injury was suffered. Mars and Saturn
are in sambandha. Rahu is associated with Mars in the navamsha chart
and it also occupies its constellation. It is thus also related to the VI
house from the Arudha lagna. Rahu is thus also related to the VI house
from the ascendant. Rahu is related to Cancer through Venus. Rahu is a
Factor for injury.
We have already analysed the transit of the ruler of the band of
years and seen that it shows injury on the given date. Let us analyse the
transit of the major-period planet. Rahu is in Pisces and in sambandha
with Jupiter. Rahu is related to Mars. It is in Capricorn navamsha in
transit. This is the VI house from the ascendant. The VI house from
Mars is Virgo where Jupiter is placed in transit. The VI house from
How to Time an Event 355

Arudha lagna is Scorpio. We have seen that Mars is related to Rahu.


Thus, Rahu is a Factor in transit for injury.
Let us study the transit of the Sun. It is related to Mars in transit
through Saturn. It is related to the VI house from ascendant and Arudha
lagna through Saturn. It is in the Arudha of the house of injury. It is with
Mercury that owns the VI house from Mars. The Sun is a Factor for injury
on the date the event happened.

The transit chart on the date of injury (August 16, 2005) is as


follows:

Transit Chart VI-6


Lagna

Navamsha
356 Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C


Sun 3s29°49'27" Mercury Venus 5s5°22'22" Sun
Moon 8s114°30'18" Venus Saturn 3s10°2'7" Saturn
Mars 0s16°29'01" Venus Rahu 11s21°1'21" Mercury
Merc 3s14°49'37" Saturn Ketu 5s21°1'21" Moon
Jupiter 5s21°48'19" Moon

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is


placed.

Here I would like to draw attention to Roy Horn's chart given


above. It is Chart 1-6. Roy Horn was attacked and badly mauled by a
tiger with which he was performing in a show on his birthday in 2003.
He was in his 59th year. This is ruled by the Moon. The Moon operates
for a year. It remains in a house for one month in progression. In the
instant case it was at 12° 397" in Aries at birth. It would remain in Aries
for 17.6 days. When we examine the Moon in the birth chart we notice
that it is in sambandha with Mars and the latter is inclined to cause
severe injury. In progression the Moon shall remain in sambandha with
Mars while it stays in Aries and is liable to cause such an injury. Since the
periods supported the indication given by progression, the event took
shape. This case is similar to that of Madonna's.
Bibliography

Bhartiya Jyotish, Shivanath Jharkhandi


Bhavartha Ratnakara, BV Raman
Bhrigu Sutram, K.K. Pathak
Brihajjatakam, Swami Vijnanananda of Belur Math
Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra, Dev Chandra Jha
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, R. Santhanam
Chamatkar Chintamani, Brij Behari Lai Sharma
Horasara, Prithuyasas
Jatakabharnam, Mr. Sitaram Jha
Jatakadeshmarga Chandrika, Gopesh Kumar Ojha
Jataka Parijat, Gopesh Kumar Ojha
Laghu Parashari, Commentary in Hindi by Dewan Ramchandra Kapoor
Lal Kitab
Phal Deepika, Gopesh Kumar Ojha
Phalit Vikas, Ram Yatna Ojha
Prasna Marg, BV Raman
Predictive Astrology - An Insight, Dinesh S. Mathur
Saravali, R. Santhanam
Sarvartha Chintamani, J.N. Bhasin
Satya Jatakam
Shuka Nadi, Commentary in Hindi by Brijesh Kumar Shukla
The Basic Writings of S. Radhakrishnan, edited by Robert A.
McDermott
Uttar Kalamritaa, P.S. Shastri
INDEX
A
Analysis of combination of planets, viii, 68
Annual chart, 306. See Annual horoscope
Annual horoscope, 306. See Annual chart
Antar-dasa, 1. See Sub-period
Arudha, 25
Ashtottari, 2
Astrological indication for marriage between two individuals, 193
Ayanamsha, 3, 306

B
Bhrigu Samhita, vii, 65, 139, 146, 147
Birth chart
Arnold Schwarzenegger, 46
Elizabeth Taylor, 43, 44, 45, 46, 189
Madonna, 353, 356
Roy Horn, 59, 62, 356
Tom Cruise, 246, 252
Yogananda Paramhansa, 85, 189, 195
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, ix, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 22, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31,
32, 65, 86, 88, 89, 93, 96, 98, 119, 121, 122, 131, 132, 136, 143, 155,
158, 159, 160, 166, 171, 173, 174, 175, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 184,
185, 193, 196, 199, 200, 203, 205, 208, 209, 212, 220, 223, 228, 230,
233, 243, 258, 261, 274, 276, 277, 279, 281, 284, 286, 288, 291, 293,
295, 302, 303, 305, 311, 357
How to Time an Event 359

C
Causative planet, 64 Characteristics
of Ascendants, 122 Constellations,
108

D
Death
abroad, 197
due to disease, 197
in an accident, 197
Divisional charts, 25
Divorce, 205
Dwadashottari, 2

E
Elements of planets, 89
Essential Planet, v, 39, 40, 41, 140, 141, 148, 152, 154, 243, 244,
245, 246, 248, 249, 254, 255, 313, 321, 326, 329, 330, 342, 349
Extent of houses, 4

F
Father
keeps poor health, 199
wealthy, 199

G
Gains
from abroad, 204
from immovable property, 204
Gender of the child, 183, 188
360 Bibliography

H
Mora Sara, 32, 182

I Inter-period, 1

J
Jataka Parijat, 87, 136, 159, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 176, 177,
179, 180, 181, 186, 187, 191, 195, 196, 198, 200, 203, 204, 258, 261,
305, 358
Jatakabharnam, 8, 86, 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 193, 195, 197,
201, 205, 256, 261, 262, 358

K
Kalidas, 88, 162
Kaliyuga, 2
Karaka, 31, 64, 65, 66, 174, 323. See Causative planet
Karakas and Factors, 31
Karakatwa, 158
Ketu, 7, 8, 11, 64, 65, 80, 93, 96, 169, 170, 297, 302
Krishnamurti's ayanamsha, 3

L
Lahiri's ayanamsha, 3, 306 LalKitab,
viii, 7, 137, 139, 358 Location of
period planet, 158

M
Maha-dasa, 1. See Major-period
Mantreswar, 88 Maraka, 121
361
How to Time an Event

Marriage
abroad, 194
bad, 194
does not get married, 194
faces obstacles in, 194
fortunate, 194
love marriage, 194 Mooltrikona, 7, 8, 13, 164, 166, 167,
206, 227, 228, 324

N
Natural relationship, 93
Nature of period results, 155
Node, 8, 9, 10, 159, 210
Number of children, 75, 129, 181, 230, 300
Number of siblings, 125, 183
Number of spouses, 30, 31, 35, 41, 102, 120, 149, 193, 337, 344,
346

P
Panchottari, 2
Parashar, 2, 7, 31, 158, 160, 171, 173, 174, 223, 302, 303
Period-planet, 4
Phaldeepika, 9, 88, 358
Phalit Vikas, 9, 358
Planets in signs, 115
Prana period, 1, 136, 194
Prasna Marg, 105, 192, 358
Pratyantar-dasa, 1. See Inter-period
Prishthhodaya, 36, 61, 158, 251, 303
Prishthhodaya signs, 158, 303
362 Bibliography

Profession, 39, 41, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 65, 72, 82, 83, 84, 90,
92, 99, 101, 102, 103, 119, 124, 126, 128, 129, 130, 132, 133, 148,
149, 163, 201, 202, 203, 206, 212, 213, 215, 234, 235, 236, 272, 273,
341, 347

Rahu, 7, 8, 9, 11, 80, 93, 96, 164, 165, 297, 298, 300, 302
Rahu and Ketu, 7
Relationship, 10
Relationship between planets, 22
Relationship between a planet and houses, 10
Relatives of an individual, 29
Relocation, Incarceration and Direction of Journey, vi, 259
Result of mooltrikona sign, 88
Resultant relationship between planets, ix, 96
Retrogression, 305

S. Radhakrishnan, 80, 358


Sambandha, 6
Saravali, 134, 178, 184, 189, 192, 200, 204, 358
Sarpa and Nigad drekkans, 187
Secret of houses, 102
Sequence of children, 29, 30, 31, 41, 81, 138, 142, 149, 153, 182,
185, 199, 208, 245, 253, 255, 256, 321, 325, 335, 347, 350, 351
Shirshodaya, 36, 251, 303, 305, 344
Shodashottari, 2
Shuka Nadi, 182, 358
Signification, 8, 10, 158, 159, 176
Signs inimical to planets, 5
Some independent methods of timing, 137
How to Time an Event 363

Sookshma period, 1, 136, 194


Spiritual inclination, 55 Strength of
a house, 99 Strength of a planet,
92 Sub-period, 1 Sub-period
analysis, 243 Success at elections,
63

T
Temporary relationship, 96
Timing operation of a planet in its period, 302
Transit, 222, 301, 302, 305, 306, 307, 322, 323, 328
Of a karaka, 334
Of a period planet, 328
Of a ruler of band of years, 325
Of the Moon, 339
Of the Sun, 336
Traditional rules, 322

U
Ubhayodaya sign, 303
Use of karaka to rectify birth chart, 35
Uttar Kalamrita, 88, 162, 165, 243, 271

V
Varahmihir, viii. 141, 175, 186, 187, 188, 193, 200, 275
Vimshottari Dasa, 1, 3, 322 Vimshottari time frame, 2

Potrebbero piacerti anche